![]()

#### Zotefoams plc

#### Annual Report 2023

![]()

Strategic Report

Group at a glance

10

Our brands

12

A unique manufacturing process

18

Our business model

20

Our external context

26

Our strategic objectives

28

Chair’s statement

31

Group CEO’s review

33

Group CFO’s review

38

Risk management and principal risks

45

Viability statement

59

Non-ﬁnancial information statement

60

S172(1) statement

61

Environmental, social and governance (ESG) report

64

#### Contents

Governance

Board of Directors

78

Corporate governance

80

A

udit Committee report

83

Nomination Committee repor

t

87

Directors’ Remuneration report

90

Directors’ report

104

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

107

Financial Statements

Independent auditor’s report

108

Consolidated income statement

113

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

114

Consolidated statement of ﬁnancial position

115

Company statement of ﬁnancial position

116

Consolidated statement of cash ﬂows

117

Company statement of cash ﬂows

118

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

119

Company statement of changes in equity

120

Notes

121

Five-year trading summary

160

Notice of the 2024 Annual General Meeting

161

Company information

165

Financial calendar

165

#### Return on capital employed

10.3%

Change

20 ppt

2022

10.1%

#### Net debt

£31.6m

Change

13%

2022

£27.8m

#### Leverage

1.2x

Change

0%

2022

1.2x

#### Group revenue

£127.0m

Change

0%

2022

£127.4m

#### Gross margin

32.3%

Change

190 ppt

2022

30.4%

#### Operating proﬁt

£15.1m

Change

9%

2022

£13.9m

#### Proﬁt before tax

£12.8m

Change

5%

2022

£12.2m

#### Basic earnings per share

19.00p

Change

-8%

2022

20.61p

#### Total dividend for the year

7.18p

Change

5.6%

2022

6.80p

#### Financial KPIs

![]()

In 2023, Zotefoams delivered its strongest

performance yet – record-breaking proﬁt before

tax, underpinned by strategic consolidation of

revenue towards higher-value product

propositions.

As we drive towards further sustainable growth,

we’re stepping up efforts across our business by

continuing to champion a culture where people

come ﬁrst, and by setting the stage for continued

innovation and collaboration as we enhance our

product range and bolster our global footprint.

David Stirling

Group CEO

#### A new basketball superpower

#### Nike brings ZoomX foam to a basketball shoe for the ﬁrst time

See page 6

# A more sustainable future

#### Driving towards

#### ReZorce

®

#### mono-material barrier packaging with MuCell

®

#### polymer reduction technology

See page 4

#### Our brands in action

#### Innovating to help our customers meet new challenges

See page 14

03

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

![]()

04

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

## Mono-material barrier packaging with MuCell

®

## polymer reduction technology

#### ReZorce

®

Supported by a robust framework of patents

and recognised by leading packaging

bodies and technological institutes for its

potential to effect meaningful change, the

goal for ReZorce

®

#### mono-material barrier packaging is to become the world’s most sustainable beverage carton.

In the context of a fast-changing regulatory infrastructure for

packaging, strict targets are now in place to drive post-consumer

waste collection, recycling and reuse of materials back into primary

packages. When we initially assessed the potential applications for

ReZorce, the area we considered to have the largest opportunity for

impact was in liquid paperboard (LPB) cartons. Every year, 300

billion packages are consumed globally, the vast majority of which

are sent to landﬁll or for incineration. In most regions, there is very

limited kerbside collection and virtually none when it comes to

commercial collection.

Typically, 70% of an LPB carton is virgin ﬁbre and never used

again in a carton – which contrasts with a ReZorce carton, which

can contain up to 100% recycled material. As a mono-material

structure, ReZorce is easy and cost-effective to fully recycle.

When it comes to rapidly scaling any innovation, we understand

that simplicity is key and have designed the ReZorce solution

to be compatible with existing infrastructure, allowing rapid

deployment for brand owners and beverage packers. This

will accelerate the rate of market adoption and reduce

switching costs.

We have also partnered with Biffa, one of the most dynamic

commercial waste management service organisations in Europe.

Extensive tests carried out in partnership with them have

demonstrated that ReZorce cartons can be deposited in the

standard plastics waste stream and will be correctly sorted

for recycling. From a consumer perspective, the widespread

availability of kerbside collection for plastics will make it

extremely convenient to recycle ReZorce cartons.

![]()

05

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

#### Market potential¹

#### Aseptic cartons

#### ReZorce

Western Europe

market

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

billions

North America

market

Forecast growth

2020–2025 (CAGR)

2.9%3.3%

1

© Copyright Smithers

Information Ltd

#### A year of collaboration and progress

By taking a collaborative approach to how we work

with brands and retailers and leveraging our

extended team capabilities following the integration

of Refour ApS into our MuCell Extrusion LLC

business, we have rapidly accelerated the

development of ReZorce in 2023.

#### A signiﬁcant step forward

Building on our signiﬁcant progress, Zotefoams plc

has entered into an exclusive development

agreement with a world-leading packer of

beverages and a retailer to conduct full-scale

production and in-market trials.

#### In good company

I

n February 2024, Zotefoams proudly joined

RECOUP, the UK’s esteemed authority on plastics

resource efﬁciency and recycling, signifying our

unwavering commitment to advancing sustainability

in the packaging industry. Together with partners

such as RECOUP, we are determined to drive

meaningful change, not only in how plastics are

utilised but also in how they are managed

throughout their life cycle. Partnerships such as this

crystallise our efforts to create a more sustainable

future, one where innovative solutions like ReZorce

pave the way for a circular economy and reduced

environmental impact.

#### Evidence of lower environmental impact

An independent Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) of

ReZorce cartons was completed in 2023 and

peer-reviewed by Imperial College London to

benchmark against the current market standard.

The ﬁndings were compelling across 26 impact

categories – including a 55% reduction in carbon

footprint, a 53% reduction in energy consumption

and a 51% reduction in water usage. In their words,

“our overall conclusion is that the LCA provides

evidence that the ReZorce beverage carton has a

lower environmental impact than the conventional

liquid paperboard carton”.

#### Once in a generation change

ReZorce represents a “once in a generation”

structural change to the packaging industry,

with minimal complexity or cost, and we actively

encourage organisations across the supply chain to

step forward and collaborate with us to bring about a

rapid transition to a better beverage carton format.

#### Beyond beverage cartons

ReZorce is not conﬁned to one packaging

application or sector; its versatility extends

across rigid and ﬂexible packaging, with the

potential for various sizes, shapes, formats

and product categories.

$5.5

bn

$6.3

bn

#### External recognition & awards

ReZorce has been recognised extensively

across the packaging industry as a game

changer, winning “Best Recycled Plastic

Product of the Year” at the 2023 UK

Packaging Awards, The Prince Philip Award

for “Polymers in the Service of Mankind”

and being recently described as “one of the

most exciting new packaging innovations

for 2024” by the International Fruit and

Vegetable Juice Association.

![]()

06

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

## Nike brings

## ZoomX foam to a basketball shoe for the ﬁrst time

#### A New Basketball Superpower

The Nike G.T. Cut 3 is designed to help basketball

athletes create separation from their opponent

as quickly as possible. Its new superpower: a

Nike ZoomX foam midsole – the ﬁrst time the

innovative foam has appeared in a Nike

basketball shoe.

G.T. Cut 3

#### With the rocket power of ZoomX foam, the G.T.

#### Cut 3 provides next-level responsiveness for explosive moves and quick cuts to the rim.

![]()

07

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

#### Alphaﬂy 3

In an incredible performance at the 2023

Chicago Marathon, Nike athlete Kelvin

Kiptum earned his place in history. Wearing

the new Nike Alphaﬂy 3 with ZoomX foam,

Kiptum set a stunning new men’s marathon

world record with a time of 2:00:35. As

we pay tribute to Kiptum and his coach

Gervais Hakizimana, we celebrate their

unwavering dedication to greatness and

incredible achievements together.

#### Pushing the boundaries of ZoomX foam

This year, we’ve continued our

collaboration with Nike scientists,

developers and designers to support

a range of signiﬁcant projects, most

notably Nike’s adoption of ZoomX foam

in the entirely new category of basketball

footwear. Our partnership remains deeply

rooted in our shared vision to help all

athletes break barriers no matter their

game or pace, by pushing the boundaries

of ZoomX foam to offer ever higher levels

of energy return and cushioning.

![]()

08

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

We strive to deliver nothing short of a world-class

customer experience. With a clear focus on

maintaining stronger than ever customer

partnerships, we strive to enhance every facet of

the Zotefoams customer journey, from quality to

service and reliability.

Building on this strong foundation, we leverage

Zotefoams’ position as a global business to invest

in scaling our operations to support the continued

expansion of our customers. We do this by

providing access to additional capacity, further

reducing lead times, and offering extended services

such as specialist fabrication processes, which are

critical to our customers but which they cannot

reliably source elsewhere.

Dan Lumpkin,

President, Zotefoams Inc

Leadership experience: 28 years

#### Push the boundaries of ourunique technology

## Stepping up to…

#### How we’re stepping up across Zotefoams

At the core of Zotefoams’ business ethos lies a

belief in the superiority of our products, offering

unrivalled material properties that distinguish us in

the market and, crucially, unlock the success of our

customers.

An ongoing commitment to innovation enables us

to push the boundaries of technology to create new

products and reﬁne existing ones – this ensures

that we remain at the forefront of technological

advancement and gives customers ongoing access

to innovative products and solutions that propel

their success.

Karl Hewson,

Director of Technology & Development

Leadership experience: 27 years

#### Deliver aworld-class customer experience

![]()

09

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

We are committed to achieving operational

excellence across all aspects of the Zotefoams

business. By meticulously reﬁning our processes,

optimising resource utilisation and fostering a

culture of continuous improvement, we strive to

enhance efﬁciency and drive superior performance

throughout our organisation.

Zotefoams’ relentless pursuit of operational

excellence extends beyond mere compliance with

industry standards; it encompasses a holistic

approach to deliver exceptional value to our

customers, stakeholders and those who beneﬁt

from our products. Through disciplined execution

and a focus on operational best practices,

we aim to maximise productivity, minimise waste

and consistently deliver high-quality products

and services.

By upholding the highest standards of operational

excellence, we ensure that we remain agile,

responsive and well-positioned to meet the

evolving needs of our customers and seize new

opportunities for growth and innovation.

Benito Sala,

Managing Director Europe

Leadership experience: 25 years

#### Drive a sustainability revolutionin packaging

We are proud to lead the way towards a more

environmentally friendly future by bringing the world’s

most sustainable beverage carton to market. In

creating the ﬁrst ever mono-material alternative to

conventional liquid paperboard, which will enable

widespread recycling of beverage cartons like never

before, the 2024 on-shelf commercial launch of

ReZorce

®

mono-material barrier packaging will

mark one of the most signiﬁcant milestones in the

beverage packaging industry’s sustainability journey.

Through an extensive programme of research,

innovative design and rigorous testing, we have

developed a breakthrough solution that sets a

new standard of excellence in beverage packaging

while championing environmental stewardship.

The introduction of ReZorce will represent a major

paradigm shift, offering consumers, beverage

manufacturers and brands alike a viable, sustainable

alternative that minimises waste, maximises

recyclability and enables greater circularity.

Neil Court-Johnston,

President, MuCell Extrusion LLC

Leadership experience: 24 years

By ensuring that we are strategically positioned

to seize the growth opportunities of tomorrow,

we strive to lay a robust foundation that will

secure enduring value for our business well into

the future, ensuring that we are agile and

responsive to emerging market demands.

With a focus on proactive identiﬁcation and

appraisal of key strategic opportunities at the

earliest opportunity, we take a long-term view

and develop strategic capacity growth

programmes across all our key processes.

We also recognise that our sustained success

hinges not only on the capacity and capabilities

of our unique technology and processes but also

on that of our people. We prioritise investing in

our team’s skills and expertise, ensuring that

they possess the necessary capabilities to

support our growth ambitions.

Hugh Morgan,

Director of Strategic Projects

Leadership experience: 25 years

#### Activatestrategic capacity growth

#### Achieveunrivalled operational excellence

![]()

10

20

30

40

0

#### Revenue by industry

%

Product

protection

Transportation

Sports

and leisure

Building and

construction

Industrial

Medical

Other

2023

2022

2022

2023

Polyoleﬁn Foams

HPP

MEL

#### Revenue by business unit

£m

0

£20

£40

£60

£80

£100

£120

£140

10

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Group at a glance

#### Four strong, distinctive brands

#### North America

Local manufacturing presence

in Kentucky for the Polyoleﬁn

Foams business, cutting

operation in Oklahoma to

service the construction market

and headquarters of MuCell

Extrusion LLC (MEL), based

in Massachusetts, licensing

technology globally and

developing ReZorce

®

mono-

material barrier packaging.

Local representation for our

High-Performance Products

(HPP) business, including

T-FIT

®

technical insulation.

#### United Kingdom

Group headquarters and main

factory, manufacturing polyoleﬁn

foams and high-performance

products for sale globally.

#### Continental Europe

Signiﬁcant market for polyoleﬁn

foams. Local manufacturing

presence in Brzeg, south-west

Poland, initially servicing the

Polyoleﬁn Foams business.

Manufacturing of some T-FIT

products began in 2022. Sufﬁcient

land has been purchased to allow

larger-scale operations in the

future. European development

facility for ReZorce and MEL

products in Zotefoams Denmark

since November 2022.

#### Rest of the world

T-FIT manufacturing in China

for sales of insulation products

globally. Local representation for

our HPP business. Joint venture

with INOAC Corporation for

AZOTE

®

polyoleﬁn foams sales

in Asia. Commercial operation

in India for T-FIT insulation.

Zotefoams produces a wide range of innovative

products that are critical components in everyday

applications.

Rest of

the world

44%

(2022: 41%)

Continental

Europe

26%

(2022: 25%)

United

Kingdom

9%

(2022: 11%)

North

America

21%

(2022: 23%)

Share of Group revenue

![]()

11

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Key market drivers

Light-

weighting

Durability

Reduced

toxicity

Fire

safety

Energy

saving

#### AZOTE

®

Read more

page 13

Read more

page 12

Read more

page 12

Lightweight technical foams

Foams which offer superior

technical properties, such as

energy management, durability

and heat and/or ﬁre resistance.

ZOTEK foams are manufactured

from engineering polymers using

our unique nitrogen-expansion

process.

Key markets served

Athletic footwear

Automotive

Aviation

Construction

Product protection

Premium durable foams

Uniformly dense foam sheets with

a consistent cell structure. These

foam sheets and blocks are

manufactured from common

polymers using our unique

nitrogen-expansion process.

Key markets served

Automotive

Aviation

Building and construction

Industrial

Marine

Medical

Military

Product protection

Sports and leisure

Key market drivers

Light-

weighting

Durability

Personal

safety

High-

technology

insulation

Sports

and leisure

Fire

safety

#### ZOTEK

®

Technical insulation

A range of insulation products

manufactured from Zotefoams’

own ZOTEK block foam materials.

T-FIT insulation products are

purpose-designed to perform in

demanding environments.

Key markets served

Food and personal care

manufacturing

High-temperature processing

environments

Pharmaceutical, biotech and

semiconductor cleanrooms

Key market drivers

Ageing

population

Demographic

changes

Energy

saving

Reduced

toxicity

#### T-FIT

®

Innovative and accessible

technology for greener,

lower-cost plastic products

This pioneering technology injects

gas into plastics during the

manufacturing process to create

micro-bubbles and is licensed

to customers manufacturing

plastic parts. The end-product

uses 15–20% less material.

Recently developed ReZorce

®

mono-material barrier packaging

solutions use this technology.

Key markets served

Automotive

Consumer packaging

Key market drivers

Environmental

beneﬁt

Lower cost

#### EXTRUSION TECHNOLOGY

POLYOLEFIN

FOAMS

HPP

HPP

MEL

#### AUTOCLAVE TECHNOLOGY

![]()

12

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Our brands

#### Innovating to help our customers meet new challenges

#### AZOTE

®

#### ZOTEK

®

POLYOLEFIN

FOAMS

POLYOLEFIN

FOAMS

HPP

AZOTE polyoleﬁn foams are

manufactured using our unique,

high-pressure process. This process

differentiates Zotefoams from

competitors who manufacture similar

foams using low-density polyethylene

(LDPE), which is our main raw material.

Zotefoams produces foams that are

more consistent and lighter and

possess higher purity compared with

foams manufactured using chemical

technology. These superior attributes

are valued globally in many uses, with

examples as diverse as aerospace,

sports equipment and medical

packaging. Underlying growth of many

of these segments is driven by global

trends in regulation, environment and

demographics, including resource

efﬁciency.

The main geographical markets for

our AZOTE foams are the UK, other

European countries and North

America as, beyond this, distribution

costs limit the market opportunity.

We do sell outside these areas, mainly

in Japan and China, into more niche,

technical applications and further

development of these geographies

remains a longer-term goal.

ZOTEK products use Zotefoams’

unique autoclave technology applied to

high-end polymers such

as polyvinylidene ﬂuoride (PVDF)

ﬂuoropolymer, nylon or thermoplastic

elastomers (TPE). Combining the

original polymer properties with our

foaming process creates truly unique

materials.

ZOTEK F ﬂuoropolymer foams are

inherently ﬁre- and chemical-resistant

and are mainly used in aerospace

applications. ZOTEK N nylon foams

are designed to operate at very high

temperatures and are ﬁnding uses

in a wide variety of mainly industrial

applications. There is a considerable

level of interest currently in ZOTEK N as

a lightweight thermoplastic composite

material for transportation, designed to

reduce weight and meet environmental

targets for fuel economy. ZOTEK TPE

foams have excellent kinetic energy

management properties and, while

they can be used in a variety of

applications, are currently being used

in footwear applications to Nike as part

of our exclusive agreement. Historically,

sales of ZOTEK foams have grown due

to more stringent regulation in the

aviation markets, while recent growth

is being led by developments in the

footwear market.

Throughout its history, Zotefoams has

been at the forefront of developments

in lightweight materials that save

energy by insulating or save fuel costs

by reducing weight. Our business is

predominantly based on long-term

applications, underpinned by the

notable durability of our materials,

which derives from a unique autoclave

manufacturing process.

With sustainability and carbon

reduction a priority, Zotefoams

has introduced the Ecozote

®

Sustainability+ foams range,

which responds to the need for

plastic products that improve

circularity or reduce reliance on

fossil fuel-derived raw materials.

Ecozote builds on the underlying

sustainability credentials of all our

block foams – lightweight, durable

and foamed using nitrogen borrowed

from the atmosphere – to give

customers and end-users additional

choices to address market- or

application-speciﬁc requirements.

Initial products in the range are LDPE

foams with 30% recycled content.

![]()

13

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

#### T-FIT

®

HPP

MEL

MEL

The T-FIT insulation story began with

end-users looking for a solution to

insulate pipes in pharmaceutical and

biotechnology cleanrooms. T-FIT Clean

was developed as a unique thermal

insulation system designed for these

demanding, highly controlled

production environments.

Based on the unique technology

owned by Zotefoams and following the

success of T-FIT Clean insulation,

Zotefoams has expanded the T-FIT

range to address the requirements of

the food, dairy, personal care and

general process industries. These are

products that are inherently pure and

free of chemical residues and meet

leading ﬁre certiﬁcation standards.

Demonstrably resistant to growth

of mould and bacteria, the full

range of T-FIT insulation products

manufactured by Zotefoams is durable,

moisture-resistant and easy to install

and clean.

T-FIT Hygiene is designed for

large-scale, aseptic food processing.

Production areas are built to exacting

standards, where the speciﬁcation is

for a pure, pollutant- and ﬁbre-free

thermal insulation with the capability to

withstand the steam-purging process

typical in this sector. T-FIT Hygiene can

ensure that air conditioning, air ﬁltration

and other process equipment continue

to operate at optimum levels of

performance.

Unique in both its material and its foam

insulation class, T-FIT Process is the

high-temperature addition to the T-FIT

range and operates at temperatures of

up to 160°C, with spikes, for cleaning

in situ, up to 205°C. Aimed at the utility

and general processing industries

around the world, T-FIT Process

assists project and process engineers

in their quest for ever more durable

and heat-resistant insulation solutions.

ReZorce

®

mono-material barrier

packaging offers brand owners and

packaging suppliers a much-needed

alternative to composite packaging,

which is made of different materials

laminated together and is therefore

incompatible with increasingly stringent

mandates on recycled content and the

recyclability of packaging materials.

ReZorce offers performance and

aesthetics on a par with existing

composite materials but is considered

a single raw material which can be

recycled back into the same type of

packaging, rather than downcycled.

For more information on ReZorce

features, see

pages 4 and 5.

MEL licenses microcellular foam

technology and sells related

machinery. MEL’s business model is to

develop and license intellectual

property (IP) and share in the savings

or beneﬁts of the licensee through a

royalty and/or licence fee.

MEL technology offers the potential to

reduce the plastic content of an article

by around 15–20% by injecting inert

gas to displace plastic with

microcellular bubbles. MEL technology

can be used with most common

plastics and reduces material

consumption with no negative impact

on recycling. The primary target market

for MEL is consumer packaging, where

production volumes are high and

developments are scalable across

geographic and product markets.

A variation of this technology has

been used to create ReZorce

®

mono-material barrier packaging, a

recyclable solution, and this forms the

current focus of MEL. As we approach

market trials for beverage cartons, our

team becomes more specialist and our

knowledge deepens. The ReZorce

product design is protected by a

robust framework of patents.

![]()

14

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Our brands in action

#### ZOTEK

®

F

#### OSU

for aviation

Making smarter material choices

which reduce the weight of an

aircraft is essential to meeting this

objective, and ZOTEK F high-

performance foam is unlocking

signiﬁcant weight reductions,

making a considerable impact

on total fuel burn.

Thermoforming expert Plastika

Balumag (Hochdorf, Switzerland)

produces parts for a wide range of

aviation applications, including

window blinds, back coverings for

seats, instrument panel coverings

and other critical components. The

most innovative example is a formed,

self-insulating air duct assembly,

which optimises air circulation

through the on-board ventilation

system.

Conventionally, ventilation circulation

systems are comprised of both rigid

ducts, derived from heavier

polycarbonate materials, and

separate insulation products, which

add further weight.

Manufactured solely from lightweight

ZOTEK F OSU XR, an extra-rigid

grade, the Plastika Balumag system

does not require separate insulation

and offers weight savings of 50%

compared with alternatives. As well

as reducing installation hours, the

twin-sheet, self-insulating air duct’s

unique design also includes

integrated breakpoints that make

installation even easier in business

jets which do not have uniform

layouts.

Manufactured using naturally inert

PVDF polymer, ZOTEK F also boasts

exceptional safety credentials. With

outstanding ﬁre, smoke and toxicity

properties, ZOTEK F was selected as

the preferred material for Plastika

Balumag’s air ducts.

Also resistant to UV light, which is far

more intense at high altitude, ZOTEK

F is a material of choice across

several other critical applications

throughout the aircraft such as in

interior ﬁnishes and wall panels.

With business jet travel under constant

scrutiny, improving the sustainability of

private aviation is an urgent priority for

aircraft manufacturers.

#### Weight of business jet components

### reduced by 50%

![]()

15

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

#### T-FIT

®

advanced

insulation

Reducing energy consumption is a

critical focus for businesses striving for

sustainability and cost-effectiveness,

particularly within energy-intensive

industrial organisations.

### Transforming

#### energy efﬁciency in brewing

Upgrading pipe insulation presents

a simple yet impactful solution to

improve energy efﬁciency and reduce

thermal loss.

Throughout the brewing industry, the

inefﬁciencies of existing ﬁbre insulation

systems pose signiﬁcant challenges.

Not only are they ineffective as a

thermal insulator, but they also raise

safety concerns and contributed to

rapid spot corrosion of pipes due to

moisture absorption properties.

Enter T-FIT pipe insulation – a

pioneering solution in energy

efﬁciency. Unlike traditional insulation

methods, T-FIT insulation is

non-ﬁbrous and dust-free, boasting

a closed-cell structure that renders

it hydrophobic and resistant to

moisture absorption. This unique

feature prevents corrosion and

bacterial growth on pipe surfaces,

ensuring longevity and reliability.

Beyond its moisture-resistant

properties, T-FIT insulation offers a

plethora of beneﬁts. Its integrated

aluminium cladding provides

unparalleled physical protection

around hot pipe works, enhancing

safety and durability.

Additionally, T-FIT insulation excels

against mechanical impact, chemical

exposure, and UV light degradation,

ensuring optimal performance in

diverse industrial environments.

The modular clamshell design of

T-FIT insulation simpliﬁes installation

and ongoing maintenance,

eliminating the need for specialised

tools. This not only reduces

installation time but also enhances

the overall installation experience.

By enabling easy inspection and

maintenance, T-FIT insulation

minimises labour time and optimises

operational efﬁciency.

The success story of T-FIT pipe

insulation in brewing underscores

its transformative potential for

businesses seeking to enhance

energy efﬁciency and reduce costs.

As industry leaders embrace

sustainable solutions, T-FIT insulation

stands at the forefront, offering a

reliable and innovative solution to

address energy consumption

challenges effectively.

![]()

16

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Our brands in action

#### Evazote

®

resilient

foam

In collaboration with our partner

Flextech, Sun Path, the world’s

premier manufacturer of harness

container systems for sport and

military parachuting has developed

an innovative addition to the Javelin

Odyssey parachute container/

harness system which is garnering

acclaim from elite skydivers

worldwide, such as the Red Bull

skydiving team and current world

champions Arizona Airspeed.

Using Evazote foam, the Sun Path

team has designed a system that

redeﬁnes how a container/harness

feels on a jumper’s body – setting

new standards for performance,

comfort and security on every jump.

The SPYN Pad System focuses on

three essential elements: ﬁt, form and

function.

By incorporating custom-moulded

foam materials, which adapt to the

skydiver’s unique contours, the

system feels like a second skin by

ensuring a snug, comfortable ﬁt while

minimising pressure points. Also

designed to facilitate seamless

motion, it provides unparalleled

freedom without compromising on

security, empowering skydivers to

push boundaries with conﬁdence.

Each component is precision-

engineered to work in harmony,

delivering stability, agility and

unmatched performance with every

jump, and is built to withstand the

rigours of countless jumps. Skydivers

the world over trust in Sun Path’s

unmatched reliability every time

they take to the skies.

#### A next-level skydiving

### experience

![]()

17

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

#### Ecozote

®

Sustainability+

foam

#### As part of our development of ReZorce

®

#### mono-material barrier packaging, specialist machine parts have also been developed to enable easy

#### modiﬁcation of existing equipment, to ﬁll ReZorce beverage cartons.

#### Pioneering

#### sustainable packaging in transport of critical machine parts

During transportation of these

critical, high-value parts it is essential

that they are well protected to ensure

their safe arrival. The design of

specialist packaging was therefore

required.

In collaboration with Polyfoam

Kautschuk, we harnessed the

innovative potential of our own

Ecozote

®

foam technology to create

bespoke packaging materials.

Fabricated using Ecozote LDR foam,

the custom-designed machine parts

protection packaging incorporates

30% post-industrial recycled content

and aligns with ISO 14021 standards.

Designed to mirror the exceptional

properties of Zotefoams’ renowned

AZOTE

®

polyethylene foams,

Ecozote boasts unparalleled levels

of consistency, durability and purity

compared with other sustainable

packaging options – making it the

ideal solution for leading fabricators

such as Polyfoam Kautschuk.

Through our unique three-stage

process and access to high-quality

recycled materials, Ecozote foam

delivers superior performance-to-

weight beneﬁts, ensuring optimal

protection while signiﬁcantly reducing

environmental impact. The transition

to lighter packaging materials also

directly translates to reduced CO

2

emissions during transportation,

further underscoring our commitment

to sustainability.

![]()

18

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### A unique manufacturing process

#### The Zotefoams difference

Zotefoams manufactures a wide range of closed-cell crosslinked, lightweight

block foams using variations of our unique nitrogen-expansion manufacturing

process. This affords an exclusive combination of beneﬁcial characteristics –

uniformity, purity, low toxicity and durability – that differentiates Zotefoams’

materials from all other foams. Our core autoclave process is capital intensive,

with a long investment cycle, and represents a considerable barrier to entry for

potential competitors.

Slabs are loaded into a high-pressure

autoclave. The material is heated above

its melting point and pressurised with

pure nitrogen gas. Over a long period of

time, the nitrogen gas diffuses into the

slabs. A rapid depressurisation

destabilises the absorbed nitrogen

nucleating cells in the slab. The slabs

are then cooled under pressure in the

autoclave, locking the nitrogen in the

unexpanded slabs, prior to them

being unloaded.

#### Stage 1

#### Extrusion and crosslinking

#### Polymer and any additives (colours, ﬁre retardants, conductive agents) are extruded into a continuous solid plate.

The plate passes through an oven which activates the crosslinking process. It then cools and is cut into slabs.

Scan the QR code to see

our process in action

zote.info/3NAZPrP

#### Stage 2

#### Nitrogen saturation

![]()

19

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Operating at temperatures up to 250ºC, this nitrogen-based

process is extremely ﬂexible, allowing us to foam a wide

range of polymers. The combination of foaming process and

polymer performance delivers properties such as excellent

ﬁre resistance, high-temperature stability, toughness and

insulation, which are prized in a wide range of demanding

applications.

#### Stage 3

Expansion

The nitrogen-charged slabs are loaded

into a large lower-pressure autoclave

and, under moderate pressure, are

heated to above their melting point.

When the pressure is reduced, the

nitrogen expands, turning the slabs into

larger foam sheets. This expansion

process is unconstrained, so is uniform

in each dimension.

![]()

20

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Our business model

Leveraging unique technology with an

innovation-led portfolio of advanced products

Our route to increased proﬁtability includes running

our unique machinery as near to full capacity as

possible – and ﬁlling new capacity as quickly as

possible – and then mix-enriching our product

portfolio. We produce two distinct product

portfolios, which combine to make our model work:

#### Starting with a core process

#### Making the best use of our assets

#### High-performance products,typically branded as

#### ZOTEK

®

, are made of more costly and specialised

polymers that very few competitors can foam,

are currently produced in relatively lower volumes

and are sold at a higher price to a smaller number

of customers. These customers then use this

technologically advanced foam for highly speciﬁc

applications.

Polyoleﬁn foams,

typically branded as AZOTE

®

,

are based on polymers that are also foamed by

many of our competitors, compete primarily through

the superior foam properties created by our

technology, are produced in large volumes and

are sold to a wide variety of customers who then

incorporate the foam into many different products.

At our block foam manufacturing sites in the UK,

the USA and Poland, we operate proprietary

technology to produce foams from a variety of

different polymers. Our manufacturing process

almost always involves three sequential steps:

1. Extrusion

2. Nitrogen saturation

3. Expansion

For more information on our process, see

pages 18 and 19

Zotefoams’ differential advantage is the use

of autoclaves, developed from a century of

experience, using a nitrogen-based process.

All of our assets are ﬂexible – we can use each

of them to make many product grades.

The high levels of know-how and capital required to

use autoclaves is a difﬁcult barrier for new entrants

to overcome. Patents on our basic process expired

some years ago, although we are able to obtain

patents for products manufactured by that process,

in particular in our High-Performance Products

(HPP) business. This, and the fact that our process

allows us to produce materials that cannot be made

by any other method, delivers a meaningful and

sustainable competitive advantage.

Foam has high distribution costs relative to price,

particularly for our polyoleﬁn foam product range.

It is more economic and sustainable to expand the

foam closer to customers and we have recently

invested in additional manufacturing capacity in

Poland to be closer to our main European markets.

![]()

21

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

We partner with a network of customers around

the globe that fabricate our polyoleﬁn foams and

promote them in their geographic markets. Some

specialise in speciﬁc sectors, while others specialise

in foam fabrication capabilities for general markets.

Our aim is always to be the material of choice for

our partners. Our block foams are sold, and often

speciﬁed, into a broad range of industries, such

as automotive, aerospace, product protection,

industrial parts, marine, building and construction,

and sports and leisure.

The AZOTE portfolio is typically viewed as

“best in class” for performance, often measured by

weight, purity and durability, and can be efﬁciently

fabricated into complex shapes. We provide our

customers with products that offer improved

performance per unit of weight over competing

solutions. They are lighter and made with less raw

material and their durability means they need

replacing less often. This makes them a product

of choice in thermal insulation and transportation

or when protecting goods in transit, where light

weight helps reduce fuel and energy consumption.

Zotefoams products are predominantly found in

permanent solutions. Our Plastazote

®

#### and Evazote

®

polyoleﬁn foam brands are held in high regard in

the industry and offer premium performance in

the portfolio of a foam fabricator.

#### Working with our partners and enriching the product mix

While the superior performance of our foams

creates demand globally, most of our polyoleﬁn

foam customers are regional – for us that means

the UK, mainland Europe and North America –

reﬂected by the geographic locations of our

manufacturing plants. This is in part driven by

distribution costs and by the importance of good

service levels. By contrast, distribution costs make

up a far smaller proportion of the value of our

HPP portfolio, so do not constrain global reach,

and the complexity and higher value make it more

effective to produce the HPP range from the more

established UK site.

Over time, we expect to increase proﬁtability

through mix enrichment. Our core process allows

us to produce a range of both polyoleﬁn and

HPP foams. With the higher margins achievable

from HPP and more technical polyoleﬁn foams,

we prioritise these products in our production

decision-making. However, the markets for

polyoleﬁn foams – with many segments ranging

from those higher-margin, speciﬁed, technical

foams to the highly competitive foams with low

switching costs – afford us the ﬂexibility to make full

use of any signiﬁcant availability of capacity while

still generating good margins and providing highly

valued solutions to our customers. Supporting a

broad product portfolio, therefore, remains critical

to our long-term success. Currently, the Polyoleﬁn

Foams business unit utilises the largest share of

our capacity.

Installation of

thermal efﬁcient

foam in passenger

bus chassis

China

![]()

22

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

A signiﬁcant portion of technical, sales and

marketing expenditure is allocated to the

development of our HPP portfolio, sold under

the ZOTEK and T-FIT

®

brand names. Close and

direct collaboration with customers, and a focus

on the ultimate end-users, is crucial to the success

of this business unit. We have a long history of

investing in research and development, which

enables us to innovate and meet the needs of

customers with technically demanding requirements

seeking solutions that consume fewer resources,

operating in sectors such as footwear and aviation.

These businesses are more global in nature and

we have strong management alignment with the

product range and certain key markets.

Developing products to demanding technical

speciﬁcations, and promoting these globally,

can mean that a new HPP product makes losses

at ﬁrst. However, once a product’s speciﬁcations

have been ﬁnalised and orders are secured,

the opportunities are longer term, and cash

generation potential is high. Our HPP business

unit margins reﬂect a portfolio of products and

applications at different stages of the life cycle and

we see considerable opportunity to grow and to

enrich our product mix over the medium term.

#### Developing our

#### HPP portfolio

#### Our business model

#### Continued

![]()

23

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Our HPP portfolio comprises innovative

and versatile raw materials which, like our polyoleﬁn

foams, lend themselves to being fabricated into

complex parts by our customers. The unique

and advanced properties of these foams often

allow designers and industry both to meet

stringent regulations, for example around safety

or the environment, and to offer better products,

often by substituting non-foam products or

replacing multiple products. For example, our foam

is now used by the aviation industry for ducting,

where it acts as both the structure and the

insulation, visual window surrounds, where it also

acts as the seal, as well as ‘soft touch’ materials

within the cabin.

This area of the business is more readily defensible

because of the unique performance advantages

inherent in our advanced technology, the patents

we hold and the highly speciﬁed markets we serve.

These factors also enable us to sell at a higher

price with a better margin. Ultimately, expanding

our HPP portfolio has been, and continues to be,

critical to our past, present and future growth.

In some cases, however, we are able to move even

further up the value chain and ultimately provide

ﬁnished parts directly to customers. The best

example of this is our T-FIT technical insulation

business. We take a direct-to-market approach to

sell this clean insulation. While this is a departure

from our typical model of contributing to, rather

than producing, the ﬁnished product, we are able

and ready to make similar moves in response to

unmet demand when it complements our global

network of fabrication partners.

In a “steady state”, our business is strongly cash

generative, but we have signiﬁcant opportunity to

grow and have therefore chosen to reinvest to take

advantage of proﬁtable opportunities. Since the

beginning of 2018, we have increased capacity

signiﬁcantly in anticipation of projected demand.

While our mix enrichment strategy favours our

HPP portfolio, and investment in the UK has

focused on increasing our capacity to deliver on

these opportunities, the knock-on impact of HPP

growth is a reduction in available UK capacity to

service our highly valued and proﬁtable Polyoleﬁn

Foams business. The larger part of this capacity

expansion has consequently been outside the UK,

to allow us to meet our growth expectations in

polyoleﬁn foams while increasing our service levels

and reducing transport-related emissions through

closer proximity to our customers. And as one

would expect, our new facilities use state-of-the-art

technology with improved energy efﬁciency. All this

allows us to pursue more opportunities than before

in terms of new products and solutions, many of

which will then help to grow the business further.

#### Adding more value for customers, and to our business

Capacity to meet growing demand

Foam manufacturing facility,

Brzeg, Poland

![]()

24

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Our business model

#### Continued

#### Our place in a lower- carbon economy

There are four aspects of our business that will enable

us to thrive within a lower-carbon economy.

Over time, we plan to build on these advantages

so that we can continue to grow, reduce our

carbon footprint and help our customers become

more sustainable.

For more information about our ESG approach,

see pages 64 to 77.

1. Our nitrogen-based process

Our core high-pressure autoclave foaming process

uses nitrogen as the foaming agent, borrowed from

the atmosphere during the production process, so

there is limited further environmental impact beyond

the use of energy and raw plastic. At the same time,

this process is becoming more efﬁcient as we invest

in newer, more efﬁcient autoclaves.

2. Efﬁcient use of raw material

We are proud that our unique technology delivers

foam products with better performance per unit

of weight, which allows us to offer high-quality

solutions made with less material. Furthermore, not

only do we use less material to produce our foams,

but the integrity and durability of our products also

mean they need replacing less often.

3. Our products’ role in avoiding emissions

Our products are typically used in a way which,

in the round, reduces emissions and conserves

scarce resources. For example, our foams are

used for thermal insulation, they protect products

in transit that have a high carbon footprint and

they often replace heavier and more wasteful

alternative materials.

4. New product development

As the demand grows for products that actively

help us move to a less wasteful, lower-carbon

future, we are already responding, with more

to come. For example, ReZorce

®

mono-material

barrier packaging is a 100% recyclable mono-

material barrier packaging solution, that has

been designed to replace difﬁcult-to-recycle

laminated paper, pouches and cartons.

#### Our sustainable competitive advantages

As described on page 20 in ‘Our business model’, our sustainable competitive advantages include:

#### High-value, unique assets

#### Technical know-how

#### Established market position

#### Valued brands

![]()

25

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

#### Three further competitive advantages are also important contributors to our success

#### Critical resources and relationships

In order for us to continue as a viable and

successful business, we are aware of the need

to secure access to, and/or invest in, our key

resources and relationships, which include:

X

#### raw materials

X

#### plant and equipment

X

#### intellectual property, including patents

X

#### well-trained people and their capacity to innovate

#### (read more about our people on page 70)

X

#### relationships with channel partners

X

#### relationships with HPP end-users

X

#### ability to move goods between manufacturing sites and customers

X

#### financial resources.

1. Growing global reach

Beginning from a single site in the UK, we now

have major manufacturing sites operating in the

USA and Poland, serving regional and international

customers. Proximity to major manufacturing

centres is a signiﬁcant advantage in our markets.

Having three sites provides the ﬂexibility to serve

regional markets, while retaining high capacity

utilisation across the Group, and to serve markets

that are growing at different rates with different

products. Our manufacturing base also includes a

well-located T-FIT subsidiary in China, a T-FIT sales

subsidiary in India and a facility in Oklahoma, USA,

cutting AZOTE parts for a valued customer.

2. Diversity of products and customers

We sell to customers in a wide variety of different

sectors, so we have a more limited exposure to a

downturn in any particular industry. We have also

demonstrated the ability to quickly meet a change

in demand, as with our work on producing foam

for personal protective equipment during the

COVID-19 pandemic.

3. Stable ﬁnances enabling organic growth

Our stable ﬁnances enable us to invest in new

opportunities as they appear, giving us a signiﬁcant

competitive edge. We have the resources available

to move into new polymers, or to displace

competition by superior performance. We have

grown organically for many years and we believe

that much more is possible.

For more information on MuCell,

see pages 4

and 5, as well as information on the business

unit performance on pages 35 and 46.

Innovative and accessible technology for greener

and lower-cost plastic products. This pioneering

technology injects gas into plastics during the

manufacturing process to create micro-bubbles

and is licensed to customers manufacturing

plastic parts. The end-product uses 15–20%

less material. The recently developed ReZorce

®

#### mono-material barrier packaging solution uses this technology.

Foam manufacturing facility,

Kentucky, USA

![]()

26

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Our external context

#### Our response to short- and long-term trends

We deliver stakeholder value by using unique technology to create a portfolio of

differentiated products. We focus resources primarily on markets where we are,

or have the potential to be, a market leader. We intend to develop our business

through sustained high levels of organic growth and, where appropriate,

through partnerships or acquisitions.

We have built a clear long-term strategy for

growth based around three long-term global

megatrends that are driving demand for

our products.

Understanding these market trends informs

our strategy and product development,

as well as the allocation of our resources.

Given the diversity of applications for foam,

it is not possible to track every use for our

materials, and a new idea or application may

come from a foam converter, an end-user or

from within Zotefoams. We therefore actively

monitor these and maintain ﬂexibility to react

to a wide variety of possibilities.

Optimising the use of scarce resources has

become a universal driver. Lightweighting

is fundamental to reducing fuel usage and

controlling emissions for the aviation and

automotive industries. High-quality insulation

conserves thermal energy.

MuCell

®

technology uses less material

to make everyday items and saves costs.

ReZorce

®

mono-material technology can

be used to create barrier packaging for items

such as juices, food and dried goods, which

can be recycled using common kerbside

collections. Much of our AZOTE

®

foam is used

in permanent packaging or packaging that is

designed to be reused, while foams used in

transportation are normally speciﬁed to the

lightest weight for the required physical

performance. Zotefoams products typically

use less plastic than competitive solutions

due to the cell structure of foam made in

our autoclave process, giving us both a

cost and environmental advantage.

With sustainability and carbon reduction

a priority, Zotefoams has introduced the

Ecozote

®

Sustainability+ foams range,

which builds on the underlying sustainability

credentials of all our block foams –

lightweight, durable and foamed using

nitrogen borrowed from the atmosphere

– to give customers and end-users

additional choices to address market-

or application-speciﬁc requirements.

Initial products in the range are low-density

polyethylene foams with 30% recycled

content.

#### Environment

As the world around us changes, we regularly

re-test our strategy. We believe our existing

strategy continues to serve us well and

continues to enable us to grow strongly.

Sometimes, as happened during

the pandemic, short-term factors distort

longer-term trends. With clarity of purpose

and an understanding of the fundamental

drivers of our business environment, we

will make adjustments to our short-term

approach, such as limiting expenses and

capital expenditure, while ensuring that

our longer-term goals remain achievable.

![]()

27

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Better healthcare has created a population

boom, especially in older age groups, while

globally, discretionary spending power is

rising rapidly. Demand for healthcare products

is accelerating. Wealthier and more discerning

consumers are driving growth rates in other

industries such as food and drink, sports

equipment and transportation.

Transport, medical and sports and leisure

applications account for around 55% of sales

directly, while our T-FIT

®

insulation products

– demand for which is currently linked to

semiconductor, pharmaceutical and biotech

manufacturing – account for a further 5%

of sales.

Regulatory pressures, primarily to safeguard

consumers, are driving up standards

worldwide. These standards in turn create

demand for both safer products and

protective equipment.

Regulatory requirements mainly cover the

performance of end-use products, although

there are speciﬁc tests for ﬁre performance

and toxicity limits in foams for certain

industries and jurisdictions. Zotefoams

provides speciﬁcally tested materials for

semiconductor, pharmaceutical and biotech

manufacture and automotive, aircraft and rail

insulation and provides validated materials

for medical transportation and devices, and

military storage and personnel protection.

Our technical team is closely involved in

developing new materials to meet and

anticipate changes in standards and we are

currently working on projects for automotive

batteries, high-tech composites, foams from

recycled materials and foams which can be

more easily recycled. We sell AZOTE

grades

for automotive, medical and packaging

designed to minimise emissions and/or

meet speciﬁc purity requirements. Around

half of Zotefoams’ revenue from foams

in 2023 came from products with speciﬁc

properties tested to customer requirements,

although not all of this was demonstrably

for regulation compliance.

Plastazote

®

from our AZOTE polyoleﬁn

foams range is the most frequently cited

thermoplastic foam in medical literature due

to its purity and hypoallergenic characteristics.

It meets ISO 10993 standards for evaluating

the biocompatibility of medical devices

and is the material of choice for skin

contact applications.

#### Demographics

#### Regulation

![]()

28

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Why?

We seek to run at high-capacity utilisation

to optimise the returns from our assets.

Zotefoams is a capital-intensive business

with high operational gearing. The Polyoleﬁn

Foams business is the largest user of capacity

and its volumes are particularly important for

the absorption of ﬁxed costs. Polyoleﬁn foams

provide unique solutions to a broad spread

of customers across many industries, serving

as a valuable mitigant against industry and

customer risk. HPP foam sales are typically

more concentrated, with fewer end users, and

we respond to their needs with limited ability

to proactively inﬂuence our capacity utilisation.

#### This year

In 2023, asset utilisation improved by 2.6%

and is calculated using the adjusted

production volume, with the same mix

adjustment factors as used in the selling price

calculation detailed in objective 1 above.

Adjusted production volumes, against which

we calculate asset utilisation, were 4% higher

than adjusted sales volumes as we increased

inventory during the ﬁnal quarter of the year in

anticipation of strong demand in the ﬁrst few

months of 2024. Efﬁciency gains in

manufacturing during the year added 2% to

the effective capacity of the Group.

#### Next year, and beyond

We are conﬁdent that we can continue to

improve capacity utilisation over the economic

and investment cycle. The key drivers of our

business – use of materials, lightweighting,

insulation etc. remain as relevant as ever and

we are developing our product range and

geographical reach accordingly. Our technical

developments and market focus are heavily

inﬂuenced by supply chain and internal

(Scope 1 and 2 emissions) sustainability

objectives to reduce and reuse waste, as well

as provide materials which optimise our

customers’ sustainability position around

use-phase emissions. All these developments

are set to broaden Zotefoams’ product range

further and offer good opportunities to grow

market share by aligning closely with market

trends and customer needs. We review the

demand/capacity relationship in the short to

medium term via our sales and operational

planning processes and in the medium to

longer term via our Capacity Planning

Steering Committee. When we create

capacity through investment in additional

assets (rather than operational improvements),

we accept that capacity utilisation may

decline in the short term, or our mix may

move to more price-elastic products, while

additional business is fully developed.

#### Why?

We intend, over time, to deliver an improved

mix of products. By this, we mean improved

proﬁtability, and a reasonable proxy is average

selling price per cubic metre of foam, which is

typically higher for HPP products. Products in

the HPP portfolio typically offer higher growth

rates and higher margins than polyoleﬁn

foams. The HPP business uses the same

asset base as the Polyoleﬁn Foams business

and leverage our uniqueness by providing

customers with solutions based on foams

ideally suited to our technology. They offer

larger-scale opportunities than our polyoleﬁn

foams and higher drop-through operating

margins. Adding downstream processing,

such as T-FIT

®

insulation products, enhances

our margin, as does the cutting processes

we perform for multiple customers globally.

These downstream operations are light

on capital and leverage our investment in

foaming technology. Our polyoleﬁn foams

portfolio, under our AZOTE

®

brand, is typically

viewed as best-in-class for performance,

often measured by weight, purity and

durability. When we increase capacity,

we seek to utilise this capacity quickly

(see objective 2 below), and this is most

immediately achieved by offering our products

into markets where the performance beneﬁts

are less valued while, over time, targeting

markets that require speciﬁed, technical

foams and offer higher margins.

#### This year

The HPP share of Group revenue increased

this year from 43% to 46%. We adjust our

HPP volumes to calculate a “capacity

equivalent” to reﬂect the often-extended

processing times of these products. The

adjusted average selling price during 2023

across all our foam products improved by

2.7% compared with the prior year.

#### Next year, and beyond

We expect revenues and the Group share of

HPP to continue to grow. We also expect to

increase the share of higher-margin AZOTE

®

foam products. The rate of mix enhancement

will depend on developing new applications in

the portfolio, either from existing or newly

developed products, as well as the level of

footwear sales to Nike, the speed of recovery

of, and further growth in, aviation and on our

success in making our T-FIT business a

recognised global solution for that industry.

#### Our strategic objectives

#### We measure progress against six strategic objectives

#### We have updated the ﬁrst two of our strategic objectives to better align with our business

#### strategy and reﬂect the focus of our management team.

1. Improved mix of products

2. Run at high capacity utilisation

![]()

29

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

#### Why?

Zotefoams targets improved operating

margins through a continuous focus on the

efﬁcient use of its assets and mix enrichment

across its product range and by developing

applications which most effectively leverage

its unique technology. This applies not only

to our HPP business but also to our Polyoleﬁn

Foams business. Zotefoams adopts a

medium- to long-term view, balancing

immediate operating margin gain with the

investments required in infrastructure and

capacity (and their consequent impact on

short-term margins), to maximise future

growth. Higher operating margins generate

higher returns for shareholders.

#### This year

In 2023, Group operating margin increased

to 11.9% (2022: 10.9%), or 12.1% in constant

currency. Excluding MEL, Group operating

margin was 15.5% (2022: 12.7%), or 15.7%

in constant currency. The full-year impact

of price increases from 2022 and lower

input costs were augmented by improved

efﬁciencies within manufacturing, offset

somewhat by an increase in technical, sales

and administration costs, some associated

with the increased investment in the ReZorce

®

mono-material barrier packaging opportunity.

#### Next year, and beyond

Continued progress with improved mix

and asset utilisation, our ﬁrst two strategic

objectives above, will allow gross margins to

continue to grow and the drop-through effect

on underlying proﬁt to increase. ZOTEK F

sales recovery post pandemic will continue

and grow beyond previous highs, plant

efﬁciency at the newer USA and Poland

facilities will improve based on experience

and improved utilisation, distribution and

administrative costs will be better absorbed

and our investment behind the T-FIT technical

insulation business will generate enhanced

margins. In addition, across our foams

businesses, we expect the sustainability

objectives that improve energy and polymer

use efﬁciency to help improve margins.

Beyond our foams businesses, the

opportunity from ReZorce remains signiﬁcant

and will become clearer as we hit key

milestones during 2024.

Deﬁnition:

Zotefoams deﬁnes the return

on capital employed (ROCE), which is not

an IFRS metric, as operating proﬁt before

exceptional items divided by the average sum

of its equity, net debt and other non-current

liabilities. This measure excludes acquired

intangible assets and their amortisation costs,

as well as any signiﬁcant capacity investments

under construction until they enter production.

#### Why?

Zotefoams uses unique and capital-intensive

assets. We understand the importance of

generating a good return on these assets to

provide our shareholders with strong returns

and maintain their support when funding is

required to drive longer-term capital projects.

As Zotefoams’ business grows, we have

invested in large capital programmes which

have changed the shape of our balance

sheet. Our assets generate higher returns

when operational gearing (i.e. utilisation)

is high. This, combined with our strategy

to mix enrich our sales portfolio, is expected

to generate the return on capital our

shareholders seek.

#### This year

In 2023 and 2022, the ROCE has been

materially impacted by our investment in the

ReZorce mono-material barrier packaging

opportunity, which offers the potential for

very high returns but in the development

phase requires signiﬁcant discretionary cost.

In 2023, the return on capital employed

increased to 10.4% (2022: 10.1%) but

increased to 14.2% (2022: 12.0%) when the

MEL losses of £4.4m (2022: £1.9m) are

excluded. The improvement in ROCE of the

foams businesses is a result of increased

proﬁtability as the Group delivers on its

strategic objectives.

#### Next year, and beyond

The Group has delivered a large capacity

expansion programme over recent years and

the balance sheet has increased signiﬁcantly

as a consequence. We approved these

projects, acknowledging and accepting the

dilution of return on capital over the short term

but recognising the importance of adequately

investing in the infrastructure and capacity

needed for anticipated future growth and

the corresponding improvement in return

on capital that should accompany it. ROCE

will continue to improve as the Group

successfully delivers on its strategic

objectives. The ReZorce opportunity is

reaching key milestones in 2024, which

should signiﬁcantly reduce the level of

operational and capital spend incurred in

recent years and immediately impact ROCE,

regardless of the eventual outcome.

3. Increase our operating margins

4. Improve our return on capital (over our investment cycle)

![]()

30

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Our strategic objectives

#### Continued

#### Why?

Our purpose is to provide optimal material

solutions for the beneﬁt of society, reﬂecting

our belief that, used appropriately, plastics

are frequently the best solution for the

sophisticated, long-term applications typically

delivered by our customers. Materials

manufactured using Zotefoams’ unique

technology help customers save energy –

for example, by improving insulation and

reducing the carbon emissions of cars, planes

and trains by providing lower-weight solutions

that lower fuel consumption. Our core

process uses only temperature, pressure

and nitrogen borrowed from the atmosphere

for expansion, creating materials that are

uniquely pure and durable and which use

less polymer thanks to their superior

performance-to-weight ratio. ReZorce

mono-material barrier packaging technology

presents the opportunity to increase recycling

rates in consumer packaging, reducing waste

and creating the potential for circularity.

Zotefoams products frequently form part of

the environmental sustainability agenda for

our customers, and embedding this more

formally into our strategic objectives will

support Zotefoams’ development over the

short, medium and long term.

#### This year

Progress continues to be made against

our sustainability targets. In 2023, energy

consumption remained static despite a

signiﬁcantly higher proportion of HPP

products, having a higher energy intensity,

being manufactured. Excess polymer

consumed was reduced and while we missed

our 2023 target to develop sustainable new

products designed to achieve use-phase

efﬁciency, we continued the development

of foams containing polymers from both

renewable sources and circular solutions.

Using a methodology that identiﬁes products

which, during manufacture or use, provide

a substantial increase in the efﬁciency of

resources used, we have assessed our

product range as producing 85% green

revenue. Further details are provided on

page 65.

#### Next year, and beyond

We have set ambitious longer-term

sustainability objectives, aligned with a

sustainability-backed loan facility, which focus

on three performance indicators: the energy

we use to manufacture the products that we

sell; the efﬁciency with which we utilise

polymer in the manufacture of products: and

the development of new products which offer

our customers use-phase resource efﬁciency.

The aim of our objectives is to ensure that

Zotefoams has a more sustainable product

portfolio, which minimises both the energy

used and the polymer waste produced in

its manufacture. Details of these objectives

are presented on our website

https://zote.

info/3mjufjS

. To further embed our drive

towards environmental sustainability,

during 2024 we aim to become accredited

to ISO 50001:2018, the international standard

for energy management, at our Croydon,

UK, site.

#### Why?

MEL reduces plastics use at source using

patented high-pressure gas technology at

customers’ facilities and operates on a royalty

basis over a period in excess of ten years.

This underlying technology is the basis for

mono-material barrier packaging, which we

have branded ReZorce. Using signiﬁcant

recycled plastic content and being readily

recyclable, the potential market is large and

facing signiﬁcant pressure to improve

sustainability rapidly.

#### This year

The focus and resource allocation at MEL

continues to be on the development of the

ReZorce opportunity. Very good strategic

progress has been made, with advancements

in the technology accelerated by the Group’s

2022 acquisition of complementary

know-how and assets in Denmark and the

beneﬁts of a joint development agreement

with a world-leading packer of beverages

showing immediate results. In addition to a

£4.4m segment loss at MEL (2022: £1.9m)

driven by investment in ReZorce, the Group

also capitalised costs in line with accounting

rules. The net book value of investments

made in this opportunity as at 31 December

2023 amounted to £6.8m (31 December

2022: £4.7m).

#### Next year, and beyond

We expect 2024 to be a decisive year for

ReZorce, with in-store trials planned at a

major European retailer. In anticipation of

success, we are preparing a roadmap to

deliver scaled-up operational capacity linked

to the signiﬁcant commercial interest in

ReZorce carton products. We simultaneously

seek to engage with ﬁnancial and strategic

partners, recognising the limitations of

Zotefoams’ size and experience in this

multi-billion pound industry. Our investment

approach to ReZorce recognises that there is

a high “option value” for success and at this

time our business model remains ﬂexible to

deliver this value in the best way for our

stakeholders. As development proceeds,

we will have greater clarity over the business

model that will capture the most value for

the Group and its shareholders.

5. Clarify and improve the Group approach

to environmental sustainability and climate change

6. Develop and invest in MuCell technology

![]()

#### A year of stepping up…

31

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

L Drummond

Chair

#### Dear shareholders

2023 was a year of stepping up at Zotefoams,

marked by a signiﬁcant increase in the

proﬁtability of our foams businesses.

We further solidiﬁed our partnership with

Nike through an extension of our exclusivity

agreement and, additionally, we heightened

our commitment to sustainability with

increased investment in our ReZorce

®

mono-material barrier packaging technology,

which is now progressing to the market

trial phase. For a deeper understanding of

our stepping-up journey, our experienced

Executive team members share their own

insights on what stepping up means to them

on pages 8 to 9.

#### Record proﬁts

I am pleased to report that the Group

achieved record proﬁts for the year, exceeding

market expectations with a proﬁt before tax

of £12.8m (2022: £12.2m) on revenues at a

similar level to the prior year. As we continue

to deliver successfully on our established

autoclave technology strategy, following

signiﬁcant capital investment across the UK,

USA and Poland, we are aware of the

importance of differentiating between this

business, comprising the Polyoleﬁn Foams

and High-Performance Products business

units, and our high-risk but potentially

high-reward MuCell Extrusion (MEL) business

unit, now primarily dedicated to the

development of the highly innovative ReZorce

technology. In 2023, our autoclave technology

businesses generated an impressive proﬁt

before tax increase of 22% to £17.2m (2022:

£14.1m) on revenues up 1%. Conversely,

increased investment in the ReZorce

opportunity generated a loss of £4.4m

(2022: £1.9m), on lower revenues from the

equipment/royalty part of the business, as we

head into the market-testing phase following

positive progress in the development of our

award-winning technology. The Group CEO

and CFO reviews provide details on our strong

ﬁnancial performance in the year.

#### Chair’s statement

#### Board composition

2023 saw two changes in the composition of

the Board. I joined Zotefoams in early January

and became Chair in May 2023, replacing

Steve Good, who stepped down after nine

years on the Zotefoams Board. In September

2023, Malcolm Swift joined the Board and

took on the Chair of the Remuneration

Committee, replacing Alison Fielding, who

departed on the same date. I would like to

offer my personal thanks to both colleagues

for their valuable support to me, as well as my

thanks on behalf of everyone connected to

Zotefoams for their contributions to the Group.

In November 2023, we announced the

planned retirement of David Stirling, our

Group CEO, after 26 years as a Board

member and 23 years leading the business.

David will leave behind him a growth business

with a clear strategy, strength in depth and

exciting opportunities. The search process

for his replacement concluded with the

appointment of Ronan Cox as Group CEO

Designate on 2 April 2024. Ronan will join the

Board and take over as Group CEO from

David at the Annual General Meeting due to

be held on 22 May 2024.

#### Dividend

The Board is proposing a ﬁnal dividend of

4.90p (2022: 4.62p), which, if approved by

shareholders, would make a total dividend for

the year of 7.18p (2022: 6.80p), an increase

of 5.6%. This reﬂects the Board’s continued

conﬁdence in the Group’s future and is in

line with its progressive dividend policy,

recognising the importance to our

shareholders of the dividend as part of their

overall return. See the Group’s approach to

capital allocation in the Group CFO’s review

on page 38. If approved, the ﬁnal dividend will

be paid on 3 June 2024 to shareholders on

the register on 3 May 2024.

![]()

32

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Sustainability

Our purpose is to provide optimal material

solutions for the beneﬁt of society, reﬂecting

our belief that, used appropriately, plastics

are frequently the best solution for the

sophisticated, long-term applications typically

delivered by our customers. The Board is

focused on the importance of sustainability

and our strategy incorporates the

consideration of climate change in terms of

ﬁnancial and operational impacts. Further

progress was made in 2023 towards our

sustainability targets. See the Group CEO’s

review on page 33 and the ESG report on

page 64.

#### Acting responsibly

The Board leads an ongoing programme to

ensure the highest standards of corporate

governance and integrity across the Group,

and has remained abreast of developing

governance standards. The Board’s

interactions and communications with

executive management continue to be

excellent and, as a result, the Board is well

placed to challenge, guide and support

executive management in the delivery of the

growth strategy. We continue to pay particular

attention to the provision of a safe working

environment for our staff across all global

locations and to the empowerment of our

employees. The Board also acknowledges

the beneﬁts of diversity, including that of

gender and ethnicity, and is committed to

setting an appropriate tone from the top

in all diversity and inclusion matters.

#### Our people

Central to the Group’s success is our talented,

diverse and collaborative team. The Board

recognises that it is this which makes

Zotefoams a safe, great, enjoyable and

fulﬁlling place to work. With travel restrictions

no longer in place across all our geographies,

we see how important and valuable direct

interaction is and how diversity of thought and

the sharing of our knowledge and expertise

across locations accelerates the realisation

of our Group strategy. We have been very

mindful of the impact of the ongoing high-cost

environment on our staff and took appropriate

pay decisions during the year.

Having the right people at Zotefoams, who

understand and promote our culture, act at all

times with integrity, safety-consciousness and

dedication and possess the right knowledge

and skills, continues to be critical to our future

success. For the ﬁrst time as Chair, I warmly

welcome our new employees, extend my

gratitude to our colleagues who have helped

them integrate and thank all our hard-working

people and their supportive families who have

helped the Group continue to make good

strategic progress.

#### Chair’s statement

#### Continued

#### Looking to the future

Zotefoams is well positioned for the future

with well-invested and differentiated assets,

committed, capable and passionate people,

and a clear strategy for delivering proﬁtable

organic growth in a sustainable way. While we

are mindful of ongoing macroeconomic and

geopolitical headwinds, we remain conﬁdent

about our future prospects for growth, margin

improvement, return on capital employed and

cash generation.

L Drummond

Chair

5 April 2024

![]()

33

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

#### Zotefoams has delivered record proﬁts through pricing, product mix and cost control in a year of signiﬁcant investment

#### in our ReZorce

®

#### recyclable packaging solution.

#### Group CEO’s review

Our business strategy remains focused on the

long-term opportunity for differentiated,

market-leading foams and related products.

This is underpinned by three main beneﬁcial

macro-trends: demographics, where the

global population is more urban and ageing;

regulation, often around the safety of people;

and environmental sustainability.

Sustainability, along with health and safety,

is embedded within everything we do.

Fundamental to our success and goal of

driving improving proﬁtability is product-mix

enrichment and high levels of asset utilisation

over the investment and business cycles. We

therefore invest in a portfolio of opportunities

across products, markets, geographies and

aligned technologies which have a spread of

risk and return.

In 2023, we increased investment in ReZorce

mono-material barrier packaging technology.

Our focus is a market trial of beverage cartons

made from ReZorce substrate and ﬁlled with

juice using commercially available packaging

equipment. We have made substantial

progress, with the ﬁlling trials scheduled to

begin imminently. There is strong commercial

interest in ReZorce packaging, primarily due

to its sustainability credentials.

#### Strategic update and progress

Zotefoams invests in assets and technology

with the capability to support the organic

growth opportunities afforded by its diverse

and often unique products. As global markets

evolve, we identify business trends and

emerging technologies, assessing their

impact on our own business and its potential

for growth. Our market knowledge,

experience and customer reach afford us

insights into the emerging needs of many

industries. Zotefoams has the capability to

design and manufacture foams with speciﬁc

attributes to meet these needs, and therefore

our portfolio of technologies, products and

customers will evolve over time, often in

partnership along the supply chain. This

translates into an improving product mix, while

in-year capacity utilisation is more dependent

on our own investment timing and the

economic cycle’s impact on our customers.

The volatility seen in demand and input prices

over the past few years was alleviated

somewhat in 2023, allowing better

engagement with customers and alignment of

our product range with their developing

requirements in a higher-priced environment.

This “right product, right price” approach was

particularly evident in our Polyoleﬁn Foams

business, where many customers realigned

their purchasing decisions and the mix of

products changed, resulting in lower volumes

and higher proﬁtability.

#### Overview

The business today has two distinct elements:

the manufacturing and sale of specialist

foams, which is well-established, proﬁtable

and growing; and ReZorce, which is currently

a development project moving into market

testing, with enormous potential and higher

associated risk.

Group revenue of £127.0m was at a similar

level to the previous year (2022: £127.4m),

with lower demand from industrial and

construction markets, particularly in Europe

and Asia, offset by growth in footwear,

medical and, to a lesser extent, the aviation

and automotive markets.

Input costs, in particular polyoleﬁn raw

materials and energy, declined from the

record-high prices experienced in 2022,

allowing our margins to recover as sales

prices aligned with these input costs

throughout the period.

2023

United

Kingdom

Continental

Europe

North

America

Rest of

the world\*

Total

Change %

(13)%

0%

(7)%

6%

0%

Group revenue (£000’s)

11,879

32,514

27,195

55,387

126,975

% of Group revenue

9%

26%

21%

44%

100%

2022

Group revenue (£000’s)

13,702

32,374

29,127

52,166

127,369

% of Group revenue

11%

25%

23%

41%

100%

\*

Rest of the world comprises China: £27.1m (2022: £30.0m) and other countries: £28.3m (2022: £22.2m).

David Stirling

Group CEO

![]()

34

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Our extrusion technology business, MEL,

is now substantially focused on ReZorce

mono-material barrier packaging, a recyclable

and circular solution for beverage cartons.

The team’s initial focus is on the market for

liquid-containing cartons. This is an enormous

market globally, offering retailers and

consumers an efﬁcient and convenient

solution for packing liquids, such as fruit juice,

milk and increasingly other products such as

dairy alternatives, water, soup and even

household cleaning products. We believe the

ReZorce solution offers a better alternative to

current technologies: one which has a lower

carbon footprint, clear recyclability credentials

and which will use a high proportion of

recycled materials in its manufacture. Our

technical ability to meet the packaging

requirements of sterility, low oxygen and

moisture transmission and packaging

functionality has existed for some time now.

Investment in 2023 has primarily been

focused on our ability to deliver this solution all

the way to the retailer, and in July a strategic

cooperation agreement was signed with a

world-leading packager of beverages to

facilitate this. At the time of writing this report,

we are preparing to ﬁll 150,000 cartons, which

will then be subject to stringent sterility testing

in preparation for a market trial mid-year.

Given the scale of the opportunity, we will be

seeking a strategic investing partner for

ReZorce, a process which the Board believes

is best timed around this market trial. Key

milestones such as this trial will enable us to

determine the optimal path to realise value.

#### Sustainability

Zotefoams’ products are typically sold into

markets where they are used multiple times,

often for many years, and can be recycled at

the end of life. Their insulation, longevity and

light weight often form a positive element of

our customers’ own sustainability agendas. In

2023, there was a notable trend towards

lighter foams in certain markets in our

Polyoleﬁn Foams business, using less

material, being less expensive to manufacture

and offering lower cost to our customers.

Targets are in place to manage our own

Scope 1 and 2 emissions through the

reduction of energy consumption, material

used in manufacturing processes and waste.

We met these internal targets for 2023,

reducing energy consumption and waste

while increasing the proportion of remaining

waste recycled, often into new foams. The

core markets for our products are frequently

where a “best in class” foam delivers our

stated purpose: optimal material solutions for

the beneﬁt of society. Examples are

performance and longevity in industrial

applications and consumer durables such as

footwear, medical devices, insulation for

planes, cleanrooms, construction and cars,

#### 2022 content

#### Segment revenue

£67.6m

Change

(4%)

2022

£70.1m

#### Segment proﬁt margin

11.1%

2022

7.0%

#### Segment proﬁt

£7.5m

Change

53%

2022

£4.9m

as well as military and marine uses. We follow

the guidance provided by IAO 14021:2016

when making environmental claims and,

where appropriate, have products certiﬁed by

independent organisations when making

claims such as those related to recycled

content. We have not yet set a net zero target;

however, we are committed to speciﬁcally

reviewing this during our 2024 Board strategy

session.

In 2023, 85% of our revenue was from

products which are considered “green” based

on a resource efﬁciency deﬁnition where,

during manufacture or use, they provide a

substantial increase in the efﬁciency of

resources. This includes all sales from MEL,

which provides solutions for increasing the

efﬁciency of resource usage by reducing

polymer consumption. There were no sales

for the ReZorce product during the year, due

to its stage of development, but its

considerable potential as a sustainable

packaging solution is discussed in depth in

the MEL section below.

In 2023, the Polyoleﬁn Foams business

delivered much improved proﬁtability against

a backdrop of lower sales volumes, improved

pricing, lower polymer costs and better cost

management.

#### Group CEO’s review

#### Continued

Sales declined 4%, with a 7% volume drop

partially offset by a 3% average price

improvement. Volumes globally were

impacted by slower industrial markets

generally, although we experienced growth

in some of our smaller, more specialist

segments, such as medical and aviation.

All regions were impacted by lower demand,

particularly in the latter part of the year.

Pricing improvement was primarily a result

of the full-year impact of price increases

implemented part-way through 2022.

These beneﬁted margins, as did some

changes in product mix, often to lower-cost

products, which can deliver cost savings to

customers while being less expensive to

manufacture.

Regionally, demand patterns were relatively

consistent, with differences more apparent in

the speciﬁc applications for our foams. With

high transportation costs due to their bulk,

most polyoleﬁn foams are sold in Europe

(62% of segment sales, 2022: 62%) and North

America (32% of segment sales, 2022: 31%)

as these are efﬁciently served by our local

manufacturing capability in these regions.

Polyoleﬁn foams are widely used in industrial

and multiple-use consumer applications due

to their robustness and durability. The main

market segments are multiple-use packaging

and protection, often in the context of

long-term storage solutions, construction,

sport and leisure, automotive, aviation,

marine, military and healthcare. The segments

that performed relatively better during the year

were generally those still in recovery from

previous years, for example automotive,

where improved demand in 2023 was in

comparison to a 2022 that had represented

the lowest level for many years.

Our input costs are predominantly polymers,

labour and energy, with nitrogen, which we

use as our environmentally friendly blowing

agent to expand the foams, largely linked to

the energy price.

The main polymers used in our Polyoleﬁn

Foams business are low-density polyethylene

(LDPE) and other similar polyoleﬁns. During

the year, the price of LDPE in Europe was

trending around its long-term average, which

was around 30% lower than the high prices

experienced in 2022. LDPE pricing is related

to the pricing of its feedstock and ethylene,

and the regional supply vs demand balance.

Overall, depressed industrial markets led to an

oversupply situation and, alongside lower

ethylene feedstock costs, this caused a fall in

the polymer price in Europe, more marked in

the second half of the year. Generally, this high

correlation between industrial demand and

polymer pricing provides a natural hedge to

volume increases or declines in the Polyoleﬁn

Foams business.

POLYOLEFIN

FOAMS

#### AZOTE

®

![]()

35

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

variety of foams with speciﬁc properties,

delivered through a combination of raw

material selection and our unique foaming

technology. Sales volumes of ZOTEK F

materials increased 9%, translating into a 6%

value increase to £6.5m (2022: £6.2m). We

experienced high input cost inﬂation in the

most common materials used, although this

had relatively little proﬁt impact in the year as

previously purchased inventory was

consumed. Pricing adjustments have been

made, mostly effective from 2024, and we

recognise some associated risk due to these

higher prices.

ZOTEK foam sheet sales accounted for 11%

(2022: 11%) of HPP segment sales.

T-FIT insulation is made using Zotefoams’ own

HPP products and is designed for clean

processing environments, such as in

pharmaceutical, biotech and food and drink

manufacture. Sales grew 1% to £5.9m (2022:

£5.8m), and 6% in constant currency. In

China, one of the main markets, we delivered

sales growth in food processing but activity in

the biotech and pharmaceutical sector was

slower, and we experienced a lower success

rate on some targeted larger projects. In India,

sales grew strongly, with good progress

across our portfolio. Outside these

geographies, we are looking to improve our

performance with investment in staff and a

renewed focus on our sales processes. We

manufacture common T-FIT insulation

manufacturing products locally, either at

Zotefoams facilities or outsourced to trusted

partners, to support North American and

European business, while our facility in China

supplies all other markets as well as the

complete range of product dimensions globally.

T-FIT sales represent 10% (2022: 11%) of HPP

segment sales.

Segment proﬁt increased to £15.4m (2022:

£15.3m), a segment proﬁt margin of 26.5%

(2022: 28.1%). Segment margin is slightly

lower than the previous year due to

product-mix changes and foreign exchange

rate movements.

Average prices for energy and nitrogen, which

have a much higher impact on polyoleﬁn

foams than on the products within our HPP

business unit, increased by an average of

around 8% compared with 2022, although

there has been a marked decrease in the

volatility of pricing. We hedge energy costs by

ﬁxing prices on a proportion of our expected

usage up to twelve months in advance.

We manufacture polyoleﬁn foams in three

facilities, with full-process manufacture in the

UK and USA and foam expansion, fabrication

and logistics in Poland. An increasing

proportion of European business is served

through our Polish facility, which is now

operating 24 hours, ﬁve days per week.

#### Segment revenue

£58.1m

Change

7%

2022

£54.4m

#### Segment proﬁt margin

26.5%

2022

28.1%

#### Segment proﬁt

£15.4m

Change

1%

2022

£15.3m

Segment proﬁt margin has grown to 11% of

sales (2022: 7%) through improved efﬁciency

and pricing more aligned with input costs.

We have delivered cost improvements, most

notably through waste reduction, including

internal recycling of polymer waste and

logistics cost improvements alongside

incremental gains from continuous

improvement in our UK facility. In the USA, our

factory has built on the efﬁciency gains

delivered in 2022, seeing gains in

right-ﬁrst-time quality and many other aligned

metrics such as waste. Globally, there is

scope over time for further improvement,

primarily through improved asset utilisation,

operational efﬁciency and mix enrichment.

Sales in our HPP business unit grew 7% to

£58.1m (2022: £54.4m). The main product

groups are footwear, ZOTEK

®

ﬂuoropolymer

foams and T-FIT

®

technical insulation. Overall

volumes were 12% ahead of 2022, with a

slight adverse impact from currency and

product mix. In footwear, where we have

extended our exclusive arrangement with

Nike, our materials are primarily used in

midsoles for running shoes but, in a new

development during the year, ﬁrst sales were

made into their basketball segment. In 2023,

sales grew 7% to £45.3m (2022: £42.1m). This

exclusive arrangement allows Zotefoams to

work closely with Nike on foam innovation

related to their speciﬁc needs as well as better

align on supply chain, production efﬁciency,

scrap reduction and cost. Currently, there is

almost zero waste in this production process,

with most scrap re-incorporated into products

within the footwear supply chain. Pricing to

Nike – covered in our exclusive agreement,

which, in June 2023, was extended to

31 December 2029 – reﬂects our material

input costs, production costs and efﬁciencies,

and foreign exchange rates.

Other than footwear products, we offer a

range of foamed sheet materials to technically

demanding applications globally under the

ZOTEK

®

brand. The main market is aviation,

where insulation and ﬁre performance at

minimal weight is paramount, driven by safety

and sustainability. Other markets include

space, healthcare, packaging, military and

personal protection. Zotefoams offers a

HPP

#### ZOTEK

®

#### T-FIT

®

![]()

36

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Aligned with a world-leading packager of

beverages and a retailer with leading-edge

sustainability ambition, we are preparing to ﬁll

the ﬁrst ReZorce cartons with fruit juice on

commercial-scale equipment.

Over the past two years, substantially all the

activity in our MEL business unit has been

focused on the very signiﬁcant opportunity in

sustainable barrier packaging. We have

developed the ReZorce mono-material barrier

packaging technology to meet the needs of

brands and retailers seeking a more

sustainable solution to food packaging that

requires protection from moisture and/or

oxygen (hence the term “barrier packaging”).

Current barrier packaging systems require a

combination of different materials in the same

pack. The carton format of these systems is

very effective and cost-efﬁcient and therefore

widespread; however, it is often extremely

difﬁcult to recycle and almost never circular.

We have proven that our ReZorce packaging

system can provide the required barrier

properties, is easily recycled using common

infrastructure available today and can be

made using a high proportion of recycled raw

materials. Overall, this solution offers a lower

carbon footprint for commonly packaged

foodstuffs, in some cases a reduction of more

than 50%, as well as lower water and energy

consumption, factors that are increasingly

important to the global sustainability agenda.

During 2023, our focus has been to move

from technical possibility to market reality.

Many innovations fail at this stage as

implementation requires large investment or

change to adopt the new solution. With this in

mind, we have worked closely with existing

industry players and in July 2023 signed a

development agreement with a world-leading

packager of beverages. Throughout the entire

development process, we have considered

the likely barriers to implementation and have

assembled a team of industry experts with

experience in downstream processes and

commercial norms to deliver our technology

solution and related intellectual property

development. This team is augmented by a

US-based strategic adviser with dedicated

packaging expertise.

Revenue from our MEL business unit declined

56% to £1.2m (2022: £2.8m), with reduced

equipment sales and reduced royalties

affected by the Group’s focus on realising the

ReZorce initiative, while the segment loss

widened to £4.1m (2022: £1.6m) before

amortisation of acquired intangibles, a direct

result of the non-capitalised investment to

develop ReZorce technology. In addition to

this, we capitalised £2.8m (2022: £2.2m).

#### Capacity and investment

Zotefoams’ manufacturing process comprises

three main stages: extrusion of a polymer

sheet, high-pressure gassing of this sheet

with nitrogen and ﬁnal expansion in a

lower-pressure environment. The

infrastructure around these processes is

complex and costly and, therefore, ideally

supports multiple production vessels. Most

products can be made on multiple production

lines, although some of our older assets are

less ﬂexible.

In the UK, most investment is focused on

cost reduction and efﬁciency, linked to

sustainability, as well as on the replacement of

older assets with upgraded equipment. The

UK site manufactures all the HPP products

and sends partly ﬁnished polyoleﬁn products

for the ﬁnal expansion process to Poland,

which is closer to many customers, reducing

overall transport costs and emissions.

In the USA, we see good potential to increase

sales and have therefore approved the

purchase of a second low-pressure autoclave,

used for foam expansion, which will increase

capacity and reduce reliance on the current

vessel which was installed in 2000. Linked to

this capacity increase, we are upgrading

some associated systems and increasing

warehousing space. The total cost of these

investments is c. £10m, funded from existing

cash resources and expected to be incurred

primarily during 2024–25.

Our facilities in the USA and Poland have the

ﬂexibility for further investment to support

longer-term growth.

Zotefoams is also investing in the

development of the ReZorce mono-material

barrier packaging technology, which is

explained in more detail above.

#### Measuring strategic progress

Zotefoams products are sold into a wide

variety of applications globally. These markets

are driven by global trends – environment,

regulation and demographics – which we

believe offer the potential for high rates of

market growth as well as an opportunity for

our disruptive technology solutions.

We assess progress on six separate metrics.

The ﬁrst two metrics have been updated, to

better reﬂect the focus of our management

team and align with the business strategy:

1.

We intend, over time, to deliver an improved

mix of products. By this we mean improved

proﬁtability, and a reasonable proxy is

average selling price per m

3

of foam, which

is typically higher for the HPP products.

Adding downstream processing such as

T-FIT insulation products enhances our

margin, as does the cutting processes we

perform for multiple customers globally.

These downstream operations are

capital-light and leverage our investment in

foaming technology. We adjust our HPP

volumes to calculate a “capacity equivalent”

to reﬂect the often-extended processing

times of these products. The adjusted

average selling price during 2023 improved

by 2.7% compared with the prior year.

2.

We seek to run at high-capacity utilisation

to optimise the returns from our assets.

Asset utilisation in the year improved by

2.6%, and is calculated using the adjusted

production volume, with the same mix

adjustment factors as used in the selling

price calculation. Adjusted production

volumes, against which we calculate asset

utilisation, were 4% higher than adjusted

sales volumes as we increased inventory

during the ﬁnal quarter of the year in

anticipation of strong demand in the ﬁrst

few months of 2024. Efﬁciency gains in

manufacturing during the year added 2%

to the effective capacity of the Group.

#### Group CEO’s review

#### Continued

MEL

#### MuCell

®

#### ReZorce

®

![]()

37

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

3.

Group operating margin increased to 11.9%

(2022: 10.9%). In constant currency, the

operating margin was 12.1%. The full-year

impact of price increases from 2022 and

lower input costs were augmented by

improved efﬁciencies within manufacturing,

offset somewhat by an increase in

technical, sales and administration costs,

some associated with the increased

investment in ReZorce. Excluding MEL/

ReZorce, operating margin was 15.5%

(2022: 12.7%) or 15.7% in constant

currency.

4.

Group return on capital employed improved

to 10.3% (2022: 10.1%), with increased

proﬁtability of the Polyoleﬁn Foams and

HPP business units offset by the increased

losses of MEL as noted above. Excluding

MEL/ReZorce, return on capital employed

was 14.2% (2022: 12.0%). Working capital

at the year end accounted for 45% of net

assets (2022: 38%), with this signiﬁcant

increase due primarily to investment in

inventory in anticipation of increased

demand in Q1 2024 and higher raw

material prices for certain HPP products.

5.

Our approach to environmental

sustainability and climate change is

paramount to our business. Led by the

Board and with an executive steering

committee, sustainability is embedded in

decision-making Group-wide. A detailed

environmental, social and governance

(ESG) report is included within the Annual

Report and further information is available

at www.zotefoams.com. Targets are linked

to our bank ﬁnancing arrangements, and

these are supplemented by internal targets

in relation to other ESG metrics. We have

not yet set a “net zero” target as we believe

that detailed measurement of Scope 3

emissions reduction using our products is

complex and ever-changing, when

compared with the best-available alternative

technology, while the validity of offsetting

arrangements are increasingly being

challenged. However, we are committed to

speciﬁcally reviewing this during our annual

Board strategy session and the Executive

team, through our Group Sustainability

Steering Committee, is evaluating the

approach to net zero.

6.

MEL has potentially disruptive technology to

improve sustainability, primarily in consumer

packaging. We intend to invest within the

Group’s risk appetite to develop and

commercialise this technology, which at this

time is focused on ReZorce mono-material

barrier packaging speciﬁcally for beverage

cartons. With initial market trials imminent,

we are turning our focus to full-scale

commercialisation and engagement with

potential strategic partners to facilitate this.

#### People

Our top priority is ensuring the health and

safety of employees and site visitors. The

Board tolerance for risk is set accordingly,

with health and safety an agenda item at

every Board and Executive Committee

meeting. We monitor both leading and lagging

indicators to improve safety performance and

behaviours across the Group. At Board level,

the main safety metric in our business is

reportable lost time incidents and, regrettably,

we had one such incident during the year

(2022: two). In line with our policy, a full

follow-up and analysis with corrective actions

was reviewed by the Board. Other metrics,

which record less severe incidents and

absences, have now been signiﬁcantly

below industry benchmarks for six years,

representing the time elapsed since we

began using this form of measurement,

with measured incidents around one third

of the rate of comparable companies.

Employee engagement is another priority and

is delivered through clear communication of

our strategy, objectives and progress, which

includes interactive sessions and staff surveys

to facilitate feedback. Employee engagement

activities included Group CEO “all-staff

brieﬁngs” across all regions with a Q&A

session.

On behalf of the Board and my executive

colleagues, I would like to thank all Zotefoams

employees and their families for their support

over the past year.

#### Forward-looking statements

Forward-looking statements have been

made by the Directors in good faith using

information available up until the date they

approved this Annual Report.

#### Current trading and outlook

We have made a positive start to 2024, with

overall sales ahead of the previous year’s

record ﬁrst quarter. Sales of HPP products

have, thus far, been strongly ahead of the prior

year, with expectations for continued strength

in H1 2024 and more muted growth after this,

mainly linked to in-year footwear demand

patterns and underlying improvements in the

markets for aviation and T-FIT insulation

products. To date, sales of polyoleﬁn foams

are below the comparative period in the prior

year, with European customers particularly

impacted by weaker industrial demand,

partially offset by more robust conditions in

North America. We are cautiously optimistic

about the underlying demand environment for

polyoleﬁn foams later in the year, supported

by a business focus on application-speciﬁc

initiatives to increase market share. Currently,

polymer and energy input prices remain

relatively stable and therefore, other than in

non-footwear HPP where prices have

increased based on raw material price inﬂation

experienced in 2023, we do not anticipate any

uplift in selling prices this coming year.

Improved asset utilisation, product mix and

operational efﬁciency are our key drivers of

margin enhancement. In our MEL business

unit, we continue to make good progress

against the commercialisation objectives we

have set for ReZorce, with some important

milestones expected to be reached in Q2.

Investment to support this will continue during

2024 as we determine the optimal pathway to

realising the opportunity presented by this

technology. As a result, and while we remain

mindful of the uncertain economic backdrop,

2024 is expected to be another year of good

progress for Zotefoams.

#### D B Stirling

Group CEO

5 April 2024

![]()

38

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Group CFO’s review

#### Overview

Group revenue was broadly similar year on year at £127.0m (2022:

£127.4m), with £0.5m favourable currency impact. Margin management

in the Polyoleﬁn Foams business and a challenging H2 2023 environment

took revenue 4% and volumes 7% below the previous year, while HPP

revenue grew 7% on 12% volume growth. Excluding MuCell Extrusion

LLC (MEL), Group revenue grew 1% to £125.7m (2022: £124.6m).

Gary McGrath

Group CFO

#### A signiﬁcant increase in proﬁtability within the foams businesses, as we ﬁll our new capacity and enrich

our product mix. This is offset by increased costs in our ReZorce

®

#### mono-material barrier packaging solution as we reach late-stage development and market testing.

Summary P&L

Zotefoams Group

Foams business units only

2023

2022

Change (%)

2023

2022

Change (%)

Net revenue

127.0

127.4

0

125.7

124.6

1

Gross proﬁt

41.1

38.7

6

42.5

38.6

10

Distribution and administrative costs

(25.9)

(24.8)

(5)

(23.1)

(22.8)

(1)

Operating proﬁt

15.1

1

13.9

9

19.5

15.8

23

Finance costs

(2.3)

(1.8)

(34)

(2.3)

(1.8)

(34)

Proﬁt before tax

12.8

12.2

5

17.2

14.1

22

Tax

(3.6)

(2.2)

(62)

Earnings per share

19.00

20.61

(8)

1

Adjusted for rounding.

Operating proﬁt for the year grew 9% to

£15.1m and proﬁt before tax (PBT) increased

5% to a Group record of £12.8m, after higher

interest charges. The underlying foams

business, comprising the Polyoleﬁn Foams

and High-Performance Foams business units,

achieved a signiﬁcant increase in PBT of 22%

to £17.2m (2022: £14.1m), while MEL losses

increased to £4.4m (2022: £1.9m).

Basic earnings per share fell 8% to 19.00p

as a result of the higher tax charge of £3.6m

(2022: £2.2m), which reﬂects the increase in

corporation tax in the UK that took effect from

1 April 2023 and the mix of proﬁts across

Group entities. Currency movements

negatively impacted PBT by £0.5m.

Return on capital employed (ROCE, see

below for deﬁnition) increased to 10.3% (2022:

10.1%). Excluding MEL, which is generating

losses as the Group invests in ReZorce, but

with continued investment contingent on

progress and expected outcome, ROCE

increased to 14.2% (2022: 12.0%).

The Group’s balance sheet at 31 December

2023 remains strong, with the leverage

multiple (calculated as a multiple of net debt to

EBITDA using deﬁnitions under the bank

facility agreement, see section “Debt facility”)

unchanged at 1.2x (31 December 2022: 1.2x)

and ﬁnancial headroom of £19.4m (31

December 2022: £22.9m). This is after a

£1.7m (7%) increase in EBITDA to £24.7m

(2022: £23.0m), increased investment in

working capital of £11.1m (2022: £0.3m), see

“Cash ﬂow” below, capital expenditure of

£8.5m (2022: £7.1m) and total dividends of

£3.4m (2022: £3.2m).

![]()

39

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

#### Distribution and administrative costs

The Group has a clear expansion strategy,

founded on proprietary cellular materials

technology linked to longer-term demand

growth in our chosen markets. Organic growth

with a portfolio of unique and highly

differentiated products requires that we invest

in, and prioritise, technical, sales-focused and

administrative resources to create, execute and

manage this growth.

Included within distribution costs in the

consolidated income statement are sales,

marketing and warehousing expenses. These

costs decreased by £0.1m, or 1%, to £7.9m

(2022: £8.0m) during the year, with lower offsite

warehousing costs offsetting inﬂationary costs

such as labour. Included within administrative

expenses are technical development, ﬁnance,

information systems and administration costs

as well as the impact of foreign exchange

hedges maturing in the period and non-cash

foreign exchange translation expenses.

#### Revenue performance

Polyoleﬁn Foams business unit sales fell 4%

to £67.6m (2022: £70.1m) and, at constant

currency, by 5% to £66.7m. This reﬂects

a drive to maintain margins through close

collaboration with customers and identify

the right product for the right application,

including promotion of the Group’s recycled

Ecozote

®

foam range. European revenues

grew 2% and US revenues were unchanged,

while the UK declined 18% as key customers

reduced inventory. HPP sales increased 7%

to £58.1m (2022: £54.4m), and by 8% to

£58.6m at constant currency. Footwear is the

largest application within HPP, and revenue

in this market grew a further 7% to £45.3m

(2022: £42.1m), resulting in this business

division accounting for 36% of Group sales

(2022: 33%). ZOTEK

®

F ﬂuoropolymer foam

sales closed the year 6% up at £6.5m (2022:

£6.2m), still signiﬁcantly below the 2019 peak

of £10.0m as the recovery in aviation

continues. T-FIT

®

advanced insulation sales

growth stalled at £5.9m (2022: £5.8m), with

a downturn in demand in China following the

withdrawal of support for the pharmaceutical

industry by the country’s government fully

offset by very strong growth in India. MEL

sales fell sharply during the year, by £1.6m to

£1.2m (2022: £2.8m), with reduced equipment

sales and reduced royalties impacted by the

Group’s focus on realising the ReZorce

mono-material barrier packaging initiative.

#### Gross proﬁt

Gross margin increased to 32.3% (2022: 30.4%),

representing an increase of £2.3m in absolute

terms to £41.1m. Excluding MEL, gross margin

was 33.9% (2022: 31.0%), or a £4.0m increase

in absolute terms.

The Polyoleﬁn Foams business unit in the UK

and Europe focused on maintaining the

operating margins it was achieving by the end of

the previous year, which came after a number of

price increases had been implemented to offset

the rapid cost inﬂation experienced across most

inputs. While raw material costs reverted to

more normal levels during 2023, the inﬂationary

effects of almost every other input cost,

including labour, offset much of the beneﬁt.

Energy costs held at historic high levels,

amounting to £8.0m in the year (2022: £7.3m),

after having been £4.8m in 2021. Labour costs

rose signiﬁcantly, with the annual pay increase in

the UK, the largest employer across the Group,

being 7% to help alleviate the cost-of-living crisis.

Margin management for the business unit

included working closely with our customers to

ﬁnd the optimal product at the optimal price

point for the customer’s need. The US business

focused on and succeeded in identifying and

implementing operational efﬁciencies, with the

support of a stronger local team and increased

collaboration with the UK-based team.

Revenue by segment (£m)

2023

Reported

2023

Adjusted

1

2022

Reported

Net change %

Reported Adjusted

Polyoleﬁn Foams

67.6

66.7

70.1

(4)

(5)

UK

10.9

10.9

13.2

(18)

(18)

Europe

30.7

30.0

30.2

2

(1)

USA

22.5

22.4

22.4

0

0

Rest of the world

3.5

3.4

4.3

(17)

(19)

HPP

58.1

58.6

54.4

7

8

Footwear

45.3

45.3

42.1

7

7

ZOTEK

®

F

6.5

6.7

6.2

6

9

T-FIT

®

5.9

6.1

5.8

1

6

Other

0.4

0.5

0.3

–

–

Group excluding MEL

125.7

125.3

124.6

1

1

MEL

1.2

1.3

2.8

(56)

(54)

Group

127.0

2

126.6

127.4

0

(1)

1

Constant currency, adjusting 2023 values to 2022 rates. See exchange rates table.

2

Adjusted for rounding.

Revenue by market (%)

2023

2022

Sports and leisure

39

37

Product protection

22

23

Building and construction

12

13

Transportation\*

11

12

Industrial

5

6

Medical

6

5

Other

5

4

\*

Within the transportation segment, aviation represented 6.4% (2022: 7.6%) and automotive 5.0% (2022: 4.8%) of Group revenue.

These costs increased in 2023 by £1.2m, or

7%, to £18.0m (2022: £16.8m). However, after

stripping out foreign exchange effects, which

generated a movement of £0.3m (2022:

£1.8m), these administrative costs increased by

19%, or £2.7m, to £17.7m (2022: £15.0m), with

£0.9m of the increase related to the Group’s

investment in its ReZorce technology and the

majority of the rest related to labour additions

and cost increases. See “Currency review”

below for further information and context

around foreign exchange movements.

The business unit results do not include central

plc costs, which are not considered to be

segment speciﬁc. Neither do they include

hedging movements. In 2023, central plc costs

were £3.1m (2022: £2.5m).

![]()

40

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Operating proﬁt

Operating proﬁt was £15.1m, 9% above 2022

(£13.9m) and the operating margin increased

to 11.9% from 10.9%. Operating proﬁt of the

foams businesses alone, excluding MEL, was

£19.5m, 23% above 2022 (£15.8m), and the

operating margin increased to 15.5% from

12.7%.

#### Finance costs

Gross ﬁnance costs for the year increased

40% to £2.5m (2022: £1.8m) and include

£0.1m (2022: £0.1m) of interest on the Deﬁned

Beneﬁt Pension Scheme obligation. This

increase reﬂects the rise during the year in

US dollar and euro base rates, which are

the currencies in which the Group’s debt

obligations are held, while the prior year

comparative included £0.3m related to

unamortised costs of the previous banking

facility, replaced in March 2022. Net ﬁnance

costs, after ﬁnance income, increased 34%

to £2.3m (2022: £1.8m).

#### Proﬁt before tax

Proﬁt before tax increased 5% to £12.8m

(2022: £12.2m). The foams businesses

increased 22% to £17.2m (2022: £14.1m),

while the MEL loss increased to £4.4m

(2022: £1.9m).

#### Currency review

Exchange rates

Zotefoams transacts signiﬁcantly in US dollars

and euros. The exchange rates used to

translate the key ﬂows and balances were:

2023

2022

Average Closing

Average

Closing

Euro/

sterling

1.150

1.150

1.173

1.129

US dollar/

sterling

1.243

1.271

1.238

1.204

Distribution and administrative costs breakdown

2023

2022

Change

(%)

Distribution costs

7.9

8.0

1

Administrative costs excluding hedging movements

17.7

15.0

(19)

Hedging movements

0.3

1.8

84

Administrative costs

18.0

16.8

(7)

Distribution and administrative costs

25.9

24.8

(5)

While movements in foreign exchange rates

can have a signiﬁcant impact on Group

results, the impact in 2023 was limited. During

the year, the sterling average exchange rate

year on year against the US dollar

strengthened by 0.4% and the sterling

average exchange rate against the euro

weakened by 2.0%. The sterling spot rate

against the US dollar from 31 December 2022

to 31 December 2023 strengthened by 5.6%,

while the sterling spot rate against the euro

from 31 December 2022 to 31 December

2023 strengthened by 1.9%.

Zotefoams is a predominantly UK-based

exporter which invoices in local currency, with

the exception of Asia where all business is

invoiced in US dollars. In 2023, approximately

92% of sales (2022: approximately 90%) were

denominated in currencies other than sterling,

mostly US dollars or euros. While operating

costs at the Croydon, UK, site are incurred in

sterling, the main raw materials for polyoleﬁn

foams used for production in the UK are

euro-denominated and US subsidiary

production and operating costs, most other

subsidiaries’ staff and operating costs and

some HPP raw materials are US

dollar-denominated. Poland operating costs

are incurred in zloty. The Group uses forward

exchange contracts to hedge up to 80% of its

forecast net cash ﬂows over the following

twelve months that are subject to US dollar

and euro transaction risk.

The Group recorded a gain on forward

exchange contracts in the year of £0.2m

(2022 loss: £2.9m).

Zotefoams also faces translation risk.

Zotefoams plc, the parent company, holds the

Group’s multi-currency borrowings facility and

has provided intercompany loans and

intercompany trading facilities to the USA and

Poland to support the Group’s recent

capacity expansion projects. This translation

exposure is mitigated, where possible,

through an offset with same-currency

liabilities, primarily through borrowing in the

relevant currency. Every month, these foreign

currency-denominated intercompany net

positions, despite being cash neutral, require

to be translated by Zotefoams plc on a mark

to market basis and the movement taken to

the Company income statement. The Group

also has a fast-growing HPP business, which

is mostly invoiced from the UK in US dollars,

which adds to its exposure to foreign

currency-denominated net assets and is

accounted for in the same way as above.

While FX exposure is partly mitigated by the

forward currency contracts, risk remains

based on the amount of forecast exposure

not hedged, in line with Group policy, and the

fact that there is a timing difference between

the recording of accounts receivable and cash

received. This timing difference is managed

by further hedging activities, but their

effectiveness is subject to the accuracy of

forecasting cash receipts. The Group

recorded a translation loss in the year of

£0.5m (2022 gain: £1.0m).

Currency movements during the year

positively impacted Group revenue by £0.5m

(2022: £7.6m positive impact). They negatively

impacted operating costs by £0.7m (2022:

£3.2m negative impact), resulting in a net

negative impact of £0.2m (2022: positive

impact £4.3m) before hedging. After

deducting the net hedging loss of £0.3m

(2022: loss of £1.8m), the currency net

negative impact on proﬁt before tax for the

year was £0.5m (2022: positive impact

£2.5m).

We recognise that one of our principal risks is

our exposure to foreign currency ﬂuctuations,

particularly the US dollar, which we will aim to

manage through hedging strategies. Based

on 2023 and with respect to transaction risk,

it is estimated that for every one percentage

point movement in the US dollar/sterling rate,

proﬁt moves by £0.6m unhedged and £0.2m

hedged. In the year, it is assumed that the

transaction risk from euro/sterling movements

continues to be substantially naturally hedged,

with the risk arising on sales revenues offset

by the opportunity on costs, primarily related

to raw material purchases and certain further

processing costs.

The Group does not currently hedge for the

translation of its foreign subsidiaries’ assets or

liabilities. The foreign currency hedging policy

is kept under regular review and is formally

approved by the Board on an annual basis.

#### Group CFO’s review

#### Continued

![]()

41

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Proﬁt by segment (£m)

2023

Reported

2023

Adjusted\*

2022

Reported

Net change %

Reported Adjusted

Polyoleﬁn Foams

7.5

7.0

4.9

52

42

HPP

15.4

16.1

15.3

1

5

MEL

(4.4)

(4.3)

(1.9)

(130)

(127)

Subtotal Business units

18.5

18.8

18.3

1

2

Central costs

(3.1)

(3.1)

(2.5)

(22)

(22)

Hedging

(0.3)

–

(1.8)

–

–

Finance costs

(2.3)

(2.3)

(1.8)

(34)

(32)

Subtotal Other

(5.7)

(5.4)

(6.1)

(7)

(12)

Group excluding MEL

17.2

17.7

14.1

22

25

Group

12.8

13.4

12.2

5

9

\*

Constant currency, adjusting 2023 values to 2022 rates. See exchange rates table above.

#### Taxation charge and earnings per share

The tax charge for the year is £3.6m (2022:

£2.2m). The effective tax rate for the year is

28.0% (2022: 18.1%) and the Group’s

weighted average corporate tax rate for the

year is 24.8% (2022: 19.5%). The tax charge

reﬂects the increase in the UK corporation tax

rate to 25% that came into force on 1 April

2023 and the Group’s prudent approach

to not recognising tax losses in its US

subsidiaries (that are driven by MEL).

Impacted by the tax charge and despite

increased PBT, basic earnings per share was

19.00p (2022: 20.61p), a decrease of 8%.

Diluted earnings per share was 18.55p

(2022: 20.20p).

#### ReZorce

The ReZorce technology being developed by

MEL offers brand owners the ability to

signiﬁcantly reduce their carbon footprint and

also help meet their pledges on both recycling

and the use of recycled content in their

packaging, putting sustainability at the heart

of our MEL development agenda. During the

year, Zotefoams continued its investment in

this opportunity. In line with IAS 38 “Intangible

assets”, £2.5m (2022: £1.4m) was invested in

labour and other directly attributable costs

and capitalised. The Group also invested

£0.3m (2022: £0.8m) during the year to

purchase and develop equipment, which has

been recorded under tangible assets. In total,

capitalised investment in ReZorce amounted

to £2.8m during 2023 (2022: £2.2m), and the

net book value at 31 December 2023 of

amounts capitalised over the life of the project

amounts to £6.8m (2022: £4.7m). In addition

to the investment capitalised and driven by

the focus on ReZorce and developments and

progress made during the year, MEL reported

a loss before tax of £4.4m (2022: £1.9m).

The total cash outﬂow from MEL in the year

amounted to £5.5m (2022: £3.9m).

The Board does not currently consider any

of these assets to be impaired, given the

progress made in technical development,

the signing of a joint development agreement

with a global packaging company and the

contributions this is making to progress, the

preparations under way for an imminent

in-store trial at a recognised supermarket

chain in northern Europe, the assessed size

of the commercial opportunities, and the

Board’s continuing commitment to the

initiative.

#### Capital allocation

The discipline with which a company allocates

capital is a key determinant of growth and

sustained ﬁnancial returns. The Board is

actively engaged in this process. Zotefoams

focuses on achievable sustainable proﬁt

growth by investing and developing its

business in the following ways.

Capital expenditure in foam manufacturing

Given the capital-intensive nature of the

Zotefoams business, long lead times for key

equipment and the importance of operational

gearing, investment decisions require

signiﬁcant planning and are made with a clear

assessment of strategic ﬁt, risk, risk appetite,

sustainability credentials and expected

returns. Conﬁdence in the Group’s developing

portfolio of HPP opportunities is a signiﬁcant

consideration in determining the timing of

certain investments, while the strategic

importance of maintaining growth in the

proﬁtable Polyoleﬁn Foams business, the

Group’s largest-volume product range,

informs the decision to increase total Group

capacity versus relying solely on mix

enrichment. Outside signiﬁcant

capacity-related investments, the Group also

invests to maintain its capital-intensive assets,

mindful of the risk of operational disruption

(see section in this Annual Report on principal

risks), and opportunities to improve energy

efﬁciency and further reduce health and safety

risk, particularly at the older UK facility. The

annual and ﬁve-year capital requirements

planning outcomes, as well as progress

against them, are reviewed by the Board and

individual projects of a certain expenditure

level require Board approval beyond that given

in the normal annual Budget cycle.

Zotefoams targets improvements in the

Group’s return on capital over the investment

cycle, while recognising the short-term impact

on the return of sizeable capital investments

during their construction and early operations

phases, where they initially run at lower

utilisation and mix optimisation levels. When

Zotefoams embarks on investment in a major

expansion or new location, such as the

installation of extrusion and high-pressure

capability at our existing Kentucky, USA, site,

which we commissioned in 2018, or the most

recent investment in foam manufacturing at

the Poland site, commissioned in 2021, we

take into account the importance of scale and

dilution of heavy infrastructure cost over a

(future) second or third line. As such, the ﬁrst

step is invariably more dilutive to capital return

than any subsequent investments.

Research and development

Zotefoams is an innovator in advanced

technical foams and pursues a strategy to

continuously develop a portfolio of products

that leverages its unique technology.

Dedicated teams actively pursue raw material

and new product development opportunities

that further the technical performance and

sustainability attributes of the product

portfolio. Performance is reviewed at quarterly

risk and opportunity steering committees,

which include the Executive team, and the

Director of Technology and Development

engages frequently with the Board.

The Group is currently pursuing, and investing

signiﬁcantly behind, a transformative

mono-material barrier packaging solution

through its MEL business unit, branded as

ReZorce. In this pre-revenue development

phase, overall capital returns are diluted as a

result of both the operating loss as well as the

capital investments made, but the initiative

offers signiﬁcant potential if the technology is

adopted.

![]()

42

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Cash ﬂow

The Group is by its nature highly cash

generative and, this year, net cash from

operations before investment in working

capital and provisions was £24.1m, in line

with the previous year (2022: £24.1m). This

includes the increased loss in MEL of £2.5m

as we progress to in-store trials in H1 2024.

Out of this, £11.1m (2022: £0.3m) was

reinvested in working capital. Trade and

other receivables increased £3.8m (2022:

increased £4.8m), reﬂecting increased sales

in November and December against the

previous year and the year-end timing of

certain sizeable Footwear customer receipts.

Inventories increased £6.3m (2022: decreased

£0.4m), with £2.2m reﬂecting a strategic build

of footwear and European polyoleﬁn foam to

capitalise on available capacity in H2 2023

and in anticipation of high levels of capacity

utilisation in 2024. It also reﬂected a signiﬁcant

increase in ZOTEK F inventory value as a

result of a near doubling of unit purchase

price during the year. Trade and other

payables decreased £1.0m (2022: increased

£4.1m) reﬂecting general payment timings.

Zotefoams recognises the importance of its

supplier relationships and has improved its

performance with respect to honouring

agreed payment terms. As a result of the

above, cash generated from operations was

signiﬁcantly lower than the previous year at

£12.1m (2022: £23.0m).

During the year, the Group paid interest on its

borrowings of £2.1m (2022: £1.3m), reﬂecting

increased base rates on similar average debt

levels across much of the year. Net taxation

paid during the year, net of refunds, amounted

to £2.2m (2022: £0.7m), reﬂecting higher

proﬁts at the Company alongside an

increased corporation tax rate, and compared

against a 2022 tax credit of £0.8m from a tax

computation refund and capital allowance

recovery from previous years.

Zotefoams’ property, plant and equipment

capital expenditure remained at a lower level

than in recent history, as expected, following

several years of capacity expansion, with

total expenditure of £5.8m (2022: £5.4m).

Expenditure was split across several

categories, the most signiﬁcant being 41% on

essential replacement and 26% on capacity

expansion. ESG initiatives were a key

component of capital expenditure in the year

with 65% of expenditure offering beneﬁts

through improved energy efﬁciency, safety

or reduced waste. Geographically, 68% was

directed to our Croydon, UK, plant and 18%

to our Walton, USA, plant.

#### Group CFO’s review

#### Continued

Working capital

The business requires investment in working

capital to achieve high levels of customer

service and targeted margins. Customer

payment terms reﬂect the competitive

environment of each of the geographical and

industrial markets in which the Group plays,

as well as historical terms with long-term

customers who have been integral to growth

over the past one to two decades. Inventory

levels reﬂect the value of the raw materials,

the length of the supply chain and the volume

of inventory required to achieve targeted

customer satisfaction levels. Growing beyond

the space-restricted site in the UK, as well as

growing HPP at a faster rate than Polyoleﬁn

Foams, where supply chains are longer,

technical testing is required, the customer

is often more strategic, and raw material

purchase costs are signiﬁcantly higher,

is increasing the investment required in

inventory. The Group’s main suppliers

are either large multinational polymer

manufacturers or energy companies, where

the ability to negotiate credit terms is limited.

The Board receives monthly ﬁnancial updates,

which include performance on working capital

against the annual budget and the quarterly

forecasts, both of which are reviewed and

approved by the Board.

Dividend

The Board has a progressive dividend

policy, recognising the importance to our

shareholders of the dividend as part of their

overall return while ensuring sufﬁcient capital

and liquidity to pursue its growth ambition.

A minimum earnings cover of 2 times is

targeted. The Board regularly reviews this

policy as the Group grows and capital

expenditure demands a lower share of the

cash generated.

Non-organic growth

The Group’s strategy focuses on leveraging its

unique technology, ﬁlling assets and enriching

the product sales mix. While it is open to

non-organic opportunities, it has not pursued

them in the past. This may change with the

availability of capital from a growing business

with reducing debt, the long lead-time

associated with major capacity expansion,

and the ambition to maintain a rate of growth

that generates high shareholder returns.

#### Recent investment in capacity

Starting in 2015 with a programme to add

the ﬁrst and second stages of the Zotefoams

manufacturing process into the USA,

continuing with the addition of HPP

capacity in the UK to support the Footwear

opportunities and ending with the

commissioning of the Brzeg, Poland,

manufacturing facility in 2021, Zotefoams

experienced a period of high capital

investment. Over this period, we invested

£91.4m in property, plant and equipment,

of which £67.1m, or 73%, was directed to

growth. With this programme complete, and

over the medium term, the Group expects to

return to levels of capital expenditure more

in line with depreciation.

#### Return on capital employed

Zotefoams deﬁnes the return on capital

employed (ROCE), which is a non-IFRS

measure, as operating proﬁt before

exceptional items divided by the average sum

of its equity, net debt and other non-current

liabilities. This measure excludes acquired

intangible assets and their amortisation costs.

We also exclude signiﬁcant capacity

investments under construction until they

enter production. We do not attempt to

adjust for the ﬁrst phase inefﬁciencies as

mentioned above.

In 2023, the Group’s ROCE increased to

10.3% (2022: 10.1%), mostly reﬂecting

improved proﬁtability in the year. Excluding

MEL, which is incurring signiﬁcant

discretionary losses as we invest in a

signiﬁcant opportunity that could generate

very high future returns, ROCE increased

to 14.2% (2022: 12.0%). Before the increase

in the capital base that resulted from our

investments in the UK, USA and Poland, the

additional operating costs arising from their

operation, and the start of investment in

ReZorce, ROCE was 16.5% (2018). Business

growth, with this increased capacity matched

by improved utilisation and mix enrichment,

is expected to improve ROCE beyond that

previously achieved, excluding the outcome

of the ReZorce project which it is not possible

to quantify at the current stage of its

development.

#### Dividend

The Directors are proposing a ﬁnal dividend of

4.90p (2022: 4.62p), which would be payable

on 3 June 2024 to shareholders on the

Company register at the close of business

on 3 May 2024. The ex-dividend date will be

2 May 2024. Taken with the interim dividend of

2.28p (2022: 2.18p), this would bring the total

dividend for the year to 7.18p (2022: 6.80p)

and would represent a dividend cover of

2.6 times (2022: 3.0 times).

![]()

43

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Summary cash ﬂow

2023

2022

Proﬁt before tax

12.8

12.2

Depreciation and amortisation

8.2

8.2

Other

3.1

3.7

Net cash from operations before provisions and

investment in working capital

24.1

24.1

Employee deﬁned beneﬁt contributions

(0.9)

(0.8)

Working capital movement

(11.1)

(0.3)

Receivables

(3.8)

(4.8)

Inventory

(6.3)

0.4

Payables

(1.0)

4.1

Cash generated from operations

12.1

23.0

Interest paid

(2.1)

(1.3)

Taxation paid

(2.2)

(0.7)

Investments in intangible assets

(2.7)

(1.7)

Investments in tangible assets

(5.8)

(5.4)

Dividends

(3.4)

(3.2)

Movement in ﬁnance obligations

0.4

(7.8)

Lease payments

(0.8)

(0.4)

Other

0.1

–

Movement in cash and cash equivalents

(4.2)

2.5

The Group also invested £2.7m (2022: £1.7m)

in intangible assets, almost entirely related to

MEL patents and capitalised development

costs for ReZorce. The combined investment

of £8.5m (2022: £7.1m) is in line with the

Group’s combined depreciation and

amortisation charge (2023: £8.2m).

After dividends paid in the year amounting to

£3.4m (2022: £3.2m) and lease payments of

£0.8m (2022: £0.5m), closing net debt rose

13% to £31.6m (2022: £27.8m). At the year

end, the Group remains comfortably within its

bank facility covenants, with a multiple of

EBITDA to net ﬁnance charges of 11.2 (2022:

13.7), against a covenant minimum of 4 (2022:

4), and net debt to EBITDA (leverage) multiple

of 1.2 (2022: 1.2), against a covenant of 3.5

(2022: 3.5). See “Debt facility” for a deﬁnition

of leverage and information on the Group’s

bank facility arrangements.

#### Debt facility

The Group’s gross ﬁnance facilities with

Handelsbanken and NatWest comprise a

£50.0m multi-currency revolving credit facility

with a £25.0m accordion, a renewal date of

March 2027 and an interest rate ratchet, and

includes a small element related to the

achievement of sustainability targets. The

facility has two covenants: a ﬁnance cost

covenant with a multiple of 4.0 and a leverage

covenant with a multiple of 3.5.

At 31 December 2023, headroom, which we

deﬁne as the combination of amount undrawn

on the facility and cash and cash equivalents

disclosed on the statement of ﬁnancial

position, amounted to £19.4m (2022: £22.9m).

Zotefoams deﬁnes EBITDA as proﬁt for the

year before tax, adjusted for depreciation and

amortisation, net ﬁnance costs, the share of

proﬁt/loss from its joint venture and

equity-settled share-based payments.

Net debt comprises short- and long-term

loans less cash and cash equivalents and is

adjusted from IFRS by the impacts of IFRS 2

and IFRS 16 under the bank facility deﬁnition.

#### Post-employment beneﬁts

The Company operates a UK-registered

trust-based Deﬁned Beneﬁt Pension Scheme

(the “DB Scheme”), which provides deﬁned

beneﬁts. Pension beneﬁts are linked to the

members’ ﬁnal pensionable salaries and

service at their retirement (or date of leaving if

earlier). The DB Scheme was closed to new

members in 2001, as was the link to future

accrual of salary in 2005. Inconsistencies in

the way the DB Scheme’s link to future

accrual of salary was closed in 2005 were

rectiﬁed in 2019. There are three categories of

pension scheme members:

X

deferred members with salary linkage:

current employees of the Company who

have not consented to the break in their

salary linkage;

X

deferred members: former and current

employees of the Company not yet in

receipt of pension; and

X

pensioner members: in receipt of pension.

The last full actuarial valuation of the DB

Scheme took place as at 5 April 2020. On

a Statutory Funding Objective basis, a deﬁcit

was calculated for the DB Scheme of £7.7m

(previous triennial valuation: £4.2m). As a

result, the Company agreed with the Trustees

to make contributions to the DB Scheme of

£643,200 p.a., beginning 1 July 2021, to meet

the shortfall by 31 October 2026 (previously

31 October 2026), up from £492,000 p.a.

previously. In addition, the Company pays

the ongoing DB Scheme expenses of

£216,000 p.a. (previously £180,000 p.a.) to

cover death-in-service insurance premiums,

the expenses of administering the DB

Scheme and Pension Protection Fund levies

associated with the Scheme.

In line with the requirement to have a triennial

valuation, a formal actuarial valuation is being

carried out for the Trustees as at 5 April 2023

and, once ﬁnalised, the contributions may

change.

The deﬁned beneﬁt obligation is valued by

projecting the best estimate of the future

beneﬁt from the outlay of monies (allowing for

future salary increases for deferred members

with salary linkage, revaluation to retirement

for deferred members and annual pension

increases for all members) and then

discounting to the balance sheet date. The

majority of beneﬁts receive increases linked to

inﬂation (subject to a cap of no more than 5%

p.a.). The valuation method used is known as

the Projected Unit Method. The approximate

overall duration of the Scheme’s deﬁned

beneﬁt obligation as at 31 December 2023

was around 12 years. The net IAS 19 deﬁcit

on the DB Scheme decreased by £0.6m to

£2.7m as at 31 December 2023 (2022: £3.3m)

and represents 2.3% (2022: 3.0%) of

consolidated net assets. The value of the

deﬁned beneﬁt obligation at the year end

increased by £0.4m from £26.1m in 2022 to

£26.5m in 2023 but was more than offset by

the actual investment return achieved on the

assets, which grew £1.0m from £22.8m in

2022 to £23.8m in 2023. Zotefoams does not

consider its pension scheme to be a key risk

to its ability to achieve its strategic objectives,

due to the immaterial share of net assets that

![]()

44

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Group banking covenants deﬁnition

#### Net debt to EBITDA ratio (Leverage)

£m

2023

2022

£m

2023

2022

Proﬁt after tax

9.2

10.0

Net debt per IFRS

31.6

27.8

Adjusted for:

IFRS 16 leases

(1.3)

(1.0)

Depreciation and amortisation

8.2

8.2

Finance leases pre-1 January 2019

–

–

Finance costs

2.5

1.8

Roundings

(0.1)

–

Finance income

(0.2)

(0.1)

Net debt per bank

30.2

26.8

Share of result from joint venture

–

–

Equity-settled share-based payments

1.3

0.8

Taxation

3.6

2.2

Roundings

0.1

0.1

EBITDA

24.7

23.0

Leverage per bank

1.2

1.2

#### EBITDA to net ﬁnance charges ratio

£m

2023

2022

£m

2023

2022

EBITDA, as above

24.7

23.0

Finance costs

2.5

1.8

Finance income

(0.2)

(0.1)

Share of result from joint venture

–

–

EBITDA to net ﬁnance charges

11.2

13.7

Net ﬁnance charges

2.3

1.7

the deﬁcit represents. Mitigation of further risk

is expected to come from our growth

expectations and the continued focus by the

Trustees on a lower-risk strategy to meet the

DB Scheme’s deﬁcit.

#### Going concern

The Group’s business activities, together with

the factors likely to affect its future

development, performance and position, are

set out in the Strategic Report on pages 1 to

77 and the section entitled “Risk management

and principal risks” on pages 45 to 58. These

also describe the ﬁnancial position of the

Group, its cash ﬂows and liquidity position. In

addition, note 21 to the ﬁnancial statements

includes the Group’s objectives, policies and

processes for managing its capital, its

ﬁnancial risk management objectives, details

of its ﬁnancial instruments and hedging

activities, borrowing facilities and its exposure

to credit risk and liquidity risk.

The Directors believe that the Group is well

placed to manage its business risks and, after

making enquiries including a review of

forecasts and predictions, taking account of

reasonably possible changes in trading

performance and its available debt facilities,

have a reasonable expectation that the Group

has adequate resources to continue in

operational existence for the next twelve

months following the date of approval of the

ﬁnancial statements. The Directors have also

continued to draw upon the experiences of

2020 and the Group’s success in reacting to

the challenges of COVID-19 through its safety

protocols and cost and cash management,

all of which could be replicated in a similar

scenario.

After due consideration of the range and

likelihood of potential outcomes, the Directors

continue to adopt the going concern basis of

accounting in preparing the Annual Report.

#### Financial risk management

The main ﬁnancial risks of the Group relate

to funding and liquidity, credit, interest rate

ﬂuctuations and currency exposures.

The management of these risks is

documented in note 21.

#### G C McGrath

Group CFO

5 April 2024

#### Group CFO’s review

#### Continued

![]()

45

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

#### Risk management and principal risks

#### Managing our risks to achieve our strategic objectives

Zotefoams’ risk management process is designed to improve the likelihood of

achieving its strategic objectives, keep its employees safe, protect the interests

of its shareholders and key stakeholders, and enhance the quality of its

decision-making. It is designed to identify key risks and provide assurance that

these risks are understood and managed in line with the agreed risk appetite.

The Group is committed to conducting business in line with all applicable laws

and regulations and in a manner consistent with its values.

#### Risk management governance

The Board, in the context of our set

objectives, is responsible for the risk

management framework and for managing

Group’s key strategic and emerging risks. It

delegates to the Audit Committee the review

of the effectiveness of risk management, the

system of internal control, the monitoring of

the quality of ﬁnancial statements and

consideration of any ﬁndings reported by the

External Auditor in relation to the Group’s

control environment and its ﬁnancial reporting

procedures as part of its annual audit. The

Executive Committee supports the Board

in its responsibilities, manages the risk

framework on a day-to-day basis and

considers any emerging risks that may not

be covered under the existing framework.

Comprising the Executive team, the Internal

Control Committee meets bi-annually to

validate the effective functioning of the

framework, assess any need for change and

consider the more detailed outputs of the

functional steering committees. The functional

steering committees, comprising Executive

Committee members as well as functional

experts, identify and address the speciﬁc and

emerging risk areas within their area of focus.

The Board conﬁrms that it has completed a

robust assessment of the Company’s and

Group’s principal and emerging risks and

uncertainties. The procedures, and how these

risks and uncertainties are being managed,

are laid out below.

#### Risk appetite

Zotefoams is a business with good

opportunities for growth. Reﬂecting the

uniqueness of our technology, its capital

intensity and the importance of matching

capacity with our demand expectations, we

plan for the future over ﬁve years and convert

these plans into ﬁnancial forecasts. To achieve

more ambitious targets, we understand we

must be willing to accept higher levels of risk.

We seek an appropriately balanced outcome,

where we consider the level of reward

commensurate with the likelihood of success.

We recognise the importance of taking these

risks within clear boundaries as

recommended by the Executive team and

approved by the Board. We challenge,

reassess and reafﬁrm these boundaries

regularly and, for key decisions, on a

case-by-case basis. As a manufacturing

company, the health and safety of our

employees will always be paramount, which

translates into an extremely low tolerance for

risk in this area.

#### Developments during the year

X

The cost inflation challenges of the two

previous years continued into 2023, with

underlying energy, labour and borrowing

costs driving many input costs up, and

staff costs increasing significantly across all

operating entities. In the Polyolefin Foams

business, these increases were partly

mitigated by raw material costs reverting

to more normal levels and a stabilising,

albeit at a high level, of energy prices. The

business pursued a series of initiatives

to maintain margins achieved towards

the end of 2022, including product-range

management via promoting recycled

foams and challenging our customers to

assess lower-cost, often lower-density,

products, as well as through the continued

pursuit of cost efficiencies in operations.

In the High-Performance Products (HPP)

business, raw material cost increases

were more significant than in previous

years, with a price-setting mechanism

in footwear mitigating this risk, while

the impact of significant increases in

fluoropolymer materials for the aviation and

T-FIT

®

technical insulation businesses will

impact in 2024, once previously purchased

inventories are consumed, and will be

tackled with price increases, although at

some risk of demand reduction.

X

The conflict in Ukraine has had little direct

impact on the Group. In Continental Europe

and the UK, energy prices fell during the

year but remain at higher levels than before,

which has had some impact on customer

demand in these regions.

X

The conflict in Gaza has not had any

immediate impact on the business and the

challenges to shipping that began towards

the end of 2023 are not expected to have

any material impact on Zotefoams beyond

slightly increased shipping times and costs.

X

The Footwear business grew a further

7%, and sales represent 36% (2022: 33%)

of Group sales. The relationship with

Nike remains strong, with a dedicated

Zotefoams team engaged in frequent

discussions around current operations

and future opportunities. Visibility of future

opportunities extends two to three years

out. In June, the Group announced the

extension of its exclusivity agreement with

Nike to 31 December 2029, demonstrating

the commitment by both parties to further

develop footwear technology and the

partnership’s success.

X

The ReZorce

®

mono-material barrier

packaging initiative, which puts circularity

at the heart of the MEL business unit

development agenda, made significant

technical progress during the year, but

challenges remain and investment in the

opportunity remains high. In July, we

announced a joint development agreement

with a world-leading packer of beverages

and a planned use of the technology in in-

market trials for a major European retailer.

This trial is imminent and is expected to be

the catalyst for the next step of finding a

strategic partner to help us maximise the

value of this technology. The Board’s level

of oversight on this initiative was very high

during the year, with frequent meetings with

and without MEL management.

![]()

46

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Risk management and principal risks

#### Continued

X

Board-approved sustainability targets,

which include commitments made as

part of our 2022 refinancing agreement

with Handelsbanken and NatWest, were

monitored throughout the year. These

included targets around waste reduction,

energy consumption and new product

development. Good progress was made

and is reported on page page 67 in the

ESG report.

X

The Executive team, all of whom are

members of the Internal Controls

Committee, met twice during the year

specifically to review and update the

Group’s principal risks and uncertainties,

which included ensuring that any emerging

risks were being effectively captured in a

timely manner.

X

Zotefoams prepares an annual strategic

plan over a five-year period. The Board

and Executive team risk-assessed this plan

during the two-day annual strategic review

in October.

X

An outcome from the five-year strategic

review was the recognition of Artificial

Intelligence as both an emerging

opportunity and risk. As a consequence,

a new steering committee was formed

with Terms of Reference related to both

capturing the opportunity as well as

ensuring that the correct controls are in

place to protect the Group from risks such

as the unintended sharing of trade secrets.

Progress on these activities will be reported

directly to the Board.

X

A new Chair, Lynn Drummond, was

appointed in May 2023 following a

competitive process led by a leading, global

recruitment company and the departure

of Steve Good after serving nine years as

a Board Director, in line with the Corporate

Governance Code. L Drummond joined

the Group as a Director in January 2023

and followed a thorough onboarding

programme to ensure a smooth transition.

X

David Stirling, Group CEO, advised

the Board in November 2023 of his

decision to retire in 2024. The search

for his replacement concluded with the

appointment of Ronan Cox as Group

CEO Designate on 2 April 2024. R Cox

will join the Board and take over as Group

CEO from D Stirling at the Annual General

Meeting due to be held on 22 May 2024.

X

The Board reviewed the Group’s

key policies, including anti-bribery

and corruption, competition, ethics,

whistleblowing and share dealing, to make

sure they remain relevant and are operating

effectively.

X

The Croydon, UK, and Brzeg, Poland,

manufacturing plants retained accreditation

to the Occupational Health and Safety

Management System ISO 45001 during

the year. This reflects significant focus and

effort from a dedicated Health and Safety

team at both sites, underpinned by high

levels of Executive team engagement and

a continuous focus by employees on risk

identification and mitigation.

X

Both plants also retained accreditation to

the Environmental Management System

ISO 14001 during the year.

X

The Quality Management System

accreditation ISO 9001 was recertified

across the Croydon, UK, Walton, USA,

and Brzeg, Poland, sites.

X

The Group continues to use an external

adviser to perform its financial internal

audit services. During the year, based

on the Group’s internal risk assessments

and an agreed three-year audit plan that

requires two audit engagements per

year, our Internal Auditor, Grant Thornton

UK LLP, completed a global audit on

GDPR and a UK-focused audit on Human

Resources processes, with outcomes

and improvement plans presented to the

Audit Committee.

X

Recognising the importance of formal and

effective documentation of controls and the

testing thereof, an Internal Control Manager

was recruited at the end of 2022 with a

three-year plan to achieve what, at the

time, was expected to be the UK equivalent

of Sarbanes-Oxley. Despite the recent

decision by the government not to proceed

with this, Zotefoams remains committed to

such a process. During the year, the control

environment at the largest of the Group’s

entities, the UK company Zotefoams plc,

was fully documented and control testing

commenced.

X

Cyber security remains a critical part of our

IT strategy and is embedded in our day-

to-day operations. The Cyber Essentials

Plus certification, an in-depth and thorough

independent assessment of our IT systems,

was re-awarded in 2023. Zotefoams also

continued with its cyber security awareness

testing programme for managers and staff

across the Group, including the Board.

This programme includes monthly phishing

tests emailed to each staff member and

uses the highest difficulty setting. During

the period, the failure rate was consistently

better than industry standards. There was

no instance of a cyber security breach in

2023. Nevertheless, in recognition of the

frequently changing risks related to cyber

security, the IT function, with the support

of the business, spent 2023 preparing

for an accreditation to ISO 27001:2022,

an information security standard which

provides a framework and guidelines for

establishing, implementing and managing

an Information Security Management

System. This accreditation was tested and

awarded in February 2024 in the UK and in

March 2024 in the USA and Poland.

![]()

47

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

#### Risk management framework

Board

Executive Committee

Audit Committee

Ensures that risk is managed

across the business

Inputs into the Board’s process for setting risk appetite

Implements strategy in line with the Group’s risk appetite

Manages opportunities and the resulting risks

Maintains a watching eye over emerging risks

Leads operational management’s approach to risk

Inputs its assessment of risk and opportunities into the

Internal Controls Committee

Ensures satisfactory resolution of actions identiﬁed at the

Internal Controls Committee

Is directly responsible for managing certain speciﬁc, high-

level risks

Reviews and assesses the effective functioning of, and proposed amendments to, the Group’s risk management framework

Reviews the outputs and the effectiveness of all functional steering committees and takes action where outputs do not achieve

the desired effect

Reviews the context within which Zotefoams operates and the effect of risks and opportunities on management systems and

strategic direction

Assesses and ensures mitigation actions identiﬁed at functional steering committees are planned, implemented and effective

Reviews, updates and submits the Group’s principal risks and uncertainties to the Board

Reviews and approves the Zotefoams business continuity plan

Monitors and reviews the effectiveness of the Group’s risk

management framework

Considers reports from the Internal Auditor and the

External Auditor in relation to risk and control

Deﬁnes the Group’s appetite for risk

Assesses the Group’s principal risks

and opportunities

Internal Controls Committee

Functional Steering Committees

Audit processes

Operational management

Employees

Members of functional steering committees

Creates an environment where risk management is

embraced and the responsibility for risk management is

accepted by all employees

Implements and maintains risk management processes

With plc responsibility\*

Health and Safety (with a sub-committee

on Fire Protection)

Environment

Group Sustainability

IT (with a sub-committee on Artiﬁcial

Intelligence, introduced in 2023)

Quality

Product Development

Marketing Communications

Planning and Capacity

Capital Planning

Foreign Exchange

HR and Training

T-FIT business unit

Key Supplier Review

Contract Control

Credit Management

Maintenance

With local responsibility

Zotefoams Inc Executive, plus functional

sub-committees

MEL Executive, plus functional sub-

committees

Zotefoams Poland Executive, plus

functional sub-committees

\*

Covers all entities other than those identiﬁed

under local responsibility

Chaired by, and including, Executive Committee members

Provide a regular forum for active monitoring of key emerging and more established business risks as they relate to the

achievement of the Group’s strategic objectives, the controls and activities in place to mitigate them, the key actions required

and their timings

Report bi-annually to the Internal Controls Committee on adherence to their Terms of Reference speciﬁc to risk and raise any

failures in the effectiveness of existing processes.

Steering committees are in place for:

External ﬁnancial audit: the Group’s External Auditor, PKF Littlejohn LLP, performs the annual statutory audit which includes a

report to the Audit Committee on signiﬁcant ﬁndings.

Internal ﬁnancial audit: the Group engages the services of a third-party provider of internal audit services, Grant Thornton UK

LLP, and follows a risk-based annual audit plan as approved by the Audit Committee.

Non-ﬁnancial audit: the Group’s main manufacturing sites hold accreditations to various international standards for health

and safety, environment and quality. To maintain these accreditations, we engage reputable third parties to verify ongoing

compliance. Additionally, internal audits are conducted globally by third-party providers of internal audit services and our own

quality professionals.

Active in the day-to-day understanding

and management of risk

![]()

48

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Risk management and principal risks

#### Continued

Deliver an improved mix

of products

Improve our return on capital

(over our investment cycle)

Run at high capacity

utilisation

Clarify and improve the Group

approach to sustainability and

climate change

Increase our operating margins

Develop and invest in MuCell

®

technology to deliver potentially

high-value disruptive, sustainable

technology while remaining within

the Group risk appetite

Read more on

pages 28 to 30.

The details of our principal and emerging risks

and uncertainties and the key mitigating

activities can be found on pages 49 to 58. We

are disclosing those risks and uncertainties

that we believe have the greatest impact on

the achievement of our strategic objectives.

The Group is exposed to a wide range of risks

in addition to those listed, and these are

managed through the risk management

framework shown on page 47. This framework

enables us to monitor for any increase in

likelihood or impact and ensure that we have

the appropriate mitigations

in place.

Zotefoams’ risk proﬁle will evolve as the

business grows at its targeted pace, although

we expect these principal risks and

uncertainties to remain broadly consistent.

We face a number of uncertainties where an

emerging risk may potentially impact us in the

longer term. In some cases, there may be

insufﬁcient information to understand the

likelihood or impact of the risk. We also might

not be able to fully deﬁne a mitigation plan

until we have a better understanding of the

threat. We continue to identify new emerging

risk trends, using the inputs from all

components of our risk management

framework. These are normally identiﬁed

and assessed within the functional steering

committees and reviewed by the Internal

Controls Committee in the course of its

normal Terms of Reference. If they are

identiﬁed at a higher level, they are pushed

down into the relevant functional steering

committee for tracking, assessment and

consideration of treatment, or retained at

a higher level within the risk management

framework.

#### Key to links to the strategy

14

25

36

Scaling up

international

operations

External

Customer

concentration

Operational

disruption

Global

capacity

management

Environmental

sustainability

and climate

change

Technology

displacement

Our principal risks and uncertainties are:

Having assessed the outcome of the risk management framework, which the Board

considers to have run effectively throughout the year, we have concluded that there are no

further changes to our assessment and that emerging risks fall within the risk grouping

already identiﬁed.

#### Principal risks and uncertainties

![]()

49

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

#### Description and context

#### What is the risk?

The performance of our business will be

impacted if we are unable to run our

equipment and manufacture and distribute

products at rates at least equivalent to those

currently achieved. The potential impacts of

operational disruption are: i) sizeable ﬁnancial

consequences related to missed sales and

the high operational gearing nature of the

business; ii) the commercial and longer-term

consequences of not delivering to strategic

customers dependent on our products; and

iii) the reputational damage that might impact

the business as well as the future chances to

acquire new business.

#### Material inﬂuencing factors

X

The Croydon, UK, site manufactures the

majority of Zotefoams’ polyolefin foams

and, given their complexity, all of its high-

performance products. It operates at high

utilisation rates. A major incident specific

to safety, health and the environment,

including a fire, high absenteeism resulting

from a pandemic such as COVID-19 or a

significant operational disruption from the

failure of either critical equipment or the IT

systems that drive them, could shut down

the plant for a period of time.

X

We do what others do not, making

us unique and providing significant

opportunities. However, this uniqueness

also means that certain of our engineering

components and raw materials are sourced

from single suppliers. Disruption to those

supplies, either on a temporary or more

permanent basis, could affect production

and supply to the Group’s customers, with

the knock-on impact, in certain defined

circumstances, of contractual commercial

consequences resulting in possible

customer claims.

X

The Group production processes are

energy intensive. Current regional conflicts

have demonstrated their impact on energy

availability and pricing, which would

above all impact our UK and Poland foam

manufacturing facilities. Failure to resolve a

reduction in energy supply in the markets

where we manufacture foam could impact

the ability of these sites to operate. The risk

to the USA facility is considered extremely

low.

#### Mitigating actions

#### Safety, health and environment policies

We have extensive safety, health and

environment (SHE) policies and procedures in

place which are in line with best practice. The

reporting of incidents, including “near misses”

and damage to plant or equipment not

resulting in personal injury, is mandatory in

order to track issues and to prevent

recurrences. Regular internal and external

audits are performed, with high levels of

Executive team engagement, and quarterly

reports are submitted to, and discussed by,

the Board.

#### Another pandemic in the workplace

We are now running our business in a similar

way to that before the pandemic.

Nevertheless, we now have the experience

required to understand the impacts of a

pandemic and are ready to reintroduce

measures at short notice should

circumstances ever dictate.

#### International trade

We have increased our capability around

logistics and import/export compliance,

through people, skills and focus, as a result of

the increased complexity in trading

internationally post Brexit, where input and

output trade can be blocked at ports and

penalties can be imposed for incorrect

paperwork. We are accredited to the

Authorised Economic Operator status, which

is an internationally recognised quality mark

that certiﬁes that a business’s role in the

international supply chain is secure and has

customs control procedures that meet

Authorised Economic Operator standards and

criteria.

#### Energy

Despite the ongoing conﬂict in Ukraine,

coordinated global government actions have

reduced dependency on Russia and seen a

stabilising in energy costs. While energy costs

remain at a higher level than before the

conﬂict, this does not pose a material risk to

the continuity of operations at Zotefoams as

the Group can consume these costs and has

the ability to pass them on to customers. In

line with the Group’s ESG strategy and

documented targets, actions are also ongoing

to reduce energy consumption, although we

recognise that demand for certain types of

energy during the transition to a low-carbon

economy may adversely impact costs. Supply

shortages in the UK and Poland would have a

greater effect on the Group than any increase

in cost. The Group assesses this risk as very

low, with the greatest risk now behind us

following the aforementioned government

actions.

#### Insurance

The Group ensures that it has updated and

sufﬁcient insurance in place to cover capital

restatement and loss of proﬁts in the event of

operational disruption caused by unforeseen

events. We also work closely with our

insurance advisers and their experts to ensure

that operations maintain the highest level of

ﬁre protection measures.

#### Maintenance and replacement strategy

We ensure that our assets are well looked

after through a well-resourced maintenance

team, a globally recognised asset

management system and proactive

maintenance investment, including annual

shutdowns. Our pressure equipment is

operated under prevailing regulations and is

subject to systematic internal and frequent

external inspections. Appropriate contingency

plans are in place in the event of the failure of

certain major pieces of equipment, which

include maintenance and support plans with

key suppliers and well-resourced functions

that manage stores inventory. We also have a

well-resourced, highly experienced

engineering team that collaborates closely

with the maintenance team and, together,

plan and implement equipment replacements

and upgrades that target full elimination of

operational disruption. The more experienced

and larger UK-based teams have increased

their collaboration with their US counterparts.

#### Operational disruption

#### Risk trendStrategy

1

2

3

4

![]()

50

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Risk management and principal risks

#### Continued

#### Operations outside the UK

Zotefoams has completed a large investment

programme in manufacturing capability

outside the UK, adding 60% capacity to its

starting point in 2018. The Kentucky, USA,

site commissioned its ﬁrst full manufacturing

line in April 2018 and a second line became

available in March 2020. This site now

operates all three manufacturing stages,

like in the UK. These lines provide polyoleﬁn

foam capacity, in the ﬁrst instance, but could

provide capacity for HPP foams if needed.

We also started our third foam manufacturing

location in Poland, the ﬁrst line of which was

commissioned in February 2021. Here, we are

transitioning customers previously serviced

from the UK to Poland and are able to

manufacture semi-ﬁnished products in the

UK, which we can ship to and store in Poland,

prior to completing the third stage of the

manufacturing process there and distributing

the ﬁnished product to our European

customers. The manufacture of semi-ﬁnished

products for shipment to Poland can also be

performed in the USA. These increased

options, together with increased storage

capability in Poland, near to our European

customers, further reduce dependency on

the UK facility. We have also been building

our capabilities around maintenance and

engineering in our USA manufacturing facility

and have greatly increased the collaboration

between the more experienced UK functions

and their US counterparts to tackle

inefﬁciencies and reduce the risk of

operational disruption at this increasingly

important location.

#### Seeking dual sources

Wherever possible, supplies and services

are sourced from more than one supplier or

location. However, this is not always possible

due to the special nature of the raw materials,

particularly those used to manufacture

high-performance products, and the

machinery used. We continually monitor

suppliers, and search for new ones, and have

strengthened our procurement department

to support this. We have identiﬁed new

component suppliers in the USA as a result

of our investment activities at our Kentucky,

USA, plant and continue to invest dedicated

resources in the search for, and testing and

approval of, alternative suppliers of critical

materials and services. We also endeavour

to have sufﬁcient levels of safety stock to

mitigate short-term supply issues, which is

now further supported by our Poland plant,

close to key European customers.

#### Investing in IT and IT security

We continue to invest in our IT systems and

department. We operate the latest version

of the Microsoft Dynamics AX ERP system

across all our businesses and put through

all recommended ﬁxes without exception.

We have multiple redundancy points limiting

failure of any one piece of hardware or

operating system, we are increasingly moving

towards a cloud-based system and we have

up-to-date policies and procedures and

comprehensive documentation on all our

critical assets and core conﬁgurations.

We are accredited to the Cyber Essentials

Plus certiﬁcation, which is an in-depth and

thorough annual independent assessment

of our IT systems, which Zotefoams ﬁrst

achieved in 2018 and has maintained since.

The Cyber Essentials Scheme is part of the

UK government’s National Cyber Security

Strategy, with the primary aim of making the

UK a safer place to conduct business online.

It encourages organisations to implement

digital protection against common cyber

attacks, while allowing them to demonstrate

an increased awareness of cyber security.

We also train our employees on a regular

basis to spot potential cyber attacks through

communication and online training. During

2023, we also prepared ourselves for

accreditation to the security standard

ISO 27001:2022 and are delighted to have

achieved this accreditation at our UK, USA

and Poland manufacturing sites in Q1 2024.

#### Steering Committees

X

Board

X

Executive Committee

X

Planning and Capacity Committee

X

Health and Safety Steering Committee

X

Environmental Steering Committee

X

Key Supplier Review Steering Committee

X

Contract Control Steering Committee

X

IT Steering Committee

X

Maintenance Steering Committee

X

Zotefoams Inc Executive Committee

X

Zotefoams Poland Executive Committee

#### Operational disruptioncontinued

![]()

51

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

#### Description and context

#### What is the risk?

Zotefoams’ business model, strategy,

investments or operations are assessed by

stakeholders as having an unacceptable

future impact on the natural environment and

on national and international targets to tackle

climate change, with consequences including

ﬁnancial penalties, an inability to hire the right

staff, shareholders unwilling to invest, and not

having products customers want to buy, all of

which challenges business viability.

#### Material inﬂuencing factors

X

Transitional risks exist relating to

developments in political and regulatory

requirements that affect the products

that Zotefoams manufactures. As

businesses progress towards a net

zero greenhouse gas target by 2050,

there is potential for abrupt government

intervention aimed at ensuring that certain

milestones are met. This intervention may

involve legal and regulatory changes,

including loss of financial incentives,

new taxation, compliance costs relating

to plastic products or enhanced

reporting expenditure, with a resulting

financial impact. A fuller analysis is

included in the TCFD section. Our TCFD

disclosures may be found on our website:

https://zote.info/3mjufjS

X

Growing global concerns exist over

the waste generated from the over-

consumption, misuse and over-packaging

of consumer goods and there is a

progressive tightening of restrictions on

substances that are hazardous to the

environment. A lack of understanding that

plastic can be the optimal material solution

for the benefit of society when used for

certain applications could lead to changes

in demand patterns for our products.

#### Mitigating actions

#### Firm environmental footing

We consider Zotefoams to be well positioned

environmentally. Our core materials offer

improved product performance using less

material than competitors and MuCell

®

technology reduces polymer content and/or

improves recycling. While there is

understandable consumer concern at the

environmental impact of what we consider

ill-considered, single-use plastic, used

predominantly in consumer packaging,

products using our foams are primarily integral

components in larger systems or products or

are used in the long-term protection and

storage of items. They are very rarely used in

consumer disposable items. Our foams save

weight and fuel in cars, trains and aircraft,

save energy by insulating and provide

protection to people and goods. Our products

help our customers reduce emissions, lower

energy usage, improve fuel efﬁciency and

comply with increasingly stringent safety

regulations. In the medium term, we anticipate

our technology being used to meet the

growing demand for improved sustainability,

with foams which include recycled or

renewable content polymers. Our ReZorce

®

mono-material barrier packaging technology,

which represents a potentially revolutionary

solution to packaging and is recyclable and

circular, is a prime and current example.

We recognise the importance of reducing

energy emissions in our production processes

and pursue continuous improvement in our

operations, supported by investment in capital

additions or replacements which further this

aim. This will be supported by effective

reporting on our environmental, social and

governance (ESG) performance, see below.

#### Environmental sustainability- focused developments

We have established sustainability targets

focused on the reduction of our Scope 1 and

2 carbon emissions and report on them

annually. In parallel with these speciﬁc Scope

1 and 2 targets, we have calculated the

carbon cost of a representative selection of

our foams (referred to as “carbon accounting”)

and ReZorce

®

mono-material barrier

packaging technology and are utilising this

information internally, and working with

selected customers, to assess how this can

be used constructively to make objective

decisions, steer our own business and guide

our customers in choosing the optimal

materials for their solutions. We are adding

products to our portfolio which have been

developed to be more sustainable.

We have set long-term and interim targets for

the design and development of products

which are use-phase efﬁcient with further

product development of foams made from

bio- and recycled polymers. For further

information, refer to “Key targets” in the

environmental, social and governance

(ESG) report on pages 64 to 77.

#### Effective reporting on ESG performance

With an environmentally conscious technology

and material solutions focused on applications

that are not single-use, Zotefoams is uniquely

positioned to help reduce customers’ carbon

footprints or increase material efﬁciency.

Having recognised the need to provide

stakeholders with ﬁnancially material,

decision-useful information relating to our

ESG performance, we have adopted the

Sustainability Accounting Standards Board

(SASB) framework and are reporting against

it in 2023. Zotefoams also provides

disclosures in line with the recommendations

of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial

Disclosures (TCFD). Our SASB and TCFD

disclosures may be found on our website:

https://zote.info/3mjufjS

. The Group’s bank

facilities also include sustainability targets,

for which details are provided on page 67.

#### Steering Committees

X

Board

X

Executive Committee

X

Group Sustainability Steering Committee

X

Environmental Steering Committee

X

Key Supplier Review Steering Committee

X

Zotefoams Inc Executive Committee

X

MEL Executive Committee

X

IT Steering Committee

#### Environmental sustainability and climate change

#### Strategy

1

2

3

4

5

6

#### Risk trend

![]()

52

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Risk trendStrategy

#### Risk management and principal risks

#### Continued

#### Description and context

#### What is the risk?

As we grow our business at the rate we

target, it is critical that we create the required

capacity to match the anticipated demand.

Failure to execute well and in a timely manner

will impact both opportunity creation and the

speed of growth. We face material risks due

to the uncertainty of medium- to long-term

demand, the high capital costs and long

construction periods of our unique

technology, the successful execution of our

investment projects, the risk of loss of an

important customer and the ability to ﬁnance

these investments.

#### Material inﬂuencing factors

X

Zotefoams’ growth is founded upon its

unique offering, its relevance to the global

megatrends of environment, regulation and

demographics, listed on pages 26 and 27,

and its ability to create new markets and

new applications. The nature of demand

differs between our Polyolefin Foams and

HPP business units. Polyolefin foam sales

are very diversified and more aligned with

GDP, but are boosted by the benefit of the

environment, regulation and demographics

megatrends. HPP sales are less influenced

by general macroeconomic drivers and

more aligned with specific, often larger,

opportunities with the end-user, who also

has a more direct involvement in the growth

trajectory. This can make the timing of

growth difficult to predict, but not having

the right capacity available at the right

time may mean the opportunity cannot

be realised. While the improved margins

associated with our high-performance

products mean we will prioritise capacity for

the HPP business, we also plan to continue

our investment in polyolefin foams to

support the future growth prospects of this

profitable business unit.

X

Our unique technology is highly capital

intensive with long lead times. The UK site

is highly developed, with space limitations

restricting further investment, meaning the

next growth initiatives have been in other

sites and geographies, most recently the

USA and Poland. New sites require sizeable

infrastructural investment, accurate risk

assessment and more time to implement

them. Because foam is costly to transport,

a geographical mismatch of capacity and

customers could impact sales growth

and/or margins in the Polyolefin Foams

business.

X

The Group needs to have sufficient cash

or be able to draw on loan facilities or

access capital markets to finance capacity

expansion. Funds for investment are

required up to a number of years before

the assets start generating cash, which

increases debt levels and leverage ratios.

#### Mitigating actions

#### New processes and longer-term planning

Our monthly sales and operations planning

process generates high levels of

cross-functional engagement to ensure

collaboration and consistency in planning

sales and production over the following 24

months. We also meet quarterly as a Planning

and Capacity Steering Committee, which

includes all of the Executive Committee, with

a ﬁve-year view to reﬂect the longer time

horizons related to capacity planning.

Annually, our ﬁve-year strategic plan, which

includes capacity considerations to meet

projected sales growth, is rigorously tested by

the Board. The last annual review meeting

took place in October 2023.

#### Recent completion of a multi-year investment programme

We have recently been engaged in a

signiﬁcant programme of capital investment,

ending with the commissioning of our Poland

foam manufacturing facility in February 2021.

The ﬁrst stage of this programme was

completed in the USA in 2018, comprising a

high-pressure autoclave, extrusion and

ancillary equipment and infrastructure for two

further lines. This was followed by the

commissioning of a second high-pressure

autoclave in March 2020. In the UK, two

high-temperature, low-pressure autoclaves,

together with ancillary equipment and

infrastructure, were completed in December

2019. The Poland facility, a greenﬁeld site

sized to offer signiﬁcant further capacity in the

future, currently expands sheets

manufactured by the UK and USA in its

high-temperature, low-pressure autoclaves,

and already invested in the infrastructure to

support a second expansion line.

Building on our experiences in the USA, UK and Poland

The experiences gained through the recent

investments in the Kentucky, USA, and Brzeg,

Poland, sites, as well as the work performed

around high-temperature, low-pressure

vessels in the UK, have provided a signiﬁcant

increase in know-how, spread across more

personnel, which reduces uncertainty around

the execution of future investments. We have

identiﬁed new suppliers of critical equipment

in the USA and mainland Europe, which were

previously single-sourced in the UK. In-house

project management expertise has been

developed or enhanced through either new

hires or existing staff having been given the

opportunity to grow. We have engaged and

developed relationships with experienced

consultants to lead and/or work alongside us.

#### Pursuing a mix-enrichment strategy

We generate returns for shareholders

through the most proﬁtable use of our assets.

Following completion of our investment

programme, we have striven to recover and

improve our return on capital employed

through a strategy of ﬁlling our assets and mix

enrichment. When enriching our mix, we seek

not only to grow our HPP business at a faster

rate than our Polyoleﬁn Foams business,

but also seek to improve the proﬁtability mix

within the latter. We do this by considering

sales opportunities by proﬁtability per hour of

our most capacity-restraining capital, which

is our high-pressure autoclaves. In doing

so, we are able to manage capacity in the

short to medium term and grow margins,

while providing more time to consider the

effectiveness of capital investment.

#### Sufﬁcient funding to support investment

We have sufﬁcient funding to support the

growth ambitions as set out in our ﬁve-year

plan. Our current banking facility expires in

March 2027. As we go forward, we will

consider further opportunities as they arise

and consider options such as the £25m

accordion we have within our current banking

facility or an equity raise, the latter being an

option we successfully drew upon in 2018.

However, as the Group expands and

generates cash, we expect debt levels to fall

and debt capacity to be available for further

investments without the need for recourse to

equity markets while maintaining a strong

balance sheet.

#### Steering Committees

X

Board

X

Executive Committee

X

Planning and Capacity Steering Committee

X

Group Sustainability Steering Committee

X

Capital Planning Steering Committee

X

Zotefoams Inc Executive Committee

#### Global capacity management

1

2

3

4

5

![]()

53

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

#### Description and context

#### What is the risk?

The loss of our technological advantage

could increase competition and affect growth

rates and margins. Either our unique foam

manufacturing process or our MuCell

®

technology (including ReZorce

®

mono-

material barrier packaging) could be

matched or bettered.

#### Material inﬂuencing factors

X

Our processes for the manufacture of our

products are unique to the Group. We

are not aware of anyone using autoclave

technology to make similar products in

high commercial quantities. While the

principles behind the processes are not

confidential, the precise know-how is. Our

autoclave technology is flexible, allowing

us to manufacture foams from a range of

polymers. For a product with substantial

growth opportunities, or a product with a

large consolidated market, a competitor

could target an alternative, more economic,

process.

X

Our Footwear business now accounts

for 36% of Group sales, with further

growth anticipated in 2024 and beyond.

Our competitive advantage relies on the

unique formulation of our materials, which

are primarily used in midsoles for running

shoes. Companies operating in this market

continuously seek new technologies that

provide a performance or cost advantage.

We monitor the competitive landscape,

maintaining awareness of the other

technologies, work closely with our partner

Nike, and invest in product and process

development to remain competitive in terms

of performance.

X

Critical to the success of MuCell Extrusion

LLC (MEL) is the strength of its intellectual

property and, on the back of that, its

ability to grant commercial licences. Its

intellectual property could become dated,

or its patents expire or be successfully

challenged or circumvented. We are

investing significant resources in developing

ReZorce, a technology that leverages

MuCell technology to enable recyclable,

circular, mono-material barrier packaging,

which is high risk but offers the potential

for very high returns. It is possible that

another party launches a solution before

we do which is perceived by the market as

better, or the market decides that plastic,

albeit fully circular, is not a path it wishes to

pursue. In this case, we may be required to

write off some or all of our investment in this

technology.

X

The rapidly growing use of Artificial

Intelligence (AI) could accelerate the speed

with which a potential competitor acquires

the knowledge to develop an alternative

product solution. Also, a Zotefoams

employee might use AI to find a solution

using highly sensitive internal information

which, without the necessary safeguards,

finds its way into the public domain.

X

The size of the ReZorce opportunity and

the risk that this investment might not

result in an effective solution and require

a write-off are why we continue to rate

this risk as being on an upward trend.

We rate displacement risk of the core

Zotefoams technology as marginally

increased as potential competitors seek

alternative technologies that drive greater

sustainability.

#### Mitigating actions

#### Reinforcing high barriers to entry

There are high barriers to entry for the

manufacturing of our unique foams.

Signiﬁcant capital investment, know-how and

time are required to invest in autoclaves and

related infrastructure. High-performance

products, which generate higher returns,

greater publicity and are more likely to be the

focus of a competitor’s attention, are

signiﬁcantly more complex to manufacture

than our polyoleﬁn foams, and certain

materials require years to be qualiﬁed for

supply.

We have reduced, and continue to seek to

reduce, technology displacement risk by

entering new markets with signiﬁcant barriers

and cost of market entry for competitors. For

example, the development of

high-performance products and ReZorce

mono-material barrier packaging technology

using MuCell processes, where the product

offerings are unique and protected by patents

and/or process know-how and capability,

opens up new markets for the Group with

potentially signiﬁcant and lasting differential

advantages.

#### Investing in R&D capability and people

We invest in people to broaden our technical

capability, research new ways to leverage our

technology and accelerate the opportunities

that make Zotefoams unique. We invest in

people to ensure that know-how related to the

design and efﬁcient use of high-pressure

autoclave systems and know-how related to

polymer processing is retained by the

business. We run a Graduate Scheme to

attract high-potential individuals in the ﬁelds of

material science and engineering. We

dedicate ﬁnancial resources to testing

materials and solutions to remain at the

forefront of cellular materials technology.

#### Protecting our intellectual property

We actively maintain our intellectual property

and patent our technology, wherever we

believe it is appropriate to do so, and guard

our know-how to sustain protection when

technology is not subject to patent or patents

are no longer applicable. This know-how

spans multiple disciplines across our

business, making it difﬁcult to poach. We

protect our know-how using conﬁdentiality

and contractual agreements with employees,

suppliers and customers and by maintaining

cyber security. The Group keeps a watching

brief on competitor activity and maintains

close contact with its customers and

end-users of its products to understand

market activity.

The use of AI and improvements in its

capabilities are growing at an exponential rate.

Zotefoams needs to harness the opportunity it

affords to accelerate development and remain

ahead of the competition while mitigating the

risks that come from unintended sharing of

trade secrets. The Group has formed an AI

steering committee speciﬁcally focused on

managing both the opportunities and threats.

MEL actively maintains and updates its

intellectual property portfolio. This is done by

undertaking research and development to

add new patents to the portfolio, further

developing its know-how and obtaining

licences for key third-party patents which are

complementary to the existing portfolio. In

some cases, our close connection with our

customers and dedication to a customised

solution has yielded new intellectual property

opportunities. Protecting these patents also

provides us with valuable insight into any

possible competitive threats on the horizon

and allows us to take timely action to mitigate

possible displacement risk.

#### Technology displacement

#### Strategy

1

2

3

4

5

6

#### Risk trend

![]()

54

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Risk management and principal risks

#### Continued

MEL licences typically include a bundle of

patents and know-how and therefore are not

completely dependent on any particular

patent. All licences are reviewed by senior

personnel and the Group CEO to ensure that

terms are appropriate. The portfolio is

managed by a dedicated intellectual property

director reporting into the MEL Executive

Committee.

#### Managing the ReZorce opportunity

There is a clearly differentiated opportunity for

the core MuCell technology, which can be

applied to many existing products, and

ReZorce mono-material barrier packaging,

which requires market development of a new

technology. Our priority is to deliver ReZorce

as a fully developed technology platform,

while selectively engaging on MuCell

opportunities which clearly offer high value

within our existing capability and capacity to

execute. ReZorce has been staffed with

experts in the ﬁeld and the management team

restructured. ReZorce has a carrying value of

£6.8m as at 31 December 2023 and the MEL

business unit incurred a loss for the year of

£4.4m (2022: £1.9m loss).

#### Technology displacementcontinued

Signiﬁcant progress with ReZorce has been

made in the year and the realisation of this

opportunity is now close, albeit technical and

ﬁnancial risks remain. Progress has been

signiﬁcantly helped by the Group’s acquisition

of extrusion assets in Denmark in 2022 as well

as the results of a joint development

agreement it announced in July 2023 with a

world-leading packer of beverages, which

encompasses the development of the carton

packaging and its planned use in in-market

trials for a major European retailer. Board

oversight has remained very high throughout

the year. Following in-market trials, it is

expected that interest from possible investing

partners will increase, which will allow

Zotefoams to maximise the value of this

opportunity.

#### Steering Committees

X

Board

X

Executive Committee

X

Product Development Steering Committee

X

Zotefoams Inc Executive Committee

X

MEL Executive Committee

![]()

55

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

#### Description and context

#### What is the risk?

Growing the business geographically, being

more reliant outside the UK for Group

performance, and engaging with legal

environments and cultures less familiar to

us increases the risk of not delivering on

our growth opportunities or suffering a

compliance incident. We must ensure that

we hire the right people and manage the span

of control challenges, ﬁnding the right balance

between local and Group-wide expertise,

and drive a culture of knowledge share.

#### Material inﬂuencing factors

X

Our business is growing in Asia, with

operations and staff in China and India, and

our third foam manufacturing facility is in

Poland.

X

Until recently, most of Zotefoams’ revenue

was shipped from the UK. Following our

investments in the USA, Europe and Asia,

the Group now employs more people,

holds more assets and generates a higher

proportion of revenues outside the UK.

X

We are hiring people outside the UK at a

faster rate, have less direct contact with

them from the UK base, and have high

expectations of material contributions from

our overseas subsidiaries to the Group’s

growth strategy.

X

We work with more distributors in our more

remote locations.

X

Failure to ensure responsible corporate

behaviour in these newer areas of operation

will undermine our reputation in these new

regions, could bring substantial financial

penalties and affect our growth path.

Failure to provide these distant operations

with effective financial and IT systems,

educate them effectively on all aspects of

Zotefoams’ culture and ethics, and align

them on our strategic objectives could

impact business performance.

X

Critical to any group’s success is its people.

The failure to attract, develop or retain the

right calibre of staff will impact our ability to

deliver. Getting this right from a distance,

in cultures less familiar to us, can be

challenging.

X

Our core engineering and technical

capability is UK-based and our business

model is to use this centre of excellence

to support overseas locations. The ability

to deliver on this depends on the free

movement of people and openness of

teams to seek and share knowledge.

X

The Board and Executive Committee

have continued to review the Group’s

corporate culture, its communication and

the embedding of controls across the

organisation.

#### Mitigating actions

#### Direct engagement with overseas employees

As we move on from the COVID-19

restrictions, management has resumed travel

to overseas locations to help ensure that the

right people are in the right roles and that

behaviours are aligned with those at the

corporate centre. In addition, the adoption of

videoconferencing as a standard form of

communication brings people together in a

way not possible prior to the pandemic.

#### Hiring and developing overseas leaders

The Group’s USA operations comprise

Zotefoams Inc and its subsidiaries Zotefoams

MidWest and MEL. Zotefoams Inc has been

part of the Group since 2001 and MEL since

2008, with experienced teams,

well-embedded reporting and control

structures, and a culture of regular and

effective communication with senior

operational leaders of Zotefoams and the

Board. The Zotefoams Inc President is a

member of the Executive Committee.

The Group’s China subsidiary was formed in

2016, while the India subsidiary was formed in

2019. With the exception of Finance, local

management reports directly into the HPP

Business Leader, who has created strong

communication and reporting structures. The

local ﬁnance teams report directly into the

Group Financial Controller for independence,

and greater assurance around governance.

Zotefoams Denmark, established in 2022, is

part of the MEL business unit, and reports

into the MEL business president.

#### Running effective global functions and services

We have invested signiﬁcantly in human

capability in recent years as we have built

global functions and hired leaders with the

skills and experience to deliver the current

and future needs of the Zotefoams business.

With three major foam manufacturing sites,

we recognise the importance of cross-site

capability-sharing and relationship-building,

particularly in functions such as engineering

and maintenance and given the uniqueness

of our assets, and we are now engaging more

frequently face to face to accelerate learning

and solve problems together.

#### Poland manufacturing site

This site has now been operational since

2021, the local leadership team is well

integrated with key, UK-based Group

functions and leaders, and regular

communication and engagement is the norm.

#### Upgraded IT

We have up-to-date IT systems which

standardise information and improve

communication and visibility. We use

Microsoft Teams for effective

videoconferencing and have continued to roll

out and educate staff on the upgrades that

Microsoft has made to all systems the Group

uses throughout the period. The Group’s

systems are implemented into all new

subsidiaries as they are set up.

#### Training

We run a risk and role-based global

compliance training programme, which

includes tracking mechanisms across all our

locations. Key policies are translated into local

languages to facilitate understanding.

#### Steering Committees

X

Board

X

Audit Committee (in relation to Finance)

X

Executive Committee

X

HR and Training Steering Committee

X

IT Steering Committee

X

Zotefoams Inc Executive Committee

X

MEL Executive Committee

X

Zotefoams Poland Executive Committee

#### Scaling up international operations

#### Risk trendStrategy

1

2

3

4

![]()

56

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Risk management and principal risks

#### Continued

#### Description and context

#### What is the risk?

Group performance could be impacted by the

loss, insolvency or divergence of interest with

a key customer.

#### Material inﬂuencing factors

X

Other than in our Footwear business, the

Group’s largest customers have traditionally

been converters of foam, none of whom

have represented a material share of the

Group’s revenue or future opportunities.

The Group has successfully grown its

Footwear business through an exclusive

partnership with Nike, which in 2023

represented 36% of Group sales (2022:

33% of Group sales), and projects in the

HPP portfolio have the potential to be

much larger than those with our typical

AZOTE

®

foam customers. Divergence of

interest with Nike represents a material

risk if the business is lost, while our growth

opportunities in HPP are also likely to

reshape this risk profile.

X

The Group has invested in significant

capacity expansion in the past years, built

in some cases to service growth from these

customers. In an organisation with high

operational gearing, filling capacity is critical

to strong financial performance.

#### Mitigating actions

We have good knowledge of the end-users of

our major customers for polyoleﬁn foams and,

with some additional short-term work and a

stable macroeconomic environment, would

expect to bring or identify additional converter

capacity, supply routes and channel partners

or take a direct approach to service these

markets.

We have a very close working relationship

with Nike, led by a dedicated Executive team

member. Visibility of future sales is good, with

a close relationship on development and

supply chain. Group resources and regular

engagement ensure that we maintain close

oversight over customer service levels and

also understand Nike’s future direction and

expectations, enabling us to align our

resources accordingly and remain a core

technology for this important customer into

the long term. In June 2023, the Group

announced the extension of its exclusivity

agreement with Nike to 31 December 2029,

demonstrating the commitment by both

parties to further develop footwear technology

and the partnership’s success.

We are excited by the size of the opportunities

offered by our ZOTEK

®

product portfolio and

have the capacity and risk appetite to pursue

them. While the majority of our ZOTEK F sales

have been into Boeing, and we forecast

signiﬁcant growth going forward, we are

seeing increased interest and opportunity

from Airbus. We are also pursuing alternative

avenues for the attributes of this foam outside

of aviation.

Where we engage with large HPP customers,

we seek to ensure that our interests are

protected by balanced commercial contracts

and strong relationship management, such as

with Boeing and Nike. The Board is heavily

involved in such decisions. These

relationships are by their nature longer term,

providing a unique technical solution and

competitive advantage to the ZOTEK foams

customer or end-user. The loss of such a

customer is likely to come with a reasonable

notice period, allowing us time to take

appropriate action. Continued investment in

the portfolio should yield further successes

that spread the risk of any single loss, while

the T-FIT

®

insulation business provides further

balancing with its more broadly spread global

customer base.

Existing large HPP customers are blue-chip

global organisations, which management

considers have the ﬁnancial strength or

strategic importance to withstand

macroeconomic challenges.

We will continually review our customer

spread and balance, particularly as the HPP

business segment takes on more importance.

#### Steering Committees

X

Board

X

Executive Committee

#### Customer concentration

#### Risk trendStrategy

1

2

3

4

![]()

57

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

#### Description and context

#### What is the risk?

Business growth prospects are vulnerable to

movements in foreign exchange rates and

geopolitical and economic developments.

These factors are often out of our control and

may inﬂuence our business in a number of

ways, including affecting how we execute our

strategy, impacting costs, creating competitive

disadvantage and negatively impacting our

return on capital employed. They can also

inﬂuence the other principal risks and

uncertainties listed in this section.

#### Material inﬂuencing factors

X

COVID-19 has realised the previously

considered low risk of a pandemic event

severely impacting demand, affecting

continuity of operations and the health

of our staff, and restricting the ability to

manage a business and people in different

geographic locations.

X

Our markets are exposed to general

economic and political changes which

have an influence on economic stability

and market and consumer confidence,

which in turn may impact the Group’s

performance and ability to achieve our

strategic objectives. Being at the beginning

of the value chain, the Group often sees the

impacts of downturns early, accentuated

as customers deplete their inventories, but

it then benefits from seeing the recovery

sooner too. The impact on profit of

such risk is accentuated by the Group’s

operational gearing and its demand for

skilled employees, given the business’s

uniqueness, which makes short-term cost

cutting often inadvisable.

X

The conflicts in Ukraine and Gaza have

created volatility around the cost and

availability of products and utilities. Input

costs can rise faster than the Group’s

ability to raise prices, which are typically

increased only after discussions and impact

assessments with our customers, placing

short- to mid-term pressure on margins due

to the timing of inflation recovery.

X

We consider the wider risk of geopolitical

actions and seek to understand these to

develop contingency plans which may

mitigate, but are unlikely to eliminate,

the impact on our business. The conflict

in Ukraine has generated ripple effects

across the political and macroeconomic

environment, in particular in Europe but

also in some of our other markets, which

has resulted in energy price fluctuations,

accentuated inflation and worsened a

cost-of-living crisis, requiring us to adapt

accordingly. Governments’ responses

to these challenges might also impact

our business. Geopolitical tensions are

increasing, which amplify the risk of

protectionist responses or other forms of

state interventions and security-related

requirements that could affect our

operations, supply chains and conditions

for competition in various ways.

X

Zotefoams is exposed to foreign exchange

fluctuations, both at a transactional

level and on the translation of foreign

currency balances and the consolidation

of its foreign subsidiaries. Despite recent

investments overseas, our operations

remain substantially based in the UK and,

therefore, most of our manufacturing assets

and costs are sterling-denominated. We

normally invoice our customers in their local

currencies and 2023 was consistent with

previous years in having a large proportion

of the Group’s revenue in currencies other

than sterling, mainly US dollars or euros.

We therefore generate surpluses in US

dollars and euros, which are converted into

sterling.

X

The level of the Group’s debt and base

rates of the currencies in which the Group

borrows can vary and change rapidly,

having a material impact on profitability,

particularly as the interest rate terms are

variable.

X

While a trade deal was concluded between

the UK and the European Union at the

end of 2020 allowing for tariff-free trade,

and the past year has seen a reduction

in friction between the two sides and a

resolution to the Northern Ireland protocol,

the risk remains that this might be altered.

This does not affect Zotefoams directly but

could have repercussions, and which could

lead to disruption and tariff penalties or, in

the longer term, tariff or non-tariff barriers

being introduced. There have also been

sizeable challenges to managing import

and export compliance, with the risk of

HMRC imposing penalties and products

being held at borders. Additionally, the risk

remains of increased difficulty in attracting

EU talent into our global headquarters in

the UK as a result of the end of the free

movement of people.

#### Mitigating actions

#### COVID-19 response

We have demonstrated through actions and

performance our ability to negotiate the

challenges raised by a pandemic. While we

are now back to normal, we are prepared to

reintroduce measures quickly should a similar

situation reappear.

#### Diversifying our markets

Some of our markets can be cyclical.

However, this risk is spread geographically

and across a number of segments that are

expected to diversify further with the growth

of HPP and MEL. The Group is operationally

geared, but our experience is that, during

challenging times, certain operational labour

costs can be reduced, polymer prices

generally fall with reduced economic demand,

giving a cost beneﬁt, and cash can be

generated quickly from both reducing working

capital and slowing capital expenditure

projects to help offset the effects of a

downturn. This was our experience during

2020. Decisions in this regard are, however,

taken with respect to our assessment of the

underpinning reasons for a downturn, our

belief in the likely recovery and an assessment

of the impact of short-term cost control on

medium-term growth potential.

#### Managing input cost pressure and margins

After a cross-the-board inﬂationary pressure

in 2022, 2023 saw a continuation of cost

pressures in many areas, partly offset by a

relaxing of raw material prices in the Polyoleﬁn

Foams business. Zotefoams’ policy is to

adjust prices when the changes are

considered structural but keep price changes

infrequent to minimise disruption to customers

and allow adjustments further along the

supply chain where practical. This results in

Zotefoams sharing the beneﬁts and

disadvantages of price movements through

the cycle without ﬂuctuations being linked to

any particular input cost or index. Following

margin erosion in 2021, the Group recovered

margin in 2022 through a series of price

increases and maintained these margins in

2023 through effective customer account

management and operational efﬁciency

initiatives.

#### External

#### Strategy

1

2

3

4

5

6

#### Risk trend

![]()

58

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Managing exposure to the US dollar and euro

We reduce our net foreign exposure to

transactional items by making purchases

either in US dollars or euros. For example,

the majority of raw materials purchased

for consumption in the Croydon, UK,

manufacturing facility are in euros. With our

European sales invoiced in euros, we have

beneﬁted from a net hedging position on the

euro in recent years. With the US dollar, we

incur US dollar costs associated with the

Group’s operations in Kentucky, USA, and

MEL and our scaling-up of operations in

Kentucky, USA, has reduced currency

exposure to transactional items by increasing

the operating cost base in the USA. Raw

materials are purchased locally and a larger

workforce supports full process production.

Our greatest exposure to currency comes

from the success of our Footwear business,

where all sales are invoiced in US dollars, but

most costs are either in sterling or euro. Our

footwear agreement does, however, include

arrangements to recover movements in

foreign currency that affect the margin

achieved on our sales, although these come

with a time lag which can have a positive or

negative beneﬁt in the short term but balance

out in the medium term.

#### Currency hedging

The Group has a hedging policy which is

approved by the Board. The Group hedges a

proportion of its net exposure to transactional

risk by using forward exchange contracts.

We do not hedge for the translation of our

foreign subsidiaries’ assets or liabilities in

the consolidation of the Group’s ﬁnancial

statements. We do, however, hedge our

statement of ﬁnancial position through

matching, where possible, our foreign

currency denominated assets with foreign

currency denominated liabilities, such as

by foreign currency debt ﬁnancing.

#### Managing our debt facilities

We maintain close relationships with our

supporting banks, meeting with them

regularly and updating them on performance

and outlook. In March 2022, we completed

a new reﬁnancing round, which led us to

remain with the same banks following a

strong competitive process and which has

a ﬁve-year tenor.

Our debt facilities are based on variable

interest rates, which we could hedge if we

deemed appropriate. We have reviewed this

as base rates have risen but have elected not

to do so.

Based on our most recent ﬁve-year strategic

plan and subject to the expected end to the

signiﬁcant investment we have been making

in our high-risk, high-reward ReZorce

opportunity, we expect our net debt levels

to fall quickly. Our budgets and forecasts

going forward include investments in growth

opportunities, some of which can be slowed

if necessary. We stress-test our possible

outcomes and engage with our banks to

ensure their continued support under all

circumstances.

#### Steering Committees

X

Executive Committee

X

Foreign Exchange Steering Committee

X

Zotefoams Inc Executive Committee

X

MEL Executive Committee

#### Externalcontinued

#### Risk management and principal risks

#### Continued

![]()

59

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

#### Viability statement

#### The viability period

In accordance with provision 30 of the 2018

UK Corporate Governance Code, the

Directors have assessed the prospects of the

Group over a longer period than the twelve

months required by the going concern

provision.

The Directors consider the timeline of ﬁve

years to be appropriate, being the period

upon which the Group actively focuses, has

reasonable visibility over its opportunity

portfolio and, given the nature of capital

investment needed to support the Group’s

anticipated rate of growth, covers investment

that in some cases requires long lead times as

a result of the unique nature and capital

intensity of its technology. A longer period of

assessment introduces greater uncertainty

since the variability of potential outcomes

increases as the period considered extends.

A shorter period of assessment impacts the

Group’s ability to put the right capacity in the

right place on time.

#### Assessing viability

The Group is considered to be viable if it

maintains interest cover and net borrowings

to EBITDA ratios, as prescribed by its existing

ﬁnancial covenants and presented in the

Group CFO’s review under “Debt facility”

on page 43, and if there is available debt

headroom to fund operations.

The Directors’ assessment of viability has

been made with reference to Zotefoams’

current position and prospects, our alignment

with global trends, our strategy, the Board’s

risk appetite and Zotefoams’ principal risks

and how these are managed, as detailed on

pages 1 to 58.

The Board reviews the Group’s internal

controls and risk management policies as well

as its governance structure. It also appraises

and approves major ﬁnancing and investment

decisions as well as the Group’s performance

and prospects as a whole. The Board reviews

Zotefoams’ strategy and makes signiﬁcant

capital investment decisions over a

longer-term time horizon, based on the

Group’s strategic growth objectives, individual

project investment returns, the continuing

performance of the business, the quality of

its portfolio of opportunities, its ﬁnancing

arrangements and opportunities, and a

multi-year assessment of return on capital.

The bottom-up ﬁve-year plan is reviewed at

least twice annually by the Directors. In

assessing the future prospects of the Group

and the achievability of this plan, the Group

has considered the potential effect of risks

that could have a signiﬁcant ﬁnancial impact

under severe but plausible scenarios. The

risks considered were identiﬁed from the

Group’s principal risks and uncertainties

assessment. While testing against each

individual scenario, the Board has also

considered the impact of a combination of

the scenarios over the assessment period.

This was in order to stress-test an aggregation

of severe but plausible risks occurring that

should represent the greatest potential

ﬁnancial impact both in the short-term and

longer-term viability period.

The Directors considered mitigating factors

that could be employed when reviewing these

scenarios and the effectiveness of actions

at their disposal. These include experiences

and successes related to cost and capital

expenditure management in 2020 during the

COVID-19 pandemic, adequate insurance

coverage, the unwinding of working capital

in a downturn and ceasing some activities.

We are satisﬁed that we have robust

mitigating actions in place. We recognise,

however, that the long-term viability of the

Group could also be impacted by other, as

yet unforeseen, risks, or that the mitigating

actions we have put in place could turn out

to be less effective than intended.

#### Scenarios tested

Base case

The Group’s ﬁve-year plan is prepared

annually and presented, challenged and

approved by the Board in October. The base

case uses the ﬁve-year period out to 2028.

It is based on organic growth and pursuit

of the strategic objectives.

The following downside scenarios have

been evaluated:

Scenario 1:

Pandemic disruption. We applied our

experiences of the 2020 pandemic and

the cost and cash-saving activities we

successfully implemented to stress-test for

Group revenue levels that breach banking

covenants.

Read more. Principal risk: External

pages

57 and 58.

Scenario 2:

Signiﬁcant cost inﬂation over a long period

with no ability to adjust prices. This also

included a stress case scenario to assess the

lowest margins that can be tolerated, which

addresses the impact of commodity price

volatility, high inﬂation, rising interest rates,

high energy prices and high labour costs.

Read more. Principal risk: Operational disruption

pages 49 and 50;

External

pages 57 and 58.

Scenario 3:

Business performance risks. These include

both Polyoleﬁn Foams and HPP growth at

rates signiﬁcantly below those included within

the ﬁve-year plan.

Read more. Principal risk: Technology

displacement

pages 53 and 54;

External

pages 57

and 58.

Scenario 4:

Loss of a key customer in HPP. This scenario

reﬂects losing the footwear business.

Read more. Principal risk: Operational disruption

pages 49 and 50;

Global capacity management

page 52;

Customer concentration

page 56.

Scenario 5:

Sterling returning to 20-year highs of two US

dollars to one pound sterling. This scenario

evaluates the cash impact on the Group as a

result of forecast growth coming increasingly

from US-denominated sales. The euro impact

is not considered material given the natural

hedge of euro sales against raw materials and

the operating costs of the Poland plant.

Read more. Principal risk: External

pages 57

and 58.

#### Conﬁrmation of longer-term viability

Based on the assessment explained above,

the Directors conﬁrm that they have a

reasonable expectation that the Group will

continue to operate and meet its liabilities,

as they fall due, over the next ﬁve years.

![]()

#### Reporting requirement

#### Relevant Group policies https://zote.info/3x0de78Due diligence processes

#### Information relating to policies and due diligence processes

#### Environmental matters

Environmental Policy

Environmental Policy

Governance by the Environmental

Steering Committee and Group

Sustainability Steering Committee

SASB disclosures

Sustainability targets

TCFD disclosures in accordance

with the Financial Conduct

Authority (FCA) listing rule LR 9.8.6

R(8)

See our Risk management section

on page 45 and our Environment

section on pages 67 to 69, and

our Sustainability page on our

website

https://zote.info/3mjufjS

#### Employees

Group-wide policies on equality,

diversity and inclusion, ethics and

whistleblowing

Group health and safety policies

Social initiatives and policies

Health and Safety Steering

Committee

Joint Consultative Committee

Comprehensive Group-wide

health and safety and compliance

training programme]

Board Diversity Policy

See our Social section on

pages 70 to 77 and our website

https://zote.info/3x0de78

#### Social matters

Group-wide policies on ethics and

whistleblowing

S172 disclosures relating to

stakeholders, including suppliers

Environmental Policy and

Sustainability Statement

Community engagement

See our S172(1) statement

on pages 61 to 63 and our

Sustainability page on our website

https://zote.info/3mjufjS

#### Anti-bribery and corruption

Group-wide policies on

anti-bribery and corruption, fraud

and whistleblowing

Training and compliance with

anti-bribery and corruption, fraud

and whistleblowing modules

Supplier onboarding and review

programme incorporating

adherence to Zotefoams’ ethics,

modern slavery, anti-fraud and

anti-bribery and corruption

requirements

Audit Committee and Internal

Controls Committee reports

See our Social section on

pages 70 to 77 and our S172(1)

statement on pages 61 to 63

#### Human rights

Group-wide policies on ethics and

dignity at work

Compliance with section 54(1) of

the Modern Slavery Act 2015

Modern slavery disclosures on our

website

https://zote.info/3x0de78

60

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Non-ﬁnancial information statement

Zotefoams has reported extensively on its non-ﬁnancial impacts within its Annual Report for

a number of years and welcomes continued increasing focus from regulators, shareholders

and other stakeholders. This table outlines how Zotefoams meets the non-ﬁnancial reporting

requirements contained within Sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006.

![]()

The Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting)

Regulations 2018 (2018 MRR) require

Directors to explain how they considered the

interests of key stakeholders and the broader

matters set out in Section 172(1) (a) to (f) of

the Companies Act 2006 (S172) when

performing their duty to promote the success

of the Company under S172.

#### Decision-making

The Board delegates day-to-day

management and decision-making to the

Executive team but maintains oversight of the

Group’s performance and reserves to itself

speciﬁc matters for approval, including

signiﬁcant new business initiatives. It monitors

that management is acting in accordance

with, and making progress on, the agreed

Group strategy through regular Board

meetings supported by information packs

received in advance to enable effective

preparation and consequent discussion,

monthly reporting of business performance,

direct engagement with the Executive team

and employee groups and attendance by a

Board member at the Joint Consultative

Committee representing UK workforce views.

Processes are in place to ensure that the

Board receives all relevant information to

enable it to make well-judged decisions in

support of the Group’s long-term success.

The Board has regard to the following

matters in its decision-making:

X

the likely consequences of any decision in

the long term

X

its environmental impact

X

key stakeholders (including shareholders,

employees, customers, suppliers and

communities) and

X

maintaining a reputation for high standards

of business conduct.

#### DecisionInvestment in a second Walton (USA) low-pressure (LP) autoclave and related infrastructure

#### Context

The USA market offers excellent potential to increase sales, requiring additional capacity to meet demand.

A decision to invest in a second LP autoclave has been made to meet this need as well as reduce reliance on the

current vessel, which was installed in 2000. Warehousing space is also being extended to cater for anticipated higher

activity levels.

#### Stakeholder considerations

#### Customers

Customers will beneﬁt from the greater capacity on offer, supporting their growth.

#### Shareholders

The increased capacity will provide an opportunity for sales growth. The risk of operational disruption is

reduced by having multiple autoclaves.

#### Environment

A more energy-efﬁcient autoclave, beneﬁtting from the latest-generation technology, will improve sustainability,

lower downtime and offer better production yields.

#### Strategic actions supported by the Board

Approval of £10m capital expenditure to support AZOTE

®

foam growth in the USA and provide optionality for

HPP sales in the future.

#### Impact of these actions on the long-term success of the Company

Increased capacity and efﬁciency savings will reinforce Zotefoams’ competitive advantage in the USA.

#### S172(1) statement

#### Our shareholders and stakeholders

#### DecisionSupply agreement extension at Nike to 2029

#### Context

Zotefoams entered into a strategic partnership with Nike in 2018. Since then, our foams have been added to a

number of running programmes, including the Vaporﬂy, Alphaﬂy and Invincible ranges. The collaboration

continued in 2023 with the launch of the Ultraﬂy, Nike’s pinnacle trail racing shoe, and for the ﬁrst time, inclusion

of our foam in a basketball shoe, the G.T. Cut 3. Zotefoams operates under an exclusive supply agreement with

Nike for footwear products.

#### Stakeholder considerations

#### Environment

We continue to work closely with Nike on waste reduction and recycling projects to support our respective and

shared sustainability objectives. Both companies took signiﬁcant steps during 2023 to reduce waste generated

by manufacturing processes.

#### Shareholders

Extending, for a further six years, an agreement structure which has successfully aligned Zotefoams with a

world-leading footwear brand.

#### Customers

Continuing to meet Nike’s needs for high-performance foams used in a range of signiﬁcant projects is key. Our

partnership with Nike remains deeply rooted in our shared vision to help all athletes break barriers no matter their

game or pace and by pushing the boundaries of ZoomX foam to offer ever higher levels of energy return and

cushioning.

#### Strategic actions supported by the Board

Approval of supply agreement extension.

#### Impact of these actions on the long-term success of the Company

The Footwear business division is anticipated to continue to be a signiﬁcant revenue contributor in future years

and accounted for 36% of Group sales in 2023.

61

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

![]()

#### DecisionContinued investment in ReZorce

®

#### mono-material barrier packaging technology

#### Context

As the pace of regulatory developments impacting food packaging increases, industries need a solution with

clear recyclability credentials. Using signiﬁcant recycled plastic content and being readily recyclable, ReZorce

offers a viable alternative to traditional laminated material. Development of the technology continued in 2023,

with the focus moving beyond technical success to commercial viability.

#### Stakeholder considerations

#### Shareholders

Given the size of the market, ReZorce offers high potential returns with a commensurate level of risk.

#### Environment

Our ReZorce product line can be made with signiﬁcant recycled plastic content and, as it is classiﬁed as

a mono-material, can be readily recycled to support a circular economy.

#### Strategic actions supported by the Board

Entering into a strategic cooperation agreement with a world-leading packager of beverages.

Approving the investment required to deliver market trials.

#### Impact of these actions on the long-term success of the Company

The market opportunity for lower carbon footprint packaging is vast. Cartons and pouches together generate

revenue in excess of $40bn p.a. Zotefoams is well placed to develop a unique proposition that could capture

some of this demand.

#### DecisionNew CEO appointment

#### Context

Following David Stirling’s announcement of his intention to retire in 2024, a formal succession process was

initiated in November 2023 supported by global organisational consulting ﬁrm Korn Ferry.

A successor, Ronan Cox, was identiﬁed in March 2024 and will be appointed at the 2024 AGM.

#### Stakeholder considerations

#### Employees

A change of leadership requires careful management to minimise organisational disruption. Effective

communications will be key, alongside an effective onboarding programme to allow R Cox to familiarise himself

with the business quickly, which will include early visits to all parts of the organisation. Customised messaging

will also help keep staff abreast of developments.

#### Customers

A plan is in place to introduce the new CEO to key customers.

#### Shareholders

R Cox will engage with shareholders in line with an onboarding plan. The Chair of the Remuneration Committee

has engaged with key shareholders on remuneration matters.

#### Strategic actions supported by the Board

A thorough search process was carried out to identify the candidate with the most suitable attributes to lead

Zotefoams. Further details are provided in our Nomination Committee report on pages 87 to 89.

#### Impact of these actions on the long-term success of the Company

A new CEO will bring a fresh perspective to the business and continue to set the direction of the business in line

with the strategy.

62

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### S172(1) statement continued

![]()

#### DecisionArtiﬁcial Intelligence (AI): assessment of opportunities and risks

#### Context

AI developments generate signiﬁcant operational and commercial opportunities. They also expose the business

to new and complex risks which require a multi-disciplinary approach to effective mitigation. As a consequence,

a new steering committee was formed with Terms of Reference related to both capturing the opportunity and

ensuring that the correct controls are in place to protect the Group from AI-related risks.

#### Stakeholder considerations

#### Employees

Unlike previous technological changes, AI will impact both routine and non-routine tasks and expand change to

a broader spectrum of employees. AI can also lead to job creation by increasing demand for some STEM skills

and some soft skills, such as high emotional intelligence.

#### Shareholders

The potential for increased productivity can lead to an increase in proﬁtability and lower costs. AI can also

support organic and non-organic growth by driving strategic transformation across many industries, for example

through vertical data integration resulting in bringing products to market faster or the overhaul of customer

support activities. It can also increase the risk of IP and trade secret losses if not controlled effectively.

#### Customers

AI can support the analysis of volume patterns and order trends to allow us to predict future demand and better

meet customers’ needs.

#### Strategic actions supported by the Board

The Board reviewed strategic opportunities and risks at its 2023 annual strategy day and approved a

governance framework. An AI Steering Committee has been set up, tasked with providing oversight to protect

Zotefoams from the risks associated with AI and manage related AI opportunities. Guidance on appropriate AI

use has been issued to all staff, and training has been organised on a functional basis.

#### Impact of these actions on the long-term success of the Company

A framework for exploiting the great opportunities afforded by AI will be in place by the end of 2024. The risks

are now managed as part of the risk management framework.

#### DecisionFocus on suppliers’ ethical matters

#### Context

Our suppliers are key stakeholders in our business and we focus on building and maintaining long-term healthy

relationships with them, which includes ensuring that we pay them on time and that they are aligned with

Zotefoams’ ethical standards.

#### Stakeholder considerations

#### Customers

With an increasing importance placed on transparency, our customers expect us to provide evidence of

adequate ethical standards in force in our supply chain. Our checks and balances are intended to meet

customers’ expectations in these matters.

#### Communities

Zotefoams considers that a healthy business environment supports the many communities in which we operate

and forms the basis of our social licence.

#### Strategic actions supported by the Board

Monitors are in place to ensure that key suppliers are aligned with Zotefoams’ standards on ethics, modern

slavery, anti-fraud and anti-bribery and corruption requirements.

Zotefoams has voluntarily added its details to the Modern Slavery Statement Registry to share the positive

steps it has taken to tackle and prevent modern slavery. The registry enhances transparency and accessibility

and allows users such as consumers, investors and civil society to scrutinise the actions that Zotefoams is

taking to identify and address modern slavery risks in its operations. In 2023, our modern slavery process

was extended to our global supply chain capturing suppliers’ operations in India, China, Poland and the USA.

Our current Modern Slavery Statement may be viewed on our website

https://zote.info/3x0de78

A consistent, material improvement pattern has been noted in our payment practices, with the

average settlement period in the UK being reduced from 50 days in 2019 to 27 days in 2023;

visit

https://zote.info/3Tp8xxh

#### Impact of these actions on the long-term success of the Company

Well-managed ethical risks related to suppliers contribute to long-term supply chain robustness and ensure that

the many stakeholders positively impacted by our products can continue to beneﬁt from them.

63

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

![]()

64

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Environmental, social and governance

#### (ESG) report

#### Introduction from our Chair

Our purpose is to provide optimal material

solutions for the beneﬁt of society. We believe

that, used appropriately, plastics are

frequently the best solution offering the lowest

environmental impact for the long-term

applications typically delivered by our

customers.

As a new Chair, it is important for me to see

that we can drive growth which is both

sustainable and inclusive. Signiﬁcant progress

has been achieved in ESG matters in the past

three years and we continue to work with all

our stakeholders to enhance our corporate

disclosures. Our efforts have been rewarded

with external recognition. Zotefoams holds

an MSCI AAA rating reﬂecting very good

standards of governance and well-established

social practices. And as 85% of our revenues

arise from green activities, the London Stock

#### How we manage ESG objectives, opportunities and risks

We have embedded ESG considerations

within our risk and opportunity management

process, described on page 45, through

alignment with the Sustainability Accounting

Standards Board (SASB) requirements and

the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) listing

rule LR 9.8.6 R(8), which implements the

TCFD recommendations. The risk

management process aims to support the

achievement of our strategic objectives

through the identiﬁcation and management

of risks which may impact the long-term

prospects of the Group. Corporate ESG

objectives, which ﬂow down to all areas of our

operations and incorporate long-term aims,

have been set and are frequently reviewed.

#### Group Sustainability Steering

#### Committee’s responsibilities

A Group Sustainability Steering Committee

was formed in 2021 with Executive

representation from all business units and

locations. Its purpose is to ensure that the

Group’s activities align with the expectation

of stakeholders. Its responsibilities include:

X

providing governance and setting the

direction for environmental sustainability

matters for the Group

X

establishing environmental sustainability

objectives and ensuring their continued

suitability, adequacy and alignment with

the direction of the Group

X

monitoring that the risks relating to

environmental sustainability are identified

and appropriately mitigated by the relevant

steering committees and reporting any

exception to the Group Internal Controls

Committee.

Our HR and Training Steering Committee

manages social matters. Governance issues

are managed by the Board.

Zotefoams’ Board considers that managing ESG contributes to long-term value

creation, supports resilience, enhances the Group’s reputation and helps

safeguard the business’s future. Sustainability is embedded through our

strategic planning and decision-making. Below, we set out our ESG priorities,

how we are progressing against them and our plan going forward.

L Drummond

Chair

Exchange has awarded Zotefoams the

Green Economy Mark. Our ReZorce

®

mono-

material barrier packaging product was

named Best Recycled Plastic Product of the

Year at the 2023 Plastics Industry Awards.

We began reporting voluntarily against the

recommendations of the Task Force on

Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)

in 2021, ahead of statutory requirements.

The recommendations of the Taskforce on

Nature-related Financial Disclosures (TNFD)

were also considered during 2023. Following

a preliminary gap analysis, the Board has

concluded that the support of a specialist

consultant is required to map nature-

related dependencies, impacts, risks and

opportunities against our internal controls

framework. This work is planned for 2024.

We recognise that ESG is a journey and, as

we continue to improve our sustainability

performance, we will look to set increasingly

ambitious targets in order to remain leaders in

sustainability.

![]()

Product

Green revenue deﬁnition

Sector

revenue

£m

Green

revenue

£m

Polyoleﬁn Foams

Applies to:

X

products typically manufactured

using 30–50% less raw material than

comparably performing foams

X

products used for thermal insulation in

construction, aviation, railway and road

vehicles to replace heavier materials,

enabling benefits in fuel economy

X

products providing durable protection

designed for multiple reuse.

67.6

49.6

High-Performance

Products (HPP)

Applies to:

X

foams that allow for considerable

increases in the efficiency of resource

usage

X

products used for thermal insulation

(predominantly building and

construction but also aviation) and

to replace much heavier materials,

enabling benefits in fuel economy

(aviation systems where foam replaces

heavier materials)

X

footwear components designed with

the intent to use less material.

58.1

57.4

MuCell Extrusion

LLC (MEL)

Applies to:

X

microcellular foam technology licences

and related machinery designed

to allow considerable increases in

the efficiency of resource usage by

reducing the raw material used in

components by 15–20%.

1.3

1.3

Total revenues

127.0

108.3

Percentage green revenues

85%

65

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

#### Zotefoams Green Revenue Index

The Group takes the reporting of all

environmental incidents very seriously and

requires employees to report all incidents,

including any near misses. All environmental

incidents are investigated by appropriate

levels of management to ascertain the root

cause of the incident and, wherever possible,

working practices and procedures are

improved to minimise the risk of recurrence. In

2023, there were no prosecutions, ﬁnes or

enforcement actions taken as a result of

non-compliance with environmental legislation

(2022: none).

#### Our approach to environmental sustainability

The environmental sustainability approach

adopted by Zotefoams is centred on the twin

principles of: i) minimising the use of natural

resources through a series of internal

measures aimed at reducing our carbon

footprint; and ii) preferentially operating in

markets where Zotefoams’ products offer

#### Environmental governance

The Board has ultimate responsibility for

environmental governance and performance

and oversees a system of policies, practices

and procedures that are implemented

Group-wide to support Zotefoams’

environmental objectives. The Group CEO

is directly responsible to the Board for

environmental performance. All environmental

matters are overseen by steering committees,

which are chaired by the Group CEO in the

UK (or the appropriate responsible person

in subsidiary companies). The steering

committees meet quarterly and consider

environmental risks and opportunities, overall

performance, and the impact of current and

impending legislation. Under the internal

controls framework outlined on page 47, the

Audit Committee monitors the Group’s risk

management framework, including the review

of risk matrices identifying key environmental

risks and opportunities faced by the Group.

unique sustainability advantages which

beneﬁt society through their use-phase

resource efﬁciency. This is a concept deﬁned

by SASB as a product that, through its use,

can be shown to improve energy efﬁciency,

eliminate or lower greenhouse gas (GHG)

emissions, reduce raw materials

consumption, increase product longevity

or reduce water consumption.

Targets are in place to manage our Scope 1

and 2 emissions through the reduction of

energy consumption, material used in

manufacturing processes and waste; see

pages 67 to 69. In order to align our

commercial approach with customers’

use-phase efﬁciency, we have created a Life

Cycle Assessment (LCA) template which can

be used to assess typical products and

applications. Our Scope 1 and 2 emissions

data, along with these example LCAs, are

made available to customers to enable them

to make informed decisions. We continue to

monitor the Scope 3 emissions under our

control, or alternatively over which we have

inﬂuence, and use this to guide our

decision-making; for example, we

preferentially select polymers with a lower

carbon footprint.

We are committed to using renewable

electricity where feasible and 100% of the

electricity used in our UK, USA (Walton) and

Poland sites comes from renewable sources.

#### Green revenue

Our criteria for green revenues are products

which, during manufacture or use, provide a

substantial increase in the efﬁciency of

resources used. The applications we serve

are varied and diverse, so, in calculating green

revenues, we have assumed that all

applications within a market achieve the same

beneﬁts in resource efﬁciency. For

transportation markets, the beneﬁts are

reduced weight products which not only use

less material but also allow improved fuel

efﬁciency. For both Product Protection and

Sports and Leisure markets, the products are

designed to be lighter so they use less

material for the same or superior

performance. For Building and Construction

markets, our products are designed to save

energy by sealing or insulating buildings and

pipework. We have excluded revenue from

sales to Industrial and Medical markets as,

while some applications will undoubtedly offer

resource efﬁciency beneﬁts, many will use our

products primarily for other performance

attributes such as purity.

![]()

66

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Environmental, social and governance (ESG) report

#### Continued

#### Environmental performance

#### Accreditations

ISO certiﬁcation is focused on the three main sites (Croydon, UK, Brzeg, Poland, and Walton, USA) unless

required locally for operational or ﬁnancial reasons. For smaller sites, the costs arising from some ISO

certiﬁcations outweigh the operational beneﬁts and are therefore not sought. Structures sufﬁcient to manage

processes to a good standard are replicated from the larger sites.

Certiﬁcation

In place

Planned for 2024

ISO 14001:2015

Environmental Management

Systems

Croydon, UK

Brzeg, Poland

ISO 45001:2018

Occupational Health and Safety

Management Systems

Croydon, UK

Brzeg, Poland

Walton, USA

Kunshan, China

ISO 9001:2015

Quality Management Systems

Croydon, UK

Brzeg, Poland

Walton, USA

Kunshan, China

ISO 27001:2022

Information Security Management

Systems

Croydon, UK

Walton, Tulsa and Woburn, USA

Brzeg, Poland

1

ISO 50001:2018

Energy Management Systems

Croydon, UK

We follow the guidance provided by ISO 14021:2016 when making environmental claims. Where appropriate,

we have products certiﬁed by independent organisations when making environmental claims, such as for

recycled content.

A Renewable Energy Guarantee of Origin (REGO) accredited supplier has been in place in the UK since 2021.

Our foam manufacturing plants in Brzeg, Poland, and Walton, USA, also use 100% renewable electricity.

#### Policies

Environmental Policy

#### Governance

Environmental Steering Committee

Health and Safety Steering Committee

SASB requirements integrated in internal controls framework

TCFD compliance

#### Targets

Waste reduction

Sustainable product development

Energy consumption reduction

1

The Information Security Management Sytems ISO 27001:2022 accreditation was successfully obtained for all stated locations in Q1 2024.

![]()

67

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

#### Key metrics

2023

2022

2021

Internally recorded environmental incidents

Level 1

0

0

0

Level 2

0

1

0

Company metrics (UK only)

Energy usage (MWh)

45,169\*

46,483\*

50,078\*

\*Speciﬁc Energy Consumption (kWh/kg)

7.73\*\*

8.58\*\*

9.22\*\*

Group metrics (All sites)

Energy usage (MWh)

68,559\*

69,017\*

72,007\*

Energy usage (GJ)

246,812\*

248,463\*

Proportion of energy from grid electricity (%)

44

45

Proportion of energy from renewable sources (%)

UK site

46

USA sites

40

Poland site

46

China site

28

Group

44

35

\*

From 2022, the reported energy usage includes electricity, gas and other fuels (LNG, diesel and propane.) In prior years, not

all fuels were included as they were not material. The 2021 comparative ﬁgure has been recalculated on the same basis as

2022. We are committed to using renewable electricity where feasible. 100% of the electricity used in our UK, USA (Walton)

and Poland sites comes from renewable sources.

\*\*

Calculation shown as mix-neutral assessment of energy usage per kg of polymer processed.

#### Key targets

Our sustainability targets, set in 2022, focus on the reduction of Scope 1, 2 and use-phase carbon emissions.

Objective

Key performance indicator (KPI)

Target

Achievement

Score

1

Achieve a 10% reduction in the energy

used to manufacture our products by

2026

From a baseline of 0.74 kWh/£ in

December 2021, reduce the energy

used per unit revenue generated

(kWh/£)

2022

0.73 kWh/£

0.66 kWh/£

2023

0.72 kWh/£

0.56 kWh/£

2024

0.70 kWh/£

2025

0.68 kWh/£

2026

0.66 kWh/£

2

Further develop our product portfolio

by designing and developing new

products which offer our customers

more sustainable solutions such that,

by 2026, they will account for 5% of

revenue

Share of sales from products

introduced from 2021 which are

designed for use-phase efﬁciency

(% of revenue)

2022

0.5%

1.20%

2023

2%

1.12%

2024

3%

2025

4%

2026

5%

3

Halve the polymer purchased that is

not in the end-product (internal waste

and oversized materials) by the end of

2026

1

Reduction in the mass of excess

polymer purchased to that sold

(% reduction) from a baseline at the

end of 2021

2022

2.5%

4.70%

2023

7.5%

10.80%

2024

15%

2025

30%

2026

40%

1

The objective to halve the polymer purchased that is not used in the end-product is calculated on a running rate at the end of 2026, whereas the KPI provides intermediate targets for the full year.

#### Environment

A decrease in Group energy usage of 458 MWh in 2023 mainly

arose through better energy management across all sites.

The year saw a continuation of our focus on energy reduction

for the Group. Increased visibility and daily trend analysis were

combined with improved energy and waste engagement.

There were no signiﬁcant environmental

incidents during the year (2022: none). Previous

years have been analysed against an internal

categorisation introduced in 2018, guided by the

environmental reporting guidelines.

Environmental incidents are categorised as

follows:

Level 1

– Reported to Environment Agency

(e.g. polluting incident)

Level 2

– Reported to local authority

(e.g. waste concerns)

Level 3

– Internal report only (e.g. small

granule spills)

The Company ensures that all environmental

reports of incidents are taken seriously and

appropriately investigated and that the

responses given are appropriate to their level of

impact or potential impact. 13 internally reported

Level 3 incidents (2022: 15) relating to minor

machine oil spills and plastic granule spills were

recorded during the year, all of which were

contained. The incidents are captured by daily

inspections and actioned as required. The

continued yearly decrease is attributed to high

levels of safety observations, employee

education and ongoing implementation of the

5S method to reduce waste and increase

productivity.

Achieved in full or predominantly achieved

Partially achieved

Not achieved

Scan the QR code to

see the environmental

reporting guidelines

zote.info/36LLN69

![]()

68

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Environmental, social and governance (ESG) report

#### Continued

#### Speciﬁc Energy Consumption

#### (SEC) – UK

In October 2009, the Company entered into a

Climate Change Levy (CCL) agreement, which

involves meeting speciﬁc voluntary targets to

increase energy efﬁciency and reduce carbon

dioxide (CO

2

) emissions. Provided the Company

meets the requirements of the CCL agreement,

it receives a rebate on its electricity bills and is

also exempt from the Carbon Reduction

Commitment Scheme for the plastics sector;

the scheme is run by BPF Energy Limited, to

which unadjusted SEC ﬁgures are reported

quarterly. The scheme will run up to 2025.

The Company measures energy efﬁciency by

taking energy consumption and dividing it by the

amount of material (in kg) that passes through

high-pressure autoclaves. The increase in

production of our HPP foams, which generally

require more processing energy than polyoleﬁn

foams, prompted us to update these metrics to

be product-mix neutral in 2018. In 2023, our

adjusted energy efﬁciency measure, Speciﬁc

Energy Consumption (SEC), decreased 10% to

7.73 kWh/kg (2022: 8.58 kWh/kg), continuing a

downward trend initiated in 2015. In 2023, the

Company completed its third assessment under

the Energy Saving Opportunity Scheme (ESOS)

and remains compliant.

The SEC value has been reported in the Annual

Report as a mix-adjusted value since 2018. This

allows a product-mix-neutral assessment of

energy efﬁciency improvements made.

#### Global carbon emissions

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

Group: carbon emissions (CO

2

tonnes)

Scope 1 emissions (direct emissions from our operations

which includes fuel)

1

7,021

6,932

7,418

7,078

5,626

Scope 2 emissions (indirect emissions, primarily electricity)

6,314

6,029

6,792

7,464

6,787

Total

13,335

12,961

14,210

14,542

12,413

Carbon emissions (kg) per material gassed (kg)

1.4

1.4

1.5

1.6

1.6

1

We do not generate our own energy.

#### Global pollutant emissions

2023

2022

NO

X

(excluding N

2

O)

2.5

2.5

SO

X

0.0

0.0

VOCs

1.0

0.3

HAPs

0.1

0.0

NO

X

and SO

X

calculated from Scope 1 emissions.

Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) and Hazardous Air Pollutants (HAPs) measured on a number of typical production days at factory emission points and scaled for total annual production

volumes.

#### Global carbon emissions

Zotefoams’ products are used globally to

improve people’s lives and reduce energy

consumption, primarily through insulation and

weight reduction. The processes we employ

to create these foams allow us to use less raw

material and produce lighter foams than rival

processes, both of which are beneﬁcial for

carbon reduction. In making these foams,

energy (both gas and electricity) is the main

source of carbon emissions from our facilities.

The methodology we have used is in

accordance with the guidance published by

the Department for Environment, Food and

Rural Affairs in June 2013. We have only

included emissions for which we are directly

responsible. We have not included emissions

for activities over which we have no direct

control. For example, we have included

business mileage on a company van and

mileage claimed by employees in the UK, but

not other forms of business travel, such as

travel made by employees elsewhere in the

Group or travel using public transport or air

travel.

#### Waste, water and sustainability targets

Our website provides further metrics on

waste, water and carbon emissions.

https://zote.info/3mjufjS

#### Task Force on Climate-related

#### Financial Disclosures (TCFD) response

Our climate-related ﬁnancial disclosures

for the ﬁnancial year ended 31 December

2023, in accordance with the FCA listing rule

LR 9.8.6 R(8), are provided on our website

https://zote.info/3mjufjS

. The rule requires

relevant companies to report on a ‘comply

or explain’ basis against the TCFD

recommendations. We have considered

our ‘comply or explain’ obligation in respect

of the 11 TCFD recommendations.

![]()

69

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

#### Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB) disclosures

SASB standards identify the subset of ESG issues that are reasonably likely to have a material impact on the ﬁnancial performance of the typical

company in an industry. The following table summarises our response to the sector-speciﬁc standards for chemicals companies.

Topic

Accounting metric

Category

Unit of measure

Code

Supporting disclosure

Greenhouse gas

emissions

Gross global Scope 1 emissions,

percentage covered under

emissions-limiting regulations

Quantitative

Metric tonnes (t) CO

2

Percentage (%)

RT-CH-110a.1

See Group carbon emissions table

on page 68. 0% of Scope 1

emissions were covered under

emissions-limiting regulations

Discussion of long-term and short-term

strategy or plan to manage Scope 1

emissions, emissions reduction targets,

and an analysis of performance against

those targets

Discussion and

analysis

n/a

RT-CH-110a.2

See Group carbon emissions table

on page 68 and targets section on

page 67

Air quality

Air emissions of the following pollutants:

(1) NO

X

(excluding N

2

O), (2) SO

X

, (3)

volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and

(4) hazardous air pollutants (HAPs)

Quantitative

Metric tonnes (t)

RT-CH-120a.1

See Group carbon emissions table

on page 68

Energy management

(1) Total energy consumed

(2) Percentage grid electricity

(3) Percentage renewable

(4) Total self-generated energy

Quantitative

Gigajoules (GJ)

Percentage (%)

RT-CH-130a.1

See key metrics on page 67

We do not generate our own energy

Water management

(1) Total water withdrawn

(2) Total water consumed

(3) Percentage of each in regions with

high or extremely high baseline water

stress

Quantitative

Thousand cubic

meters (m³)

Percentage (%)

RT-CH-140a.1

See water data table on our website

https://zote.info/3mjufjS

Number of incidents of non-compliance

associated with water quality permits,

standards and regulation

Quantitative

Number

RT-CH-140a.2

None

Description of water management risks

and discussion of strategies and

practices to mitigate those risks

Discussion and

analysis

n/a

RT-CH-140a.3

See water data table and TCFD

disclosures on our website

https://zote.info/3mjufjS

Hazardous waste

management

Amount of hazardous waste generated

and percentage recycled

Quantitative

Metric tonnes (t)

Percentage (%)

RT-CH-150a.1

See waste data table on our website

https://zote.info/3mjufjS

Product design for

use-phase efﬁciency

Revenue from products designed for

use-phase resource efﬁciency

Quantitative

Reporting currency

RT-CH-410a.1

See Key targets section on page 67

Safety and

environmental

stewardship of

chemicals

(1) Percentage of products that contain

Globally Harmonized System of

Classiﬁcation and Labelling of

Chemicals (GHS) and Category 1 and 2

Health and Environmental Hazardous

Substances

Quantitative

Percentage (%) by

revenue

RT-CH-410b.1

Less than 5% of revenue is

generated from substances that are

regulated

1

or are considered to be of

international concern.

2

100% of

goods purchased and sold undergo

hazard assessments. The

hazardous substances, such as

ﬂame retardants and low levels of

stabilisers, are non-hazardous in the

ﬁnished products as they are bound

into the polymer matrix

(2) Percentage of such products that

have undergone a hazard assessment

Percentage (%)

Discussion of strategy to (1) manage

chemicals of concern and (2) develop

alternatives with reduced human and/or

environmental impact

Discussion and

analysis

n/a

RT-CH-410b.2

Genetically modiﬁed

organisms (GMOs)

Percentage of products by revenue that

contain GMOs

Discussion and

analysis

Percentage (%)

RT-CH-410c.1

No products contain GMOs

Management of the

legal and regulatory

environment

Discussion of corporate position related

to government regulations and/or policy

proposals that address environmental

and social factors affecting the industry

Discussion and

analysis

n/a

RT-CH-530a.1

Zotefoams follows all local

regulations relating to health, safety

and environment as well as social

factors. We have a low risk appetite

towards safety

See pages 75 to 77

Production by

reportable segment

n/a

Quantitative

Cubic meters (m³) or

metric tonnes (t)

RT-CH-000.A

7,488 tonnes of AZOTE

®

Polyoleﬁn

Foam and 2,074 tonnes of HPP

were manufactured. There is a lag

between manufacturing and sale

1

Substances of very high concern under REACH and the EU’s Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive or substances listed under California Prop 65.

2

Substances controlled by the Montreal Protocol, Stockholm and Rotterdam Conventions, GHS category 1 and category 2 health hazards.

![]()

70

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Environmental, social and governance (ESG) report

#### Continued

#### Social

The ﬁnancial results achieved in 2023 were delivered with the continued

dedication, talent and versatility of the Zotefoams workforce. While navigating

the prevailing macroeconomic situation and balancing the needs of

stakeholders, we granted pay rises commensurate with the exceptional inﬂation

experienced in the period. We also reviewed our reward strategy in the UK,

which we expect to generate Group-wide improvements during 2024.

#### Our people strategy

Our ambition is to be the world leader in

cellular materials technology in our chosen

markets. Our people strategy is approved by

the Board annually.

#### Key 2023 strategic challenges

X

Recruiting and retaining a sufficient number

of competent staff: Our workforce strategy

relies on identifying and filling existing

and future gaps in our workforce through

promotion and recruitment while retaining

key contributors. In 2023, we carried

out a reward strategy review in the UK,

which confirmed that our remuneration

framework was broadly aligned with the

UK manufacturing industry and staff

expectations. The review recommendations

will be implemented in the UK in 2024

and provide a basis for reviews of the

benefits programme in other locations.

We continued to develop our succession

planning through individual employee

Learning & Development (L&D) plans and

an expansion of the scope of our graduate

management scheme.

X

Fostering a culture of wellbeing to support

effectiveness and staff retention: Feedback

from employee focus groups was used to

develop an employee engagement strategy

encompassing female empowerment,

the embedding of cultural values into the

business and being safety leaders. The

Board supported and attended a series of

events held during International Women’s

Day in the UK and China.

80%

#### Group employee retention rate

63%

#### Participation rate in Group employee survey

45

#### Nationalities represented in Group workforce

45

#### Employee Net

#### Promoter Score

12.8%

#### Gender pay gap

X

Ensuring that record management meets

our needs: In 2023, our Human Resources

(HR) team focused on mapping transactional

HR processes to ensure that all system

updates were correctly implemented.

Efficiency improvements were identified, and

manual processes were automated where

feasible. Work is ongoing to implement

payroll process maps with sign-off levels for

all locations by the end of December 2024.

Data integrity was considered in two internal

audits, one of which specifically focused on

HR processes and records. The findings are

reported in our Audit Committee report on

pages 83 to 86.

Our people strategy is delivered by our

managers with the support of HR. The HR

function operates via a Group team located in

the UK and local leads in the USA, China and

Poland. An online portal is in place to enable

staff to easily manage certain HR tasks in our

manufacturing sites, allowing the HR function

to fully focus on supporting line managers and

improve the employee experience.

#### Effective and ﬂexible policies

Zotefoams’ Group-wide people policies

are aligned with business needs and, at a

minimum, meet local legal requirements.

Policies relating to maternity, paternity,

adoption and parental leave, as well as

time off for bereavement and dependants’

sickness, are in place in all locations. Flexible

working arrangements are offered to staff

through a blended working policy in the UK

and a compressed week in the USA. Adjusted

working arrangements aligned with local legal

requirements apply in our Poland, China and

India operations.

Our culture pillars

We live the brand values

We hold ourselves accountable

We understand how we contribute

to Zotefoams’ success

We are a learning organisation

We constructively challenge

ourselves and others

We value people and recognise

our successes

![]()

71

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

#### Culture, diversity and inclusion

#### Embedding culture in an increasingly virtual world

Zotefoams is a global manufacturing business

with a diverse workforce operating

cross-functionally in different locations. Having

recognised that the Group’s culture and

inclusivity could be negatively impacted by the

lack of personal interaction between staff

working in different modes and at different

locations, we continue to focus on embedding

our culture in an increasingly virtual world with

different challenges to effective collaboration.

With the 2022 staff survey identifying that their

freedom to make decisions appropriate to

their role was a strength of the Zotefoams

culture, management focused on the

continued development of a supportive

environment in that important area. Events

focused on gender inclusivity and employees’

health were also successfully run throughout

the year. Recognising the important role that

remuneration plays in employee satisfaction, a

UK beneﬁt review provided useful insights into

staff’s perception of the value of salaries,

beneﬁts and incentive schemes that the

business has in place. Further details are

provided below. All staff receive training on

our culture pillars and brand values on joining

the business and every two years thereafter.

In order to ensure that policies, practices and

behaviour throughout the business are

aligned with the Company’s purpose, values

and strategy, the Board monitors culture in a

variety of ways, including through the Joint

Consultative Committee, Board lunches with

senior employees, plant visits and Executive

presentations throughout the year.

The Board Diversity Policy adopted in 2021

demonstrates our commitment to fostering an

inclusive culture. It was updated in 2023 to

include age, gender reassignment, and

educational, professional and social economic

backgrounds as diversity indicators. We also

replaced our Equal Opportunities Policy with

a Group-wide Equality, Diversity and Inclusion

Policy, which reafﬁrms our opposition to all

forms of discrimination and captures our

commitment to creating opportunities for all

staff to access the training and resources they

need to develop their full potential. The new

policy was approved by the trade unions in

the UK.

Group policies and internal controls are in

place, and are monitored by the Board, on

health and safety, modern slavery, ethics,

anti-bribery and corruption, anti-fraud,

whistleblowing and dignity at work; visit

https://zote.info/3x0de78

for further

information. The Group has in place a contact

mechanism for stakeholders to reach out to

the business on issues of concern. Biennial

compliance training programmes, in local

languages if needed, are delivered globally to

relevant staff on modern slavery, anti-bribery

and corruption, anti-fraud, anti-money

laundering, insider trading and data

protection. In 2023, we delivered compliance

and health and safety training to 452

employees.

Zotefoams became a signatory to the

Employer Pays Principle during the year,

formalising our long-standing Group-wide

commitment to recruitment costs being borne

by the employer, not the employee.

Zotefoams aspires to net recruitment

(joiners less leavers) reaching 50% female by

31 December 2024 and a number of speciﬁc

initiatives aimed at supporting this objective

were launched in 2023, resulting in a ﬁgure

of 32% net female joiners Group-wide as at

31 December 2023. Following a series of

#### It was interesting to understand why language matters and how to challenge negative messages.

webinars and events attended by our female

Board members and our Chair on

International Women’s Day, we launched a

Women’s Forum in the UK to enhance the

female voice within Zotefoams, having

particular regard to women working in

Operations. Its mission is to identify and

promote concrete initiatives to tackle gender

inequality. Our female senior managers were

invited to attend a Women Advancing in

Leadership seminar giving them the

opportunity to examine their leadership style

and consider how to overcome barriers to

advancement. Following a presentation to the

Board on diversity, our recruitment processes

were modiﬁed to widen accessibility and

support a greater diversity of applicants.

Senior managers play a critical role in

developing talent, promoting connectivity

across teams and linking strategy to culture.

We are encouraged to see that the diversity

data collected over the past two years in the

UK indicates that this cohort has beneﬁtted

from inter-generational social mobility, which

positively impacts Zotefoams’ innovative and

progress-driven culture.

Scan the QR code to see

the Board Diversity Policy

zote.info/3UE6Deb

![]()

72

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Environmental, social and governance (ESG) report

#### Continued

#### Ethnicity distribution of Group workforce

Director

UK

US

China

Poland

India

Group-

wide

Arab

0

2

0

0

0

0

2

Asian

0

60

0

37

0

7

104

Black, African or Caribbean

0

60

7

0

0

0

67

Hispanic or Latino

0

0

25

0

0

0

25

Mixed

0

10

0

0

0

0

10

White

7

199

82

0

46

0

334

Other

0

3

0

0

0

0

3

Unknown

0

4

0

0

0

0

4

Total

7

338

114

37

46

7

549

Non-white ethnicity

1

0%

40%

28%

100%

0%

100%

38%

Estimate of non-white

ethnicity in the country

–

18%

42%

100%

6%

100%

–

1

Non-white ethnicity calculation excludes unknown and other and includes Directors.

#### Role by gender

1

2023

2022

Female

%

Male

%

Prefer

not to

say

%

Female

%

Male

%

Prefer

not to

say

%

Director

2

29

5

71

0

0

2

29

5

71

0

0

Executive team

1

17

5

83

0

0

1

17

5

83

0

0

Direct report to

Executive team

10

26

29

74

0

0

15

28

38

72

0

0

Other staff

130

26

367

74

0

0

120

26

348

74

0

0

Total

143

26

406

74

0

0

138

26

396

74

0

0

Number of senior

positions (CEO, CFO,

SID or Chair)

1

–

3

–

0

–

0

–

4

–

0

–

1

In calculating headcount, we take into consideration all self-identiﬁed genders, including non-binary and intersex. Staff are

also provided with the option of “Prefer not to say” on the equal opportunities form.

Around 26% of the total workforce is female (2022: 26%). Recognising the beneﬁts of a

gender-diverse workforce, we have put in place a number of measures to attract more

women into the business but recognise that, in production environments, the shift patterns

and physical nature of the work present a challenge which is only likely to be addressed

in the longer term. We also see a gender imbalance across the broader business, with

a much higher proportion of male employees at managerial and professional levels.

Our talent pool at more junior levels, which is more representative of recent recruitment,

is more balanced and we anticipate that over time this will increase the diversity at more

senior levels. A blended working policy is in place in the UK to help us attract a greater

number of professional women, with more ﬂexible working arrangements increasing the

pool of candidates with caring and/or family responsibilities. Our recruitment approach

includes the consideration of pre-selection factors that will make Zotefoams more

appealing to all minority candidates.

Our UK gender pay gap has fallen signiﬁcantly since 2017 and stood at 12.8% in April 2023

(11.0% in April 2022), below a UK average of 14.3%.

#### Age diversity

Age equality forms part of our

commitment to equal opportunity in

employment and we have a good spread

of age groups across the business.

The average age of our employees is 43

(2022: 43). 29% of our workforce is aged

51 or over (2022: 30%).

We expect our workforce to reﬂect the

local communities in which we operate

and recognising this forms part of our

people strategy. Our principal site, with

62% of Group employees (2022: 63%),

is located in South London, and 40%

of the workforce is from a non-white

ethnic group (2022: 36%); this is a close

reﬂection of the local demographic and

a much higher non-white ethnicity than

the UK as a whole. We see similar locally

inﬂuenced patterns in other locations,

principally in the USA, where our

employee demographic reﬂects local

ethnicity in northern Kentucky and the

Boston, MA, and Tulsa, OK, metropolitan

areas.

As at 31 December 2023, the Group

employed 549 staff (2022: 534).

Scan the QR code to see

the Gender Pay Gap Report

zote.info/3iRXA5y

![]()

73

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

#### Employee engagement

Zotefoams recognises that employee

engagement is a key enabler of our purpose.

In the UK, our Joint Consultative Committee

(JCC), which comprises an employee

representative from each department and a

Board representative, meets quarterly to

consider a wide range of matters affecting

employees’ current and future interests. In the

USA, employee engagement meetings are

held monthly and the feedback is considered

by management to action change where

necessary. In all Zotefoams locations,

feedback is elicited from leavers in areas such

as the key inﬂuencing factors in their decision

to leave, whether sufﬁcient resources were

made available to them, the perceived

effective use of their skills, remuneration and

recognition. New employees are also

consulted on their views of the organisation.

Zotefoams offers work experience, graduate

role opportunities and networking with our

graduate employees at career days in our two

largest sites in the UK and the USA. In 2023,

a ﬁnance intern position was created in the

USA.

To gain a better appreciation for the Group’s

performance, employees Group-wide were

invited to join the Group CEO and Group CFO

in live business presentations on interim and

ﬁnal results delivered through the Investor

Meet Company platform. In January 2023,

the Group CEO also delivered a number of

business updates to all Zotefoams staff,

accommodating shift patterns and

geographical locations, which also included

question and answer sessions. Board

interaction with employees involved a visit by

our new Chair to the Poland and USA sites,

which enabled engagement with the local

management team, and a programme of

lunches for the Board and senior managers

that coincided with Board meeting dates

throughout the year.

The 2023 staff engagement survey was

focused on job satisfaction and perceived

development potential. An excellent response

rate of 63% was noted, with a Net Promoter

Score of 45.

#### Community engagement

Our HR and Health and Safety Steering

Committees consider the risks and

opportunities associated with community

interests. As a responsible employer and

neighbour, we aim to have a beneﬁcial impact

on the local communities we operate in and

understand that positive relations are key to

maintaining our social licence. Our objective is

to build trust and engagement over time

through mutually beneﬁcial interaction.

In the UK, our employee-led JCC opted to

support local charities in 2023 focused on

young people by equipping them with the

skills for every stage of their lives and

providing support with mental health

challenges. Staff participated in a Christmas

gift donation arranged through KidsOut, a

registered charity, for disadvantaged children

in the UK. A litter-picking exercise also took

place. Our plant in Walton, USA, organised

charity walks supporting the Alzheimer’s

Association and the American Cancer

Society.

Our Graduates’ outreach programme

continues to support university graduates with

their ﬁrst job search. In 2023, we broadened

our engagement to include coaching of

university students in CV drafting, mock

interviews and attending career days.

Topic

Accounting metric

Category

Unit of measure

Code

Supporting disclosure

Community

relations

Discussion of engagement

processes to manage risks and

opportunities associated with

community interests

Discussion

and analysis

n/a

RT-CH-210a.1

See OHSE table

page 77

#### Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB) disclosures

L Drummond, Company Chair,

visiting our Poland plant

Do you feel you are

recognised for the

work you do?

Do you feel your

work is meaningful

and aligned with the

Company’s goals?

Do you have

opportunities for

growth and

development in

your role?

Would you

recommend

Zotefoams as

a great place

to work?

?

#### Employee engagement survey questions

1

2

3

4

![]()

74

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Environmental, social and governance (ESG) report

#### Continued

1

Ofﬁce for National Statistics, employee workplace pensions in the UK bulletin, April 2022

#### Remuneration and beneﬁts

The Group’s remuneration strategy aims to

align ﬁnancial incentives with Zotefoams’

purpose and values for optimising

performance. The Company compensates its

staff in line with market rates and takes into

account regulatory guidance, which includes

paying employees at or above the rates

published by the Living Wage Foundation in

the UK and liveable wages in the USA. In

Poland, India and China, the rate of pay for

Zotefoams employees is above the minimum

wage applicable locally. Bonus arrangements

vary from location to location.

Recognising the impact of the energy crisis

and broader inﬂationary pressures, UK staff

received a salary increase totalling 7% in

2023, part of which was implemented early, in

October 2022, to staff earning below £50,000

p.a. This cohort constituted 77% of the UK

workforce. Similar measures were

implemented in the USA and Poland to ensure

that salaries remained aligned with the

market. Trade unions are consulted in all

employee remuneration matters and were

supportive of the measures taken.

For the UK workforce, the following increases

have been agreed, effective 1 April 2024:

X

a pay rise of 5%

X

an increased employer pension contribution

on the two direct contribution pension

schemes currently run by the Company

by 1%, for those meeting the maximum

employee contribution.

#### The webinar has certainly contributed to refreshing my awareness and I consequently took the decision to increase my

#### pension contribution.

I deﬁnitely found the webinars useful and quite timely. After watching them, I started to look at

#### the pension fund options and their potential returns quite differently.

A wide range of beneﬁts is available to staff

generally, including bonus schemes, life

assurance, ﬂu vaccination, employee

assistance programmes and free car parking.

An employee reward scheme and a share

incentive plan are also offered to UK staff.

Beneﬁts are provided to staff in other locations

in line with local norms. Our UK Share

Incentive Plan, in place since 2016, has seen

an uptake in participation of 10% during the

year.

As part of a 2023 UK beneﬁts review, JCC

members were consulted on reward priorities.

The majority of UK staff felt that helping

employees through the cost-of-living crisis

was key, with the expectation that pay would

be benchmarked externally. Beneﬁts were a

priority for c.40% of staff. Following the review,

the Board approved a number of

improvements to be implemented from 2024

onward, including wellbeing initiatives and a

recognition scheme. The 2023 review will

form the basis for Group-wide improvements

in 2024.

90% of Zotefoams’ staff are enrolled in a

pension scheme in the UK, an encouraging

ﬁgure which compares favourably to a UK

average of 79%.

1

In other locations, all staff

are enrolled in a government-backed pension

scheme in line with local legislation. In 2023,

the Board approved a switch in its main

pension contribution scheme to a pension

product offering a wider range of beneﬁts to

the majority of our UK workforce. This was

combined with a series of webinars by Legal

& General aimed at providing guidance on

retirement options, leading to a 7% increase in

membership during the year. During the year,

the Company set up a Deﬁned Contribution

Pension Scheme Governance Committee,

chaired by the Group CEO, to ensure, on

behalf of the Board, that the plan remains

suitable overall for the Zotefoams member

base and that it is properly run.

A Care Concierge service that helps staff

understand and ﬁnd later-life care for their

relatives has also been made available.

#### Organisation development

This year, we ran a leadership academy

programme aimed at equipping team leaders

and early entry talent with cross-functional

skills and providing training on developing,

managing and leading individuals and teams

to achieve Zotefoams’ objectives. Managing

change and enhancing stakeholder

relationships are key elements.

We actively manage a pipeline of future talent

supported by the codiﬁcation of knowledge

and processes to support effective

succession planning. As a knowledge-based

business, we attract professionals at the

beginning of their career and recognise that

processes and practices which support

knowledge transfer and cross-skilling are key

to organisational development.

The UK Operations leadership team structure

was updated during the year to augment skills

specialisation in production management. In

the USA, a ﬂatter management structure has

been adopted at operational level to foster

greater engagement with management and

support the strong safety culture in place.

#### People development

One of our culture pillars is that we are a

learning organisation. Zotefoams has always

fostered employee development through a

variety of initiatives to equip them with key

job-related skills aligned with the fulﬁlment

of the Group’s objectives, and we maintained

this approach in 2023.

![]()

75

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

where they can make a signiﬁcant contribution

to our future success, and we are proud of

our programme’s track record of nurturing

versatile talent for Zotefoams’ future.

All participants undertake a programme

tailored to their individual backgrounds and

career aspirations. This comprises several

development roles and involves a blend of

structured learning alongside hands-on

exposure to all major business functions,

providing a broad business perspective whilst

developing the skills required to succeed on

their chosen career path. Our Executive and

senior management teams from across the

business are engaged in supporting the

Scheme and supporting existing graduates

in mentoring newly recruited graduates.

This has ensured the seamless integration

of all 2023 participants into key business

functions including Supply Chain and

Technical Support.

In 2023, we also set out to enhance the public

proﬁle of our programme to ensure that we

are well placed to attract the highest calibre of

graduates each year, despite the challenges

associated with attracting talent to a plastics

industry tarnished by certain misconceptions

and products used for the wrong purpose.

By engaging with current participants and

former programme alumni to identify

opportunities to enhance our approach

to student engagement, we rolled out an

expanded programme of initiatives, such

as participation in career days, providing

coaching to students and supporting the

development of stronger interview skills.

Beyond our UK Graduate Scheme, and as

part of our ongoing efforts to diversify learning

opportunities, we also provide work

experience and internship opportunities at

two of our world-class manufacturing facilities

located in the UK and USA.

#### Health and Safety

#### Board-level accountability

Fostering a safety culture has a positive

impact on risk and performance. Our

approach prioritises health and safety, is

supported by strong leadership and aims to

train employees to develop the tools to

continually improve safety in the working

environment. The Company is certiﬁed to

accredited standard ISO 45001:2018 for

Health and Safety and is subject to a

recertiﬁcation regime requiring two

surveillance audits per annum.

The Board, which has ultimate responsibility

for health and safety policy and performance,

has set a low risk appetite for health and

safety matters, and reviews quarterly reports

on Group health and safety issues. Annual

performance objectives are agreed by the

Board and performance against these is

monitored as part of its quarterly reporting

programme. RIDDORs (lost time accidents

reportable under the Reporting of Injuries,

Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences

Regulations 2013) are recorded immediately

and are subject to a thorough root cause

analysis reviewed by the Board, with

appropriate follow-up actions agreed with

management, both in the UK and in our

overseas locations. Additionally, the Board

has a detailed review of performance, targets,

metrics and approach in health, safety and

environmental matters through monthly

updates.

The Group CEO is directly responsible to the

Board for health and safety performance. All

health and safety matters are overseen by

steering committees, chaired by the Group

CEO (or appropriate senior person in

subsidiary companies). The steering

committees meet quarterly and consider

overall performance and the impact of current

and impending legislation.

I was always interested in planning and industrial processes and in

2018 graduated as an engineer in logistics. Through a variety of

roles, I developed an interest in health and safety. Zotefoams was

the ﬁrst company to offer me a comprehensive training programme

when I joined the business in 2020. Although the pandemic had

started and the health and safety function was under a lot of

pressure, this was a great environment for learning. The Health and

Safety Manager encouraged me to begin a programme of training

with the Institute of Safety and Health, which I followed through to

a NEBOSH qualiﬁcation in Health and Safety, Fire Safety and

Construction. I am passionate about protecting people in the

workplace as I believe that people who feel safe are more

productive and happier. My learning journey continues and in

2024 I plan to study for a NEBOSH Certiﬁcate in Process Safety

Management with the support of Zotefoams.

Patrycja Zerafa

OHSE Coordinator

#### Performance management

Our performance management process

aims to encourage a high level of employee

engagement in the development of their

performance. In the UK, staff competency is

assessed against the competency framework

launched in 2022. The framework was further

developed in 2023 through a roll-out to our

production employees in the UK as well as to

all staff in China and Poland to help identify

training and development opportunities.

Training opportunities are offered to staff as

part of the personal development plan

established through the performance

management process. In addition, all staff

undergo a programme of compliance and

health and safety training commensurate with

their role. All staff are required to acknowledge

that they have read and understand policies

applicable to them, which are translated as

necessary for employees who are not

proﬁcient in English.

#### UK Graduate Scheme

Our dynamic two-year UK Graduate Scheme

continues to play a pivotal role in enhancing

the capacity of our team for the long term by

generating a pipeline of emerging talent who

have a comprehensive understanding of our

business. These strong foundations enable

participants to rapidly accelerate to a position

![]()

76

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Environmental, social and governance (ESG) report

#### Continued

#### Safety leading indicators evolve across the group

Zotefoams has a mature safety culture.

Having reached a high level of staff

engagement by 2020, the Group began to

focus on leading indicators, a

forward-looking metric designed to foster

continuous improvement to help identify

new potential risks and allow for timely

intervention. Since then, a signiﬁcant

increase in safety engagement has been

noted in all our locations, with a more

focused and proactive approach to safety

performance. The consistent improvement

in our DART (Days Away Restricted or

Transferred) and DAFW (Days Away From

Work) metrics reﬂects this work.

9,202 Group-wide safety engagements

were completed in 2023 (2022: 5,000).

#### Focus on health

Employee health and safety issues are

embedded widely in Group activities.

Further details are available on page 77.

Two interactive safety days held in the UK

in 2023, with support from key suppliers in

the ﬁelds of hazard identiﬁcation, wellbeing,

ﬁre safety and protecting the environment,

were attended by over 100 staff members,

and positive feedback was received. Safety

events were also held in Poland and are

planned in the USA in 2024.

Occupational health monitoring in relevant

functions is in place in all manufacturing

facilities.

An employee assistance programme is in

place in our two largest sites in the UK and

the USA, providing staff with conﬁdential

helplines and practical resources to

support their emotional, physical and

ﬁnancial wellbeing. Group-wide, a team of

mental health ﬁrst aiders is available to offer

initial support to employees and to direct

them towards appropriate internal and

external resources.

Also in the UK and USA, webinars and

discussions focused on female and male

health were held throughout the year. A ﬂu

vaccine programme was also continued in

2023.

#### Training and performance

Employees are made aware that each and

every one of them has a part to play in

ensuring their own safety at work and that of

their colleagues. Role-appropriate health and

safety training is provided to each employee

on joining the business and at regular

intervals. Employees are required to report

any unsafe, or potentially unsafe, acts or

conditions and any incident (including near

misses), as well as damage to plant or

equipment which has not resulted in personal

injury. All incidents are investigated by

appropriate levels of management to

ascertain the root cause of the incident and,

wherever possible, working practices and

procedures are improved to minimise the risk

of recurrence. In 2023, there were no

prosecutions, ﬁnes or enforcement actions

taken as a result of non-compliance with

health and safety legislation (2022: none).

#### Controlled substances and high-pressure gas

Few controlled substances are used in the

manufacture of our foams, but where they are,

the Group has established procedures in

which the relevant employees are trained to

ensure safe storage and handling of such

substances, in accordance with regulatory

requirements. The manufacturing process

involves manual handling and processing of

materials; therefore when new or altered

equipment or materials are introduced, and at

regular periods thereafter, the risks to the

processes are assessed and improvements

made wherever possible, such as to the

design of the equipment, to reduce or

eliminate the risks identiﬁed.

The most strictly controlled parts of the

Group’s sites are where high-pressure gas is

used. The high-pressure autoclaves are

subject to the Pressure Systems Safety

Regulations 2000 in the UK, OSHA

(Occupational Safety and Health

Administration) in the USA and the Journal of

Laws of the Republic of Poland, Dz. U. 2022

poz. 68. Tightly deﬁned procedures and

operational controls are in place to manage

the safety of these pressure systems. Fail-safe

mechanisms, known as pressure relief valves

and bursting discs (which act like fuses in an

electrical system), are included in the design

of the pressure systems which, when

triggered, allow safe depressurisation of

sections of the system and prevent any further

risks. Operation of these fail-safe mechanisms

releases harmless nitrogen gas into the

atmosphere.

Safety day 2023, Croydon, UK

![]()

77

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

2023

2022

2021

Industry (latest

published

ﬁgures)

RIDDOR

1

2

0

n/a

DAFW

0.7

0.5

1.2

1.2

DART

0.9

0.5

1.7

2.3

2023

2022

Total Recordable Incident Rate (TRIR)

Direct Employees

1.0

3.1

Contract Employees

0

0

Process Safety Incidents Count

1

2

4

Process Safety Incident Rate

1

0.3

0.7

Process Safety Incident Severity Rate

1

1.0

1.5

Number of transport incidents

1

0

0

Fatality rate

Direct Employees

0

0

Contract Employees

0.0

0.0

1

Tier 1 level incidents.

Topic

Accounting metric

Category

Unit of measure

Code

Supporting disclosure

Workforce

health and

safety

(1) Total recordable incident

rate (TRIR)

(2) Fatality rate for:

(a) direct employees and

(b) contract employees

Quantitative

Rate

RT-CH-320a.1

See Health and safety

performance table on

page 77

Description of efforts to assess,

monitor and reduce exposure of

employees and contract workers

to long-term (chronic) health risks

Discussion

and analysis

n/a

RT-CH-320a.2

We assess all hazards

within all roles and have

a health surveillance

programme based on

higher risk hazards. We

continuously work to

eliminate or mitigate all

risks that could lead to

long-term health risk

Operational

safety,

emergency

preparedness

and response

Process Safety Incidents Count

(PSIC), Process Safety Total

Incident Rate (PSTIR) and

Process Safety Incident

Severity Rate (PSISR)

Quantitative

Number, rate

RT-CH-540a.1

See Health and safety

performance table on

page 77

Number of transport incidents

Quantitative

Number

RT-CH-540a.2

Zotefoams had no

reportable transport

incidents

#### Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB) disclosures

#### Health and safety performance

The primary metric used to monitor the

number of reportable injuries for the Group is

RIDDOR. The Group also uses metrics

devised by the United States Department of

Labor to measure staff absence resulting from

workplace incidents and accidents. This

allows a comparison with a large, relevant

peer group and also provides an established

methodology with which we can benchmark

our performance annually. In 2023, a good

performance continued on DAFW and DART

relative to the latest benchmark data for

Rubber and Plastics Processors. RIDDOR,

DAFW and DART are our primary metrics.

Other metrics are provided below to meet

SASB chemical industry requirements.

In 2023, one RIDDOR incident occurred

across the Group (2022: two).

![]()

#### David Stirling

Group CEO

Appointed

September 1997 (Finance Director)

and May 2000 (Group CEO).

As recently announced, David will

retire at the 2024 AGM.

Skills

Global leadership, strategy and

commercial experience, with

a speciﬁc skillset in intellectual

property, business development,

ﬁnance and manufacturing. He

has over 20 years’ plc board

experience.

Experience

David started his career with

KPMG in Scotland, where

he qualiﬁed as a Chartered

Accountant. He has worked for

Price Waterhouse in the USA and

Poland and for BICC plc. David is

a graduate of Glasgow University

and has an MBA from Warwick

University and an MSc in Finance

from the London Business School.

David is a Fellow of the Institute of

Materials, Minerals and Mining.

External appointments

None

#### Board of Directors

Chair of Committee

A

Member of the

Audit Committee

R

Member of the

Remuneration

Committee

N

Member of the

Nomination

Committee

#### Douglas Robertson

Senior Independent Director

A

N R

Appointed

August 2017

Skills

Extensive multinational

experience in both public and

private companies, strategic

planning, acquisitions and

divestments.

Experience

Doug is a Chartered Accountant

and was Group Finance Director

of SIG plc until his retirement in

January 2017. Prior to joining

SIG, Doug had been Group

Finance Director of Umeco plc

and Seton House Group Limited,

having spent his early career with

Williams plc in a variety of senior

ﬁnancial and business roles.

External appointments

Non-Executive Director, Chair of

the Audit Committee, member

of the Remuneration and

Nomination Committees, HSS

Hire Group plc. Non-Executive

Director, Chair of the Audit

Committee, member of the

Remuneration and Nomination

Committee, Mpac plc.

#### Diverse skills to build strength

#### Lynn Drummond

Non-Executive Chair

N

R

Appointed

January 2023

Skills

Experienced Chair and Non-

Executive Director, with signiﬁcant

expertise in banking and the

healthcare sector.

Experience

Lynn worked in the Cabinet Ofﬁce

in London as Private Secretary to

the Chief Scientiﬁc Adviser before

spending 16 years as a Managing

Director in Investment Banking for

Rothschild & Co. She has held non-

executive directorships at Venture

Life Group plc, RPC Group plc,

Inﬁrst Healthcare, Shield Holdings

AG, Allocate Software plc, Consort

Medical plc and Alimentary Health

Ireland. She has also been Chairman

of Trustees for Breast Cancer Haven

and was a member of the University

of Cambridge Centre for Science

and Policy Development Group.

Lynn holds a Bachelor of Science

Degree in Chemistry from the

University of Glasgow and a PhD in

Biochemistry from the University of

London. She is a Fellow of the Royal

Society of Chemistry and a Fellow of

the Royal Society of Edinburgh.

External appointments

Chair and Pro-Chancellor of the

University of Hertfordshire. Non-

Executive Director of Stevenage

Bioscience Catalyst. Board mentor

for Criticaleye.

78

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

![]()

#### Gary McGrath

Group CFO

Appointed

December 2015 (Executive

Director) and February 2016

(Group CFO)

Skills

Diverse international experience

across a range of manufacturing

businesses. He has a track record

of building world-class ﬁnance

organisations and delivering

commercial ﬁnance support and

effective control environments

to achieve board strategies.

Experience

Gary is a Chartered Accountant,

qualifying with Arthur Andersen.

He spent 11 years with RMC

Group plc before joining Koch

Industries Inc, where he spent

several years in various positions,

including Global Finance Director

of INVISTA Apparel and EMEA

Vice President of Finance,

Planning and Analysis at Georgia

Paciﬁc. Before joining Zotefoams,

Gary was CFO of GC Aesthetics

Limited. He has worked across

public, private and private equity

environments in the UK, Belgium,

Germany, the USA and the

Republic of Ireland.

External appointments

None

#### Jonathan Carling

Non-Executive Director

A N R

Appointed

January 2018

Skills

Extensive engineering,

manufacturing, operational

and business experience at

board level, having led the

development and production

of a number of luxury cars and

aero engines.

Experience

Jonathan was previously

the CEO of Tokamak Energy

Limited, a technology business

developing a faster route to

fusion power, COO for Civil

Large Engines at Rolls-Royce

plc, COO at Aston Martin

Lagonda Limited, and Chief

Engineer with Jaguar Land

Rover Limited. Jonathan

has extensive engineering,

operational and business

experience. He was also a

Non-Executive Director of

Aga Rangemaster Group plc

between 2011 and 2015.

External appointments

None

#### Catherine Wall

Non-Executive Director

A N R

Appointed

May 2020

Skills

Skilled independent Chair and

Non-Executive Director for

private equity owned, quoted

and family companies. Sectors:

industrials, business services,

consumer.

Experience

Catherine has 30 years’

experience in the private

equity industry, primarily with

Equistone Partners Europe,

where she led numerous

management buy-outs and later

became UK Portfolio Partner

supervising the management

of all the business’s UK

investments. Catherine also

has extensive industrial markets

and Non-Executive Director

experience, working with

and helping develop many

management teams to deliver

ambitious growth plans.

External appointments

Trustee of City of Birmingham

Symphony Orchestra.

#### Malcolm Swift

Non-Executive Director

A N

R

Appointed

September 2023

Skills

Experienced Non-Executive

Director with signiﬁcant expertise in

global consumer and B2B markets

and international joint venture

boards.

Experience

Malcolm brings a global business

perspective acquired over a 30-

year career. He was an Executive

Committee member of McCormick

& Co Inc, where his executive

positions included President,

Global Flavour Solutions, and Chief

Administration Ofﬁcer. From 2017

to 2023, he was a Non-Executive

Director and, from 2019, Chair of

the Remuneration Committee of

Devro plc, and prior to this a Non-

Executive Director of Stolt Sea

Farm Holdings plc.

External appointments

Non-Executive Director of

NovaTaste Group, Board

adviser to Nactarome S.p.A.,

President of the European

Brands Association, Chair of

Governors at Caldicott School,

Buckinghamshire.

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

79

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

![]()

80

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Dear Shareholder

The Board recognises the importance of being a

well-managed business in the interests of our

shareholders and stakeholders. Sound

governance principles must permeate the entire

organisation, providing a fundamental underpin

to the process of value creation, value protection

and value preservation. Governance drives the

quality of decision-making that will help

Zotefoams achieve its strategic objectives more

efﬁciently and effectively.

Throughout the year, the Board has remained

committed to the Group’s strategy and

continued alignment with its purpose of

providing ‘optimal material solutions for the

beneﬁt of society’.

The Board has a detailed programme of

activities ensuring that operational and ﬁnancial

performance, risk, governance, strategy, culture

and stakeholder matters are discussed

frequently and supporting Directors’ oversight

and understanding. This ensures that the

Board’s discussions and decisions are

appropriate for the business, our stakeholders

and the markets in which we operate.

Strategy sessions, at which members of the

Executive team present on each of our global

business areas, as well as participate in broader

longer-term considerations impacting the Group,

are held annually. This is in addition to business

unit reviews which are led by the relevant

Executive team member. The aim is to better

understand market trends, technology

development, our place in the lower-carbon

economy and people strategies. The culture,

diversity and inclusion supporting the long-term

planning and strategic direction of the Group are

also explored during these sessions.

Key areas covered by the Board in 2023

included:

X

overseeing Board changes (Chair,

Remuneration Committee Chair and a CEO

search process)

X

approval of capital expenditure for a new

low-pressure vessel to increase expansion

capacity in Walton, USA

X

approval of a supply agreement extension with

Nike to 2029 in continuance of a partnership

started in 2018 on footwear products

X

continued tracking of progress with ReZorce

®

mono-material barrier packaging and the

appetite to invest behind it

X

embarking on a process to identify

opportunities and risks arising from Artiﬁcial

Intelligence (AI).

Further details may be found in our S172(1)

statement on

pages 61 to 63

and in our Strategic

Report on

pages 1 to 77.

I am pleased to present the report on corporate

governance on behalf of the Board.

Key performance indicators

Governance

The business is managed in line with our risk

management framework on page 47. The

Company complies with the requirements of the

UK Corporate Governance Code and has due

regard to best practice in governance matters.

Accreditations

The Company is certiﬁed to ISO 14001:2015

(Environmental Management), ISO 45001:2018

(Occupational Health and Safety), ISO 9001:2015

(Quality Management), and from 2024 ISO

27001:2022 (Information Security Management).

We follow ISO 14021:2016 when making

environmental claims and have taken steps

to gain independent accreditation for these.

Further details are provided in our Environment

section on pages 67 to 69. The Cyber Essentials

Plus certiﬁcation, an in-depth and thorough

independent assessment of our IT systems,

was re-awarded in 2023.

Policies

The Company has in place a wide range of

ethical and control policies. Further details are

provided in our Social section on pages 70 to 77

and our Environment section on pages 67 to 69.

Statement of compliance with the 2018

UK Corporate Governance Code

Throughout the ﬁnancial year ended

31 December 2023, the Board has considered

the contents and requirements of the Code

and conﬁrms that the Group has been compliant

with the provisions of the Code.

The Code can be downloaded here

https://bit.ly/2AKGqTm

Further details are provided in this report,

the Board Committee reports and the

Directors’ report that follow on

pages 83 to 106.

The disclosures required by Disclosure and

Transparency Rules DTR 7.2.6R have been

provided in the Directors’ report.

Roles and responsibilities

The Board’s role is to provide entrepreneurial

leadership of the Group within a framework of

prudent and effective controls that enable risk to

be assessed and managed. The Board sets the

strategic aims of the Group, ensures that the

necessary resources are in place to achieve the

Group’s objectives and reviews management

performance. The Board acts as the

representative of the shareholders and other

stakeholders and focuses on the governance

of the Group. Management is delegated to the

Executive Directors and Executive team.

As part of their role as members of a unitary

Board, the Non-Executive Directors

constructively challenge and develop proposals

on strategy. The Non-Executive Directors

scrutinise the performance of management

in meeting agreed goals and objectives and

monitor the reporting of performance. They

satisfy themselves on the integrity of ﬁnancial

information and that ﬁnancial controls and

systems of risk management are robust and

defensible. They are responsible for determining

appropriate levels of remuneration for the

Executive Directors and have a prime role in

appointing and, where necessary, removing

Executive Directors and in succession planning.

Three principal Committees report into the

Board, functioning within deﬁned Terms of

Reference. These are the Audit, Remuneration

and Nomination Committees. The Terms of

Reference for these Committees are available on

the Group’s website:

https://zote.info/3ESyJZy

The Board has put in place a schedule of

matters that are reserved for its determination

or which need to be reported to the Board. This

schedule is reviewed regularly and was last

updated in June 2022.

The Chair is responsible for the leadership of the

Board, ensuring its effectiveness on all aspects

of its role and setting its agenda. The Chair is

also responsible for ensuring that the Directors

receive accurate, timely and clear information.

The Chair facilitates the effective contribution of

the Non-Executive Directors and ensures

constructive engagement between Executive

and Non-Executive Directors.

The Board considers that L Drummond has

sufﬁcient time to devote to her role as Chair

of the Company. L Drummond is currently

Chair and Pro-Chancellor of the University of

Hertfordshire and a Non-Executive Director

of Stevenage Bioscience Catalyst.

The Group CEO is responsible for the running

of the Group’s business. He is supported by

the Group CFO and the Executive team.

Composition and diversity

The Board and its committees acknowledge the

beneﬁts of diversity, including that of gender and

ethnicity, and are committed to setting an

appropriate ‘tone from the top’ in such matters.

The Board’s Diversity Policy reﬂects its aspiration

to meet the following thresholds:

X

at least 40% women on the Board

X

at least one of the senior Board positions

(Chair, Chief Executive, Chief Financial Ofﬁcer

or Senior Independent Director) is a woman

X

at least one director from a non-white

minority-ethnic background.

It is acknowledged that, in periods of Board

change, there may be times when these

thresholds are not maintained.

#### Corporate governance

#### Committed to the highest standards of corporate governance

![]()

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

81

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

The Board’s female membership was increased

to 43% in May 2023 following the appointment of

L Drummond as Chair, which also allowed us to

make progress toward the additional target of

having at least one senior Board position held by

a woman. It returned to the previous level of 29%

following the resignation of A Fielding in

September 2023.

The Board Diversity Policy informed the process

followed by the Nomination Committee in relation

to Board changes in 2023. The policy is mirrored

in Zotefoams’ wider recruitment strategy and is

having a positive impact on the talent pipeline in

what has historically been a male-dominated

industry. More details can be found in our Social

section on pages 70 to 77, and in our Nomination

Committee report on pages 87 to 89.

The Board members have gained their business

experience across a broad range of industries,

covering industrial, engineering, energy,

education, medical, food, intellectual property

and ﬁnancial services, which results in signiﬁcant

collective knowledge of business practices and a

high degree of international exposure. The Board

also beneﬁts from the broad cultural, educational

and professional backgrounds of its members.

The structure, diversity and composition of the

Board remain under review to ensure that we

have the appropriate mix of skills and experience

to best serve a dynamic, growing international

company.

As at 31 December 2023, the Board comprised

two Executive Directors, four independent

Non-Executive Directors and the independent

Non-Executive Chair. L Drummond was

appointed to the Board on 17 January 2023 as

Non-Executive Director and Chair Designate and

became Chair on 24 May 2023. D Robertson

was appointed Senior Independent Director at

the AGM held on 16 May 2018. The Board

considers D Robertson to be independent.

L Drummond is also Chair of the Nomination

Committee and a member of the Remuneration

Committee. Only the respective Committee

Chairs and members are entitled to be present

at meetings of the Remuneration, Audit and

Nomination Committees, but others may attend

at the invitation of the Committee Chair. During

the year, the Chair met with the Non-Executive

Directors regularly without the Executive

Directors present and the Non-Executive

Directors met without the Chair present to carry

out a review of the Chair’s performance, in line

with the principles of the Code.

The Directors’ tenures are as follows:

Tenure and attendance

Director

Tenure at 31 December 2023

J Carling

6 years and 0 months

L Drummond

1 year and 0 months

G McGrath

8 years and 1 month

D Robertson

6 years and 4 months

D Stirling

26 years and 4 months

M Swift

5

0 years and 3 months

C Wall

3 years and 7 months

Evaluation and development

A formal review of the performance of the Board

and its Committees is carried out each year. The

review of the Chair’s performance is led by the

Senior Independent Director, together with the

other Non-Executive Directors in consultation

with the Executive Directors. The other

Non-Executive Directors’ performance is

evaluated by the Chair in consultation with the

Executive Directors. The Executive team’s

performance is evaluated by the Remuneration

Committee in conjunction with the Group CEO

(except in the case of the Group CEO, when the

Group CEO is not present).

The Directors’ attendance at meetings of the Board and Committees is as follows:

Attendance at meeting

Board

meetings

Audit Committee

meetings

Remuneration Committee

meetings

Nomination Committee

meetings

Eligible

Attended

Eligible

Attended

Eligible

Attended

Eligible

Attended

J Carling

1

13

12

4

4

3

3

4

4

L Drummond

2

13

13

1

1

3

3

4

4

A Fielding

3

9

9

2

2

2

2

3

2

S Good

4

5

5

–

–

2

2

1

1

G McGrath

13

13

–

–

–

–

–

–

D Robertson

13

13

4

4

3

3

4

4

D Stirling

13

13

–

–

–

–

–

–

M Swift

5

4

4

2

2

1

1

1

1

C Wall

13

13

4

4

3

3

4

4

1

J Carling’s absence from a Board meeting was due to attending a funeral.

2

L Drummond was appointed Non-Executive Director and Chair Designate on 17 January 2023 and Chair on 24 May 2023. From the date of her appointment as Chair, she ceased to be a member

of the Audit Committee and thus was no longer eligible to attend its meetings.

3

A Fielding, who joined the Board in May 2020, resigned as Non-Executive Director on 29 September 2023. Her absence from a Nomination Committee meeting was due to sickness.

4

S Good, who joined the Board in October 2014, resigned as Chair on 24 May 2023.

5

M Swift was appointed Non-Executive Director on 29 September 2023.

Having considered the merits of retaining the

services of an external facilitator, the Board

concluded that, given the Group’s size, the

Board’s needs and the recent appointment of a

new Chair, more beneﬁt would be derived from

carrying out a fully facilitated Board evaluation in

2024.

Further details of the 2023 Board evaluation may

be found in our Nomination Committee report on

pages 87 to 89.

The review conﬁrmed that the Board and its

Committees remained effective and continued to

fulﬁl their remit, that the matters reserved for the

Board were up to date and that appropriate

Committees’ Terms of Reference were in place.

All Directors contributed effectively and provided

appropriate commitment to their role.

The Board considers that it is functioning well

and that its current composition contains an

appropriate balance and diversity of views,

qualiﬁcations, skills, experience and personal

attributes necessary to carry out its duties and

responsibilities.

Each month, all Directors receive management

reports and brieﬁng papers in relation to Board

matters in a timely manner to ensure that they

have due time to consider the information and

act accordingly. New appointments to the Board

receive an induction and, where appropriate,

training. The Directors have access to the

Company Secretary and independent

professional advisers, at the Group’s expense,

if required for the furtherance of their duties.

The Directors also undertake continuing

professional development activities through the

year to support development areas identiﬁed

through the Board evaluation process as well

as to keep themselves up to date with evolving

rules, regulations and guidance.

![]()

82

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Relations with shareholders

Our communication strategy with shareholders

is guided by the principle of effective and

transparent engagement.

Meetings with institutional shareholders are

usually held twice a year following the

announcement of the Group’s interim and

preliminary results, in August and March

respectively. Other meetings are held at

institutional shareholders’ request. In 2023, these

meetings continued to be held, with a mix of

in-person and virtually. To ensure that the Board,

particularly the Non-Executive Directors,

understands the views of the shareholders, the

Group’s corporate brokers provide summary

feedback from the investor meetings, in

particular from the meetings held following the

interim and preliminary results announcements.

The Chair and the Senior Independent Director,

as well as the other Non-Executive Directors, are

available to meet institutional shareholders if

requested. Our new Chair, L Drummond, was

introduced to key institutional shareholders and

took part in an online presentation held after the

2023 Annual General Meeting. The Chair and the

Group CEO also made themselves available to

shareholders on 7 November 2023 following the

announcement of a Group CEO succession

process being initiated. During the year, the

Company increased the number of Regulatory

News Services announcements to keep

shareholders abreast of developments within

the business, including the extension of an

exclusivity agreement with Nike to December

2029, a new joint development agreement and

a Best Recycled Plastic Product of the Year

award in relation to ReZorce

®

mono-material

barrier packaging. In Q1 2024, our MSCI ESG

rating assessment improved from AA to AAA.

The Board also recognises the importance

of engaging with individual shareholders, and

the Executive Directors continue to hold

presentations through the Investor Meet

Company digital platform at least twice per year.

The platform provides individual investors with

the same opportunity for two-way engagement

as institutional investors through live, interactive

presentations as part of the investor roadshows.

A shareholder consultation on the proposals for

the Remuneration Policy adopted at the 2023

AGM was held in 2022 and early 2023. This

included an outline of the proposals being sent

to the top 20 shareholders of the business who

at the time accounted for 78% of the shareholder

base, and subsequent engagement by

telephone or through online meetings, with

feedback being taken into account to ensure

that the proposals were fully aligned with

shareholders’ expectations. Further details are

provided in the 2022 Directors’ Remuneration

report on pages 88 to 109. The new Directors’

Remuneration Policy was approved by 95.27%

of votes cast.

The Annual Report, the AGM, the corporate

website www.zotefoams.com and social media

channels also support communication with

investors. The Chairs of the Board Committees

will normally be available at the AGM to answer

questions.

Internal control

Internal control framework

In compliance with the UK Corporate Governance

Code, the Board monitors the Group’s risk

management and internal control systems and, at

least annually, reviews their effectiveness. The

Board’s monitoring covers all controls, including

ﬁnancial, operational and compliance controls.

Bi-annually, the effectiveness and the outputs of

the risk management framework, as documented

on pages 45 to 47 of the Risk management and

principal risks section of this Annual Report, are

reviewed. This is based principally on reviewing

reports from management and the Internal

Controls Committee to consider whether

signiﬁcant and emerging risks are identiﬁed,

evaluated, managed and controlled, and whether

any signiﬁcant weaknesses are promptly

remedied. The Board, via the Audit Committee,

also sets a rolling three-year, risk-based, internal

audit plan and reviews the actions and closure of

report ﬁndings. Annually, the Board receives a

report from management on the key ﬁnancial

policies, processes and controls in place for the

purpose of preparing the consolidated ﬁnancial

statements and reviews their effectiveness.

The Audit Committee assists the Board in

discharging its review responsibilities.

During the course of its review of the internal

control framework and the principal risks facing

the Group, the Board did not identify, nor was

it advised of, any failings or weaknesses it

determined to be signiﬁcant. Therefore, a

conﬁrmation in respect of necessary actions

has not been considered appropriate.

Key elements of the Group’s internal control

framework are listed below.

Control environment

The Group has an appropriate organisational

structure for planning, executing, controlling and

monitoring business operations in order to

achieve Group objectives. Overall business

objectives are set by the Board and

communicated through the organisation. Lines of

responsibility and delegations of authority are

clearly documented. The Group’s ERP IT system

is ﬁt for purpose, well maintained and used

whenever possible to automate controls, including

the effective application of segregation of duties.

Control procedures

The Group has implemented control procedures

designed to ensure complete and accurate

accounting for ﬁnancial transactions and to limit

the potential exposure to loss of assets or fraud.

Measures taken include physical controls,

segregation of duties, ﬁnancial authority levels

and reviews by management, the Internal Auditor

and the External Auditor. The effectiveness of

these control procedures is tested by the

Group’s Internal Controls Committee (which is

chaired by the Group CEO), the Audit Committee

and the Board.

A process of control self-assessment and

hierarchical reporting has been established, which

provides for a documented and auditable trail of

accountability. These procedures are relevant

across the Group and provide for successive

assurances to be given at increasingly higher

levels of management and, ﬁnally, to the Board.

Planned corrective actions are independently

monitored for timely completion.

Risk management

Group management is responsible for the

identiﬁcation and evaluation of key risks

applicable to its areas of business. These risks

are assessed on a continual basis and may be

associated with a variety of internal or external

sources.

The Group’s risk management framework is

detailed on page 47.

Monitoring and corrective action

There are clear and consistent procedures in

place for monitoring the system of internal

ﬁnancial and non-ﬁnancial controls. The Audit

Committee normally meets not less than three

times a year and, within its remit, reviews the

effectiveness of the Group’s system of internal

ﬁnancial controls. The Committee receives

reports from the External Auditor, Internal Auditor

and management.

Non-ﬁnancial controls are reviewed regularly

by executive management, which reports any

issues and corrective actions taken.

Information and communication with the Board

The annual budget and quarterly forecast

updates are a key part of the planning and

performance management process and the

Board reviews performance against these. In

addition, the Board receives monthly

management reports, which highlight ﬁnancial

results, performance against key performance

indicators and signiﬁcant activities and matters

of note during the month under review.

Through these mechanisms, the performance

of the Group is regularly monitored, risks are

identiﬁed in a timely manner, their ﬁnancial

implications assessed, control procedures

evaluated, and corrective actions agreed

and implemented.

Accountability

The Board acknowledges its responsibility to

give a fair, balanced and understandable view

of the ﬁnancial position and future prospects

of the business. On behalf of the Board, and

at the recommendation of the Audit Committee,

I conﬁrm we believe that the 2023 Annual Report

presents a fair, balanced and understandable

assessment of the Group’s position, its

performance and its prospects, as well as

of its business model and strategy.

Annual General Meeting

Our AGM will be held at our UK foam

manufacturing facility. Attendees will have the

opportunity to meet the Board informally and

ask questions. Further information is provided

in our Notice of the 2024 AGM. In addition,

a separate virtual presentation, open to all

existing shareholders and other stakeholders,

will take place after the AGM on the Investor

Meet Company platform:

https://www.

investormeetcompany.com/register-investor

The Directors and I look forward to welcoming

shareholders to the AGM.

#### L Drummond

Chair

5 April 2024

#### Corporate governance

#### Continued

![]()

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

83

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Dear Shareholder

The Audit Committee has reviewed the contents

of the 2023 Annual Report and advised the

Board that it considers the Report to be fair,

balanced and understandable and provides the

information necessary for shareholders to

assess the Group’s position and performance,

business model and strategy.

The Committee remains responsible for keeping

under review the adequacy and effectiveness of

the Group’s internal controls and risk

management systems.

Financial performance

During 2023, the Committee was focused on

matters relating to maintaining the Group’s

strong ﬁnancial performance in a robust control

environment.

Proﬁtability in the foams business, which

comprises our Polyoleﬁn Foams and

High-Performance Products (HPP) business

units, increased by 22% to £17.2m (2022:

£14.1m) as a result of customer pricing

management in the Polyoleﬁn Foams business,

continued faster growth in HPP and operational

efﬁciency improvements. This was partly offset

by increased losses in the MuCell Extrusion LLC

(MEL) business of £4.4m (2022: £1.9m), and

further capitalisation of development costs and

some equipment, amounting to £2.5m (2022:

£1.4m) as focus continued on the development

of ReZorce

®

mono-material barrier packaging,

resulting in a net increase in Group proﬁt before

tax of 5% to £12.8m (2022: £12.2m) on similar

revenues. Future capacity requirements were

also considered and, in response to increasing

opportunities in the USA, the Board approved a

signiﬁcant capital investment of approximately

£10m to fund further development of its foam

manufacturing site in Kentucky, USA, with

investment in a second low-pressure autoclave

and increased warehouse space.

MuCell Extrusion LLC (MEL) carrying value

MEL’s carrying value remained an important area

of judgement in 2023. Having engaged regularly

during the year on progress of the ReZorce

®

mono-material barrier packaging opportunity

via the Board, the Committee challenged

management to conﬁrm that its annual

assessment of the impairment value of intangible

assets was fair and reasonable. The Committee

noted the favourable opinion from the External

Auditor, who had gained comfort on the

recoverable value of the assets by reviewing and

testing the inputs and assumptions used in

management’s value-in-use model, together with

assessing the progress achieved during the year,

including the securing of a joint development

agreement and ongoing effective collaboration

with a globally recognised beverage packager,

the technological advancements achieved, the

anticipated timeline to in-market trials with a

reputable supermarket chain in northern Europe,

the estimated market size, the ability to secure

interest from future potential customers and the

plans for commercialisation of the proposition.

Taking the External Auditor assessment, and

drawing on its own investigations and analysis,

the Committee also concluded that there was no

impairment as at 31 December 2023.

Furthermore, the Committee noted that the

challenges inherent in running a start-up

proposition such as ReZorce alongside an

established business such as the Zotefoams

autoclave technology business created a speciﬁc

set of risks that were being well managed. It also

noted how the recruitment of a C-Suite level

ﬁnance resource towards the end of 2023 had

augmented managerial capability within MEL.

Internal controls

Based on its continued assessment of the

risks facing the business, the Audit Committee

maintained its focus on internal controls in 2023.

As part of a planned three-year project led by

a fully dedicated and newly recruited internal

controls manager, internal ﬁnancial controls on

the key transactional processes in the UK were

fully documented, and testing commenced.

Testing will become continuous, in addition to an

extension of the documentation and testing of

the internal controls to other Group legal entities.

Policies and ﬁnancial authorities lists were also

reviewed, tested and updated where required.

The internal controls manager presented his plan

and progress at two Audit Committee meetings

during the year.

The Committee noted that an effective and

well-embedded risk management process

remained in place. Zotefoams employees derive

great beneﬁt from the process, which provides

a mechanism for identifying and managing risks

that allows everyone to understand their place

in supporting the Group to achieve its strategic

and operational objectives. The Committee

challenged management to ﬁnd ways to improve

the effectiveness of this process further. This

was followed in Zotefoams Inc, resulting in a

signiﬁcant improvement in the risk and control

identiﬁcation and risk mitigation activities in the

USA and subsequently an increased

engagement by functional managers.

As introduced the previous year, the Committee

received a report from the Group Financial

Controller on the accounting matters that

arose for the year ended 31 December 2023

on ﬁnancial processes controls and received

conﬁrmation that, in their opinion, there were

no accounting issues of a material nature within

the Group’s consolidated ﬁnancial statements,

and that they reﬂect a true and fair view of the

Group’s ﬁnancial performance for the year and

position for the year ended 31 December 2023.

It also received a report from the Group Financial

Controller detailing the main features of the

Group’s internal control and risk management

systems in relation to the process of preparing

consolidated accounts, and received and

accepted their conclusion that the systems are

appropriate for an organisation of the size and

resources of Zotefoams.

During the year, the Committee monitored

the consultation by the UK’s Department for

Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy on

reforms to audit and corporate governance and

satisﬁed itself that adequate measures are in

place to ensure that the Group will be prepared

for the implementation of any enhanced

requirement imposed by regulation from 2025.

Internal audit

The enhanced internal audit plan approved in

2022 was reviewed and updated by the

Committee during the year to reﬂect the

increased operational importance of

subsidiaries. The following internal audits were

carried out in 2023:

X

data privacy controls: the review assessed

data protection controls for operations in

the UK, Poland and USA. It established that

Zotefoams has embedded the key elements

supporting data protection compliance and

developed processes and controls to manage

risks around data protection, achieving broad

compliance with data privacy legislation.

Minor documentation upgrades identiﬁed by

the Internal Auditor to align with best practice

and further mitigate risk have been completed

during the year. Zotefoams’ personal data

processing is primarily centred around HR

records

X

HR processes for onboarding new staff and

dealing with job changes and departures in

the UK: the audit identiﬁed that the HR team is

focused on supporting management in people

activities, with a need to evolve toward more

strategic support of the business by utilising

technology enhancements and increasing the

use of process automation. Work is under way

to assess how best to progress the actions.

The majority of ﬁndings were ranked medium

or low, with appropriate management actions

planned or implemented during the year to

mitigate the issues identiﬁed, none of which

were material.

#### Audit Committee report

#### Focus on internal controls

![]()

84

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

As mentioned in the 2022 Annual Report, an

internal audit on the processes and controls in

place for the effective governance of contracts,

covering the UK and the USA, was initiated

towards the end of 2022 and the Committee

reviewed the ﬁndings in Q1 2023. Progress on

actions that mostly focused on formalising policy

and processes through effective documentation,

as well as ensuring that best practice and

processes in the UK were replicated in the USA,

was monitored by the Committee during the

year. The Committee will continue to keep under

review and assess the continued independence

and effectiveness of the internal audit function

in 2024.

Payment practices reporting

Zotefoams plc’s payment performance

continues to be better than the UK’s standard of

37 days (per the Small Business Commissioner,

an independent public body set up by the

Government under the Enterprise Act 2016 to

tackle late payment and unfavourable payment

practices in the private sector). Invoices are now

paid on average within 27 days of issue. Given

the importance of maintaining good relationships

with suppliers, the Committee extended this

review in 2023 to cover payment practices in

Poland and China and requested that statistics

for these subsidiaries continue to be monitored

to ensure that they align with local standards.

The Committee noted draft regulations aimed at

extending and strengthening the Reporting on

Payment Practices and Performance

Regulations 2017, including the introduction of

value metrics and comparable sector data, and

remains conﬁdent that the Company will

continue to perform well against these criteria.

Non-audit services

The Committee carried out its required triennial

review of the Non-Audit Services Policy ﬁrst

adopted in 2020. The policy prohibits the

provision of non-audit services by the External

Auditor without the prior approval of the

Committee, which will only be granted in

compliance with the latest Financial Reporting

Council (FRC) Revised Ethical Standard.

Annually, the Group CFO provides an

assessment of compliance with this Policy that

summarises for the Committee all audit ﬁrms

used during the year, in order to be aware of

potential tender restrictions and ensure that the

Group maintains sufﬁcient options to permit

a competitive tender should one become

necessary. Any engagement of ﬁnancial

advisers, who otherwise provide external audit

services, must be approved by the Group CFO.

This includes appointments by the Board and

its committees. After due consideration, the

Committee re-approved the Policy for the next

three years.

The Committee’s responsibilities

In the discharge of its duties, the Committee

has given due consideration to all relevant laws

and regulations including the provisions of the

UK Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”),

the FRC Guidance to Audit Committees, the

requirements of the UK Listing Authority’s Listing

Rules and the Prospectus and Disclosure and

Transparency Rules (DTRs).

The Committee continues to fulﬁl a key role in the

Group’s governance framework, providing

valuable independent challenge and oversight

across the Group’s ﬁnancial reporting and

internal control procedures. In a rapidly evolving

climate, it seeks to ensure that shareholders’

long-term interests are protected and that

long-term value is created.

As a result of its work during the year, the Audit

Committee has concluded that it has acted in

accordance with its Terms of Reference and has

assessed satisfactorily the independence and

objectivity of the External Auditor. I am available

to answer any questions you may have about the

work of the Committee. Please contact the

Company Secretary in this regard.

#### D G Robertson

Chair of the Audit Committee

5 April 2024

Summary of the role of the

Audit Committee

The main responsibilities of the

Audit Committee are:

X

to monitor signiﬁcant ﬁnancial reporting

issues and judgements and the clarity

and completeness of disclosures made

in connection with the preparation of the

Group’s and Company’s ﬁnancial statements,

assumptions for the going concern and

viability statements, interim reports,

preliminary announcements and related

formal statements, including any matters

which the External Auditor may wish to raise;

where the Committee is not satisﬁed with any

aspect of the proposed ﬁnancial reporting by

the Company, it shall report its views to the

Board

X

to review and challenge, where necessary: the

application of signiﬁcant accounting policies

and any changes to them; the methods

used to account for signiﬁcant or unusual

transactions where different approaches are

possible; whether the Group has adopted

appropriate accounting policies and made

appropriate estimates and judgements,

taking into account the External Auditor’s

views on the ﬁnancial statements; and the

clarity and completeness of disclosures in the

ﬁnancial statements and the context in which

statements are made

X

to review on behalf of the Board the integrity

of the Group’s internal ﬁnancial controls

and assess the scope and effectiveness of

the systems established by management

to identify, assess, manage and monitor

ﬁnancial and non-ﬁnancial risks and make

recommendations to the Board

X

to keep under review the adequacy and

effectiveness of the Group’s internal ﬁnancial

controls and internal control and risk

management systems

X

to review the Group’s systems and controls for

the prevention of bribery and receive reports

on non-compliance

X

to review the adequacy and security of the

Group’s arrangements for its employees,

contractors and external parties to raise

concerns, in conﬁdence, about possible

wrongdoing in ﬁnancial reporting or other

matters

X

to review the Group’s procedures for detecting

fraud

X

to consider and approve the remit of the

internal audit function and ensure that it has

adequate resources and appropriate access

to information to enable it to perform its

function effectively and in accordance with

the relevant professional standards, free from

management or other restrictions

X

to review and approve the terms of

engagement of the External Auditor, including

any engagement letter issued at the start of

each external audit and the scope of any audit

before it begins

#### Audit Committee report

#### Continued

![]()

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

85

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

X

to assess annually the qualiﬁcation, skills

and resources, effectiveness, objectivity and

independence of the External Auditor

X

to ensure that the annual report includes

disclosures in line with the Financial Conduct

Authority (FCA) listing rule LR 9.8.6 R(8), which

implements the recommendations of the Task

Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures

(TCFD)

X

to review tri-annually a policy in relation to the

provision of non-audit services by the External

Auditor and the approval by the Committee

of such services; this policy serves two

purposes: to avoid any threat to the External

Auditor’s objectivity and independence and

the impact that such services could have on

the audited ﬁnancial statements, while taking

into account any relevant ethical guidance

on the matter; and to ensure that the Group

maintains sufﬁcient options to permit a

competitive tender should one become

necessary

X

to report to the Board on how it has

discharged its responsibilities, including

making recommendations, when necessary,

on any actions or improvements required.

The Audit Committee’s Terms of Reference,

which are available on the Group’s website,

include all matters indicated by the Disclosure

and Transparency Rule 7.1 and the UK Corporate

Governance Code. The Terms of Reference are

reviewed annually by the Audit Committee to

ensure that they remain appropriate and reﬂect

current best practice. The Terms of Reference

were last reviewed in August 2023.

Composition of the Audit Committee

In line with the Code, the Committee comprises

the four independent Non-Executive Directors

and excludes the Company Chair.

The members of the Audit Committee on

31 December 2023 were D Robertson (Chair),

J Carling, M Swift (appointed in September

2023) and C Wall.

Their biographies can be found on

pages

78 and 79.

A Fielding, who was a Director and

member of the Committee during the year,

resigned on 29 September 2023.

D Robertson is a Fellow of the Institute of

Chartered Accountants of England and Wales

and was Group Finance Director of SIG plc until

January 2017, having previously held that

position at both Umeco plc and Seton House

Group Limited. In the opinion of the Board, D

Robertson has signiﬁcant, recent and relevant

ﬁnancial experience to fulﬁl the requirements of

the role. All current members of the Audit

Committee have held, or currently hold,

board-level positions in manufacturing industries

with international reach.

The Audit Committee’s membership, as a whole,

has competence relevant to the sector in which

the Group operates and is able to function

effectively with the appropriate degree of

challenge.

Meetings

The Audit Committee has a planned calendar,

linked to events in the Group’s ﬁnancial calendar.

The Audit Committee met four times in 2023.

Further details may be found on page 81.

The Company Secretary acts as secretary to the

Audit Committee. The Company Chair, Group

CEO, Group CFO, Group Financial Controller

and senior representatives of the External

Auditor and Internal Auditor are invited to attend

relevant meetings of the Committee, although

the Committee reserves the right to request any

of these individuals to withdraw. At each

meeting, the External Auditor is given the

opportunity to raise matters without

management being present. Other senior

managers may be invited to present such

reports as are required for the Committee to

discharge its duties. During the year, on an

informal basis, the Audit Committee Chair liaises

with senior representatives of both the External

Auditor and Internal Auditor to discuss matters

outside the formal Committee meetings.

Overview of the actions taken by the

Audit Committee to discharge its duties

Since the beginning of 2023, the Audit

Committee has:

X

reviewed the ﬁnancial statements in the 2022

Annual Report, including the going concern

and viability statements and the stress-testing

of the viability statement, and received the

External Auditor’s report on the 2022 Annual

Report

X

satisﬁed itself that the European Single

Electronic Format (ESEF) requirements

applicable to consolidated primary ﬁnancial

statements for ﬁnancial periods beginning

1 January 2021 have been integrated into

the Annual Report planning and appropriate

testing had been carried out in anticipation

of the 2023 Annual Report’s publication;

the Audit Committee also conﬁrmed with

the External Auditor that there was no UK

requirement for them to audit the ESEF format

X

reviewed the Interim Report issued in August

2023 and received the report from the

External Auditor on its review of the Interim

Report

X

reviewed and approved an updated three-year

rolling internal audit programme, agreed a

programme of work for 2023 to be performed

by the Internal Auditor and received the

Internal Auditor’s reports on the work

undertaken and management’s responses to

the recommendations therein

X

reviewed and agreed the scope of the audit

work to be undertaken by the External Auditor

X

agreed the fees to be paid to the External

Auditor for its audit and work on the Annual

Report and Interim Report

X

undertaken an evaluation of the

independence, objectivity and effectiveness

of the External Auditor, including reviewing the

amount of non-audit services provided by the

External Auditor

X

monitored the engagement of audit ﬁrms

providing non-audit services to ensure that

the requirement for independence would not

hinder future External Auditor tenders

X

in respect of the various pension schemes

offered to UK staff, noted the switch to a

pension product offering staff better value

overall and the set-up of a new internal

Deﬁned Contribution Pension Scheme

Governance Committee, led by the CEO,

to provide assurance to the Board that the

scheme is well governed

X

sought management assurances that

appropriate staff media training had been

provided to support the Group’s public

response in the event of a disaster recovery

situation

X

considered the inventory management and

working capital position of the Group

X

considered the geopolitical risks impacting the

Group, its customers and the wider economic

environment, and the Group’s preparations to

mitigate those risks

X

considered the output from the Group-wide

process used to identify, evaluate and mitigate

high-level business risks

X

considered the views of both the External and

Internal Auditor on the effectiveness of the

Group’s internal ﬁnancial controls

X

reviewed and challenged the effectiveness of

the Group’s internal controls (including, but

not limited to, ﬁnancial controls and measures

for detecting fraud) to ensure that they remain

appropriate and adequate as the Group grows

X

received reports from the Internal Auditor,

noted ﬁndings identiﬁed and oversaw the

fulﬁlment of appropriate management actions

to address the same

X

reviewed the Group’s policies on ethics,

anti-bribery, corruption and fraud, and

the arrangements in place for employees

to receive appropriate training and for

employees, contractors and other interested

parties to raise concerns, in conﬁdence, about

possible wrongdoing in ﬁnancial reporting or

other matters

X

approved publication of the Whistleblowing

Policy on Zotefoams’ website

X

noted the constitution of an Artiﬁcial

Intelligence (AI) Steering Committee with the

objective of identifying and mitigating risks

arising from AI and also noted the circulation

of guidance to staff on appropriate AI use

X

satisﬁed itself that the requirements of the

Regulations made under section 3 of the

Small Business, Enterprise and Employment

Act 2015 relating to payment practices

reporting had been met, with a focus on

maintaining a high level of compliance with

UK suppliers’ payment terms in 2023 and

considered payment practices in subsidiary

operations in China and Poland

![]()

86

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

X

conﬁrmed with management that Zotefoams

plc and its subsidiaries have paid all applicable

tax in the jurisdictions in which they operate

X

reviewed its own effectiveness by conducting

a conﬁdential evaluation through an online

portal, the anonymised outcome of which was

discussed by the Board; it was agreed that

the Committee remained effective, had fulﬁlled

its remit and had in place appropriate Terms

of Reference

X

considered the provisions of the 2018 UK

Corporate Governance Code and the FRC

Guidance on Audit Committees

X

ensured that the 2022 Annual Report

included disclosures in line with the FCA

listing rule LR 9.8.6 R(8) which implements

the recommendations of the TCFD

X

satisﬁed itself that the Sustainability

Accounting Standards Board (SASB)

framework, implemented through the risk

management framework, ensured that

all business risks relating to sustainability,

including climate change risks, were

identiﬁed, assessed and treated at each of the

appropriate Control Committees within the

Group. Further details about Zotefoams’ ESG

framework may be found on pages 64 to 66.

Financial reporting and signiﬁcant

ﬁnancial issues

The Audit Committee assesses whether suitable

accounting policies have been adopted and

whether management has made appropriate

estimates and judgements. The Committee

reviews accounting papers prepared by

management which provide details on the main

ﬁnancial reporting judgements. The Committee

reviews reports by the External Auditor on the

full-year and half-year results, which highlight any

issues with respect to the work undertaken on

the audit or review.

During the year, no changes to accounting

policies were made and all new reporting

requirements were implemented. Details of

signiﬁcant accounting policies may be found in

the notes to the ﬁnancial statements on page

121. The Committee considered the correct

treatment of, and potential impairment of,

intangible assets in MEL as well as the pension

assumptions applied to the Company’s closed

Deﬁned Beneﬁt Pension Scheme as the most

signiﬁcant ﬁnancial issues in 2023.

X

Impairment of intangible assets in MEL. The

Audit Committee received a report from

management on the approach and rationale

behind the capitalisation of intangible assets

as well as the justiﬁcation for continued full

recognition of the capitalised value in the

Group’s Statement of Financial Position.

Having considered the paper, a report from

the External Auditor on its audit work in this

regard and the Board’s regular reviews of the

ReZorce opportunity held during 2023, the

Audit Committee is satisﬁed that the treatment

is appropriate.

X

Pension assumptions. As the Company’s

closed Deﬁned Beneﬁt Pension Scheme

represented one of the largest individual

liabilities on the consolidated statement of

ﬁnancial position at £2.7m as at 31 December

2023, the Audit Committee assessed the

appropriateness of the key assumptions used

by management to value the pension liability

and is satisﬁed that these are appropriate.

External audit tender

The Audit Committee is aware of the requirement

for FTSE 350 companies to put to tender their

external audits at least once every ten years (as

set out in the Competition and Markets

Authority’s Statutory Audit Services for Large

Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use

of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit

Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014) and for

audit committees to state their plans for when

they are likely to consider a tender process if the

external audit has not been put to tender in the

past ﬁve years.

The Group is, by virtue of the FRC Revised

Ethical Standard 2019, subject to the

requirement to put the audit to tender every ten

years. A tender process for the external audit for

the Group was undertaken in 2020, following

which PKF Littlejohn LLP (PKF) was selected as

the External Auditor. The Committee intends to

monitor PKF’s performance and determine the

most appropriate time to carry out a new tender

process in due course, which will be, at the

latest, in 2030. Given that the rules on

independence may preclude an audit ﬁrm from

participating in a tender if it has previously

advised the Group in a non-audit capacity, a

register of ﬁrms used by the Group for non-audit

work is maintained by the Group CFO, whose

authorisation is required prior to engaging any

new ﬁrm. Any future tender will be carried out in

line with the prevailing best practice. The 2023

Audit was PKF’s fourth annual audit for the

Group and was led by J Archer as Audit Partner.

J Archer is the Responsible Individual in charge

of the audit and signs the independent auditor’s

report to the members of Zotefoams plc on

behalf of PKF Littlejohn LLP.

The Committee conﬁrms that there were no

contractual obligations that acted to restrict the

Committee’s choice of External Auditor and that

the agreement with PKF will not restrict the

shareholders’ choice of auditor in future general

meetings.

#### Audit Committee report

#### Continued

Effectiveness of the External Auditor

The Audit Committee assesses the effectiveness

of the external audit process in a number of

ways. At least annually, the External Auditor

presents a report which includes an assessment

and conﬁrmation of its independence, as well as

the activities that the External Auditor is

undertaking to ensure compliance with best

practice and regulation. At the conclusion of the

annual audit, the Audit Committee undertakes

an assessment of the External Auditor in relation

to its fulﬁlment of the agreed audit plan, the

robustness and perceptiveness of the External

Auditor in handling key accounting and audit

judgements and the thoroughness of the

External Auditor’s review of internal ﬁnancial

controls. As part of this assessment,

management’s opinions on the External Auditor

are also considered. An extended questionnaire

aligned with FRC guidance implemented in 2021

was again used in 2023 and continued to

evidence that there was open and complete

dialogue between the External Auditor and the

Committee. The Committee also considered the

processes put in place by PKF Littlejohn LLP to

monitor its quality and drive improvements

consistently. The Committee noted established

practices aimed at simplifying and standardising

processes, strong supervisory arrangements at

all levels of the organisation and a good degree

of professional scepticism applied to

management judgements.

In August 2023, the Committee reviewed and

re-approved the policy related to the provision of

non-audit services by the External Auditor. The

policy mandates that no non-audit services may

be provided by the External Auditor without the

prior approval of the Audit Committee, which will

only be granted in compliance with the FRC

Revised Ethical Standard 2019. Other than the

review of the Group’s Interim Report, the

External Auditor did not provide any non-audit

services in 2023.

The Audit Committee, having conducted its

review of the External Auditor, concluded that

the External Auditor has performed in a

satisfactory manner and continues to be

objective and independent and, therefore, has

recommended to the Board that a resolution be

put to the shareholders at the 2024 AGM to

re-appoint PKF Littlejohn LLP as the External

Auditor.

![]()

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

87

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Dear Shareholder

I am pleased to present my ﬁrst report on the

activities of the Nomination Committee in 2023.

This year has seen signiﬁcant Board changes.

Following the retirement of S Good at our AGM

after 9 years’ service, I was appointed Chair of

the Company. A new Remuneration Committee

Chair, M Swift, also joined us in September. Our

Group CEO, D Stirling, who has served on the

Board for over 26 years, announced his intention

to retire during 2024.

Effective succession planning is essential to the

delivery of our strategy and has been considered

from both a short- and long-term perspective by

the Committee over the past two years. To

ensure that its implementation successfully links

talent development to business needs, the

Committee has reviewed the balance of skills,

knowledge, experience and diversity to maintain

robust and effective challenge and stewardship

of the Group’s purpose and strategy. Further

details of our searches in 2023 are provided

below.

Recognising that a stable and engaged team is

key in supporting the Group CEO and meeting

the challenges of a global business aiming to

deliver long-term sustainable growth, key

position succession plans are in place for

Executive roles and their direct reports. The

Group continues to develop a pipeline of

employees demonstrating high potential through

a talent pool initiative. Further details are

provided in our Social section on pages 70 to 77.

The principle of diversity is strongly supported by

the Board. Having updated the Board Diversity

Policy in 2022 to reﬂect its voluntary adoption of

Listing Rules LR 9.8.6R(9) and LR 14.3.33R(1)

from 1 January 2022, the Board has considered

further steps to enhance its diversity and in late

2023 approved a Board Apprentice programme

designed to offer Board experience to a talented

senior executive from a minority-ethnic

background. The recruitment for this role is

anticipated to be completed in 2024 and further

details will be made available in the 2024 Annual

Report.

An annual performance evaluation exercise was

led by the Company Chair and facilitated by the

Company Secretary, who is considered a

suitable and independent person to conduct this

process. The Board concluded that it had

operated effectively in 2023 against a backdrop

of market, operational and inﬂationary

challenges.

Recognising that a people strategy sits at the

core of the future of the Group, the Human

Resources (HR) function is managed through

quarterly risk steering committee meetings,

which focus on the mitigation of HR risks and

optimisation of opportunities that might impact

the Group’s achievement of its business

objectives. These matters include the

consideration of diversity at Group level,

employee engagement and effective succession

planning. The Executive Committee is also

provided with regular updates and reports are

made to the Board at least twice a year on key

HR strategic matters.

The Committee is satisﬁed that the separation of

Executive and Non-Executive roles at the head

of the Group has been maintained, with the

Company Chair being responsible for leading the

Board and the Group CEO being responsible for

the executive leadership of the business.

Further details are provided in the corporate

governance section on

pages 80 to 82.

The Committee will continue to focus on

succession planning and talent development

over the long term in 2024.

#### L Drummond

Chair of the Nomination Committee

5 April 2024

Board appointments

Appointments to the Board are ultimately

proposed by the Nomination Committee and

approved by the Board. New appointments are

made on merit against objective criteria, taking

account of the speciﬁc skills and experience,

independence and knowledge needed to ensure

a rounded Board and the beneﬁts each

candidate can bring to the overall Board

composition. Search consultants selected by

Zotefoams are required to cast their search

sufﬁciently broadly to identify the best

candidates, regardless of background. Care is

taken to ensure that appointees, as well as the

existing Directors, have sufﬁcient time to devote

to their roles.

A number of Board changes took place in 2023.

A new Company Chair, L Drummond, was

appointed on 24 May 2023 following the

resignation of S Good after nine years’ service.

Details of the search process undertaken for the

Company Chair role are provided on page 86 of

the 2022 Annual Report. M Swift was appointed

as Non-Executive Director and Remuneration

Committee Chair on 29 September 2023

following the resignation of A Fielding. After

23 years in post as Group CEO and 26 years’

service as a Director, D Stirling indicated his

intention to retire in 2024. In order to support

an effective transition in the leadership of the

Group, the Board commenced a formal

succession process in 2023.

Following a competitive tender exercise,

Korn Ferry, an independent executive search

consultancy with no connections to the

Company or any of its individual Directors, was

engaged to support the selection process for

both the Remuneration Committee Chair and

Group CEO roles. Korn Ferry is compliant with

the Enhanced Code of Conduct for Executive

Search Firms. Diversity matters were given due

consideration during the searches and are

reported on below.

Following a compilation of the roles’

speciﬁcation, a timetable was drawn up setting

out key milestones in the process, including the

drawing up of long and shortlists of candidates

and the commencement of a staged interview

process.

The search process for the Remuneration

Committee Chair involved the setting up of a

subcommittee to oversee the search process

until the shortlist stage had been reached. All

Board members met with and approved the

appointment of M Swift.

The search for a new Group CEO was led by

the Nomination Committee Chair. Following

an extensive interview and assessment process

involving all Directors, the Committee

recommended Ronan Cox to the Board as its

preferred candidate. The Board considered and

accepted the recommendation and R Cox was

appointed as Group CEO Designate with effect

from 2 April 2024, with the intention that he will

join the Board and be appointed as Group CEO

when the current incumbent, D Stirling, steps

down from the Board at the 2024 AGM.

#### Nomination Committee report

#### Leveraging new strengths

Scan the QR code to see

the Board Diversity Policy

zote.info/3UE6Deb

![]()

88

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Diversity Listing Rule

Under Listing Rules LR 9.8.6R(9) and LR

14.3.33R(1), Zotefoams plc is required to conﬁrm

whether the Company has met the following

diversity targets:

X

at least 40% of the Board should be women

X

at least one of the senior Board positions

(Chair, Chief Executive Ofﬁcer (CEO), Senior

Independent Director (SID) or Chief Financial

Ofﬁcer (CFO)) should be a woman

X

at least one member of the Board should be

from a minority-ethnic background.

The reference date used for the purposes of this

disclosure is 31 December 2023. At the end of

2023, our Board comprised ﬁve male and two

female Directors, giving an overall female

membership of 29%. All Board members are

from a white ethnicity background.

The search processes undertaken in 2023

considered the following.

Remuneration Committee Chair

23 candidates, 57% of whom were females

and 9% of whom were from a minority-ethnic

background. The ﬁnal shortlist comprised two

males and one female from white ethnicity

backgrounds. A male from a white ethnicity

background, M Swift, was selected.

Group CEO

52 candidates, 25% of whom were females

and 12% of whom were from a minority-ethnic

background. The ﬁnal shortlist comprised two

males from white ethnicity backgrounds. A male

from a white ethnicity background, R Cox, was

selected.

Both appointments were made on merit against

objective criteria, taking account of the speciﬁc

skills and experience, independence and

knowledge needed to ensure a rounded Board

and the beneﬁts the candidates could bring to

the overall Board composition. The search

processes undertaken were fair and took into

consideration the aspirational targets set by

the Hampton-Alexander review and the

Parker review.

In line with the Board Diversity Policy and the

new Equality Diversity and Inclusion Policy

(introduced in 2023), the Company will continue

to strive to improve its ethnic diversity. Given the

tenure proﬁle of the Board, there are no

immediate vacancies that would allow for the

consideration of candidates from minority-ethnic

backgrounds. To address this, the Nomination

Committee has recommended a Board

Apprentice programme under which a

minority-ethnic senior executive candidate

would be appointed to offer the Company

a different perspective on a range of issues.

The Board approved the recommendation and

a recruitment process was initiated in early 2024.

The Board is also considering initiatives which

may improve the internal pipeline of ethnically

diverse talent and will report further on progress

in the 2024 Annual Report. Further details about

the Group’s approach to diversity and our

aspiration to achieve 50% net annual female

joiners by 31 December 2024 are provided in

our Social section on pages 70 to 77.

Board induction

The new Company Chair and the new

Remuneration Committee Chair both followed a

comprehensive induction programme designed

to provide a thorough introduction to the

business.

Induction programme

X

Meetings with the Company Chair and Non-

Executive Directors

X

Meetings with the Group CEO, Group CFO

and Executive team members

X

Risk management brieﬁng

X

Directors’ duties and governance training from

the Group Company Secretary

X

Compliance training, including data protection,

anti-bribery and corruption, modern slavery

and insider trading

X

Brieﬁng on the stance of key shareholders

X

Meeting with auditors, brokers, PR advisers

and solicitors

In addition, the Chair visited Zotefoams’

premises in Poland and the USA.

Board evaluation

The 2023 Board evaluation covered all aspects

of the Board’s structure, composition and

operation, Board interactions (external and

internal) and business strategy, risks and

priorities.

The process involved the following steps:

X

completion of a combined qualitative

questionnaire for the Board and its

Committees

X

completion of a skills matrix

X

individual interviews and a group discussion

X

feedback from the Executive team on their

interaction with the Board.

The main observations from the evaluation were:

X

the balance of our focus between

immediate and long-term success is

good. Good progress has been made

on the environmental sustainability

agenda. Further details are provided in our

Environment section on pages 67 and 69

X

in response to the 2022 Board evaluation

results, more informal discussions have

been held by the Board outside of Board

meetings and Board members have increased

engagement with Executive team members.

Employee engagement has also improved

through attendance at Board lunches

X

given that the purpose of an evaluation

is to enable a continual process of self-

improvement and that the Board membership

has ﬂuctuated in the past two years, the

Board will consider retaining a facilitator

to support the 2024 Board effectiveness

review process.

The review conﬁrmed that the Board and its

Committees remained effective and continued to

fulﬁl their remit, that the matters reserved for the

Board were up to date and that appropriate

Committees’ Terms of Reference were in place.

All Directors contribute effectively and provide

the appropriate level of commitment to their role.

The Board considers that it is functioning well, is

aligned with the Company’s values and that its

current composition contains an appropriate

balance and diversity of views, qualiﬁcations,

skills, experience and personal attributes

necessary to carry out its duties and

responsibilities.

Each month, all Directors receive management

reports and brieﬁng papers in relation to Board

matters in a timely manner to ensure that they

have sufﬁcient time to consider the information

and act accordingly. New appointments to the

Board receive an induction and, where

appropriate, training. The Directors have access

to the Company Secretary and independent

professional advisers, at the Group’s expense,

if required for the furtherance of their duties.

The Directors also undertake continuing

professional development activities through the

year to support development areas identiﬁed

through the Board evaluation process as well

as to keep themselves up to date with evolving

rules, regulations and guidance.

Key areas of focus

The Nomination Committee comprises the

Chair (appointed in May 2023) and the four

independent Non-Executive Directors as at

31 December 2023. The members of the

Nomination Committee on 31 December 2023

were L Drummond (Chair), J Carling, D

Robertson, M Swift (appointed in September

2023) and C Wall.

Their biographies can be found on pages 78 and

79. A Fielding, who was a Director and member

of the Committee during the year, resigned on 29

September 2023. S Good chaired the

Committee until his resignation as Director and

Chair of the Company on 24 May 2023.

The Non-Executive Directors’ independence is

reassessed annually through the review of a

personal declaration.

The Nomination Committee operates within

deﬁned Terms of Reference and is responsible

for putting in place succession plans for the

Board, reviewing the continuation in ofﬁce of the

Directors and managing the recruitment of new

Board members within criteria set by the Board.

The Committee met four times in 2023 as

detailed on page 81. In addition, the Chair and

Committee members held informal discussions

and a number of meetings with Korn Ferry in

relation to the search for a new Remuneration

Committee Chair and Group CEO. The

Committee is supported by the Company

Secretary in planning its activities, monitoring

best practice and meeting its Terms of

Reference.

#### Nomination Committee report

#### Continued

![]()

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

89

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

The main responsibilities of the Committee

are to:

X

evaluate and review the structure, size and

composition of the Board, including the

balance of skills, knowledge, experience and

diversity of the Board, taking into account the

Group’s risk proﬁle and strategy

X

identify and nominate suitable candidates for

appointment to the Board, including the Chair

of the Board and its Committees, against

a speciﬁcation of the role and capabilities

required for the position

X

lead on the annual performance evaluation

of the Board and its Committees

X

identify and manage any potential conﬂicts

of Directors’ interests

X

review the external interests and time

commitments of the Directors to ensure

that each has sufﬁcient time to effectively

discharge his/her duties

X

manage succession planning for the Executive

team and Non-Executive Directors

X

seek engagement with shareholders on

signiﬁcant matters related to the Committee’s

areas of responsibility when appropriate to

do so.

During 2023, the Committee:

X

reviewed its Terms of Reference in line with

current best practice

X

managed the recruitment process for a new

Remuneration Committee Chair who took

ofﬁce on 29 September 2023, and initiated a

recruitment process for a new Group CEO

X

arranged for the Board to review diversity

considerations in succession planning, having

regard to the requirements of the Hampton-

Alexander review and the Parker review and

agreed compliance with Listing Rules LR

9.8.6R(9) and LR 14.3.33R(1) in relation to the

Board diversity

X

agreed the recruitment process for a Board

Apprentice role

X

kept the composition of the Board and its

Committees under review

X

considered and recommended to the Board

the re-election of each Director ahead of their

re-election by shareholders at the Company’s

2023 AGM

X

continued to review succession and

development plans for the Executive team and

wider senior management team to ensure that

a suitable talent pool remained in place and

continued to be nurtured to meet the Group’s

strategic objectives

X

ensured that, at least annually, the Non-

Executive Directors met without the Executive

Directors present.

![]()

90

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Directors’ Remuneration report

Our Executive team led the delivery of record proﬁt before

tax in 2023 and continued to progress our strategic objectives.

Our Remuneration Policy, approved by shareholders at the

2023 AGM, has been successful in attracting a new Group

CEO, who is scheduled to join the Board at the conclusion

of the Annual General Meeting on 22 May 2024.

Dear Shareholder

I am pleased to present the Remuneration report

for the year ended 31 December 2023.

Introduction

This is my ﬁrst report as Chair of the

Remuneration Committee, after taking over on

29 September 2023. I would like to take this

opportunity to thank my predecessor, A Fielding,

for her chairing of the Committee.

2023 is the ﬁrst year of our refreshed

Remuneration Policy, approved at the 2023

AGM with over 95% of the votes cast in favour.

We were pleased that our 2022 Directors’

Remuneration report was approved by over 97%

of the votes cast.

Our Remuneration Policy is designed to reﬂect

the Group’s strategic priorities, while balancing

the need to attract, retain and motivate the

Executive team, to ensure progress against our

strategic goals, with the interests of all

stakeholders, including our shareholders and

employees.

X

The Board is pleased to report that Zotefoams

maintained its improving performance in 2023,

achieving Group revenue of £127.0m (2022:

£127.4m) and increasing gross proﬁt by 6% to

£41.1m (2022: £38.7m).

X

The Group’s balance sheet at 31 December

2023 remains strong, with the leverage

multiple unchanged at 1.2 (31 December

2022: 1.2) and ﬁnancial headroom of £19.4m

(31 December 2022: £22.9m).

X

The Executive Directors led the Group

effectively throughout the year and continued

to deliver on the Group’s long-term strategic

objectives, having made signiﬁcant progress

on two priority initiatives: 1) the development

of ReZorce

®

mono-material barrier packaging

having reached market trial stage in early

2024, following implementation of a joint

development agreement with a world-leading

packer of beverages; and 2) the extension of

an exclusivity agreement with Nike to 2029.

The Committee also considered executive

remuneration in the light of outcomes for the

wider workforce, our shareholders’ experience

and other stakeholders, taking a fair and

balanced approach to remuneration.

2023 incentive outcomes

Annual bonus

Considering the excellent performance delivered

in 2023, the Committee determined that 95.0%

and 93.0% of the maximum bonus should be

paid to the Group CEO and Group CFO

respectively, reﬂecting the Group’s ﬁnancial

performance and strategic progress made in the

year. In considering the outcomes of the annual

bonus, the Committee carefully considered the

cash ﬂow targets and actions taken by

management during the year that were aligned

with the Group’s longer-term strategy. During the

year, the Group’s cash ﬂow was signiﬁcantly

impacted by a number of one-off factors

including the exceptional unbudgeted increases

in ﬂuoropolymer resin prices and management’s

decision to proactively invest in inventory during

2023 to meet the previously unforecast increase

in demand in 2024. Reﬂecting on these factors,

the Committee determined that the formulaic

out-turn of the cash ﬂow metric did not reﬂect

the intended stretch of the targets set at the start

of the year or disciplined cash performance

delivered during the year and responsible

decisions taken by management in 2023. The

Committee exercised its discretion to adjust the

cash targets set at the start of the year for these

exceptional factors, to maintain the level of

intended performance. A detailed description

of performance against the targets is set out on

pages 95 and 96.

Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP): 2021 Plan

outcome

Regarding longer-term performance, the Group

achieved earnings per share before exceptional

items, of which there were none, of 19.0p in

2023 versus 14.9p in 2020, as well as relative

Total Shareholder Return (TSR) performance of

below median against the FTSE SmallCap Index

(excluding investment trusts) over the three-year

performance period and Return on Capital

Employed (ROCE) of 10.3% versus a threshold

target of 10.0%. The Committee therefore

determined that 70.0% of the 2021 Long-Term

Incentive Plan award should be paid to the

Group CEO and Group CFO.

In assessing whether the outcomes generated

by the annual bonus and LTIP scorecards were

fair in the context of broader performance, the

Committee took into account the underlying

ﬁnancial performance of the Group and the

wider stakeholder experience (including, but not

limited to, the shareholder experience).

![]()

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

91

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Given that signiﬁcant progress has therefore

been made to set Zotefoams up to deliver

long-term success, other than the above

adjustment to the annual bonus cash ﬂow

targets, the Committee felt that the formulaic

outcome was an appropriate reﬂection of

performance delivered. It has, therefore, not

exercised any further discretion in relation to

incentive outcomes during the year.

Implementation of Remuneration Policy

in 2024

D Stirling will retire from the Board at the

forthcoming 2024 AGM scheduled for 22 May

2024, after 24 years in post as Group CEO. He

will be replaced by R Cox, who will join the Board

on the same date. Given the long tenure of the

existing Group CEO, the Committee has

considered leadership continuity arrangements

and the value of incentivising the retention of G

McGrath, who has continued to perform well in

2023.

Base salary

The Group CEO’s base salary will increase in line

with the base salary increases for the wider

workforce of 5%. This will apply to D Stirling until

his planned retirement as Group CEO at the

2024 AGM and to R Cox from the date of his

appointment as Group CEO Designate on

2 April 2024.

Reﬂecting his signiﬁcant contribution to the

Group, his strong performance and the

increasing scope of his role in light of the key role

he will play in the onboarding of R Cox and

supporting the Executive function, G McGrath’s

salary will increase by an additional c.2.5%

above the increase for the wider workforce.

All salary increases are effective from 1 April

2024.

Pension

All Executive Directors receive an employer

pension contribution of 6%, aligned with the

wider workforce. This will be increased by 1%

from 1 April 2024.

Incentive awards

The Remuneration Policy adopted at the

2023 AGM provides for an overall incentive

opportunity headroom of 250% of salary, with

a limitation that no more than 125% of salary

can be earned under the annual bonus. Given

our focus on driving long-term sustainable value

creation for our shareholders and long-term

retention of the Executive Directors, the

maximum annual bonus will remain at 100%

of salary and the LTIP award will increase from

125% of salary to 150% of salary for 2024.

Details of the metrics for the 2024 annual bonus

are set out on page 92, with 65% of the bonus

based on ﬁnancial metrics, 15% based on

performance against ESG-related metrics and

20% based on other strategic metrics. The

metrics and targets for the 2024 LTIP award are

set out on page 97. For the 2024 LTIP award,

awards will be based 45% on adjusted EPS

growth (as deﬁned on page 97), 15% on average

ROCE (as deﬁned on page 97), 5% on

sustainable product development (as deﬁned on

page 97), and 35% on relative TSR against the

FTSE Small Cap Index excluding investment

trusts. The increase in weighting on TSR reﬂects

the importance of driving long-term shareholder

value through the renewed focus on ReZorce.

Performance targets for incentive plans have

been set to reﬂect the business plan for the

Group over the relevant performance period and

external expectations of performance.

As part of his recruitment, R Cox will not receive

any additional buy-out awards but will receive

relocation beneﬁts in line with our Remuneration

Policy. Full details of the new CEO’s package will

be set out in the 2024 Directors’ Remuneration

Report.

Looking forward

We will continue to monitor the operation of the

Remuneration Policy to ensure that targets

remain relevant and stretching and that it

provides an appropriate level of reward to attract

and retain high-calibre individuals in a

competitive market. We will continue to consider

the experiences of the wider workforce, our

shareholders and other stakeholders and to

remunerate Executive Directors fairly and

responsibly.

In line with the three-year cycle, the Committee

will undertake a thorough review of the

Remuneration Policy during 2025, both from a

structural and opportunity perspective, to ensure

that it is reﬂective of the Group’s strategic

priorities and the calibre of executives in role.

The Committee and I would like to thank you for

your continued engagement over the last year

and look forward to receiving your support in

respect of the Directors’ Remuneration report at

the AGM.

In the meantime, I will be available to answer any

questions you may have.

#### M S Swift

Chair of the Remuneration Committee

5 April 2024

![]()

92

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Directors’ Remuneration report

The Directors’ Remuneration report has been prepared in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Listing Rules, section 421 of the Companies Act

2006 and Schedule 8 to the Large and Medium sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013.

#### Directors’ Remuneration Policy and Implementation in 2024

The Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the “Remuneration Policy”) was approved with a vote of 95.27% for at the 2023 AGM held on 24 May 2023 and is

intended to remain in place until the AGM in 2026. A summary of the Remuneration Policy and how it will be implemented in 2024 has been set out below.

The full version may be found on pages 91 to 99 of the 2022 Annual Report. A copy of the 2022 Annual Report may be found by following this link:

https://zote.info/3Lj0oYj

, and operated as intended during the year in terms of Company performance and quantum.

Element and purpose/

link to strategy

Implementation for 2024

Salary

Positioned at a level needed to recruit

and retain Executive Directors of the

calibre required to develop and deliver

the business strategy.

The base salaries for the Executive Directors will be increased on 1 April 2024 as follows.

The Group CEO’s base salary will be increased in line with the base salary increases for the wider workforce

of 5%. This will apply to D Stirling until his planned retirement as Group CEO at the 2024 AGM.

Reﬂecting his signiﬁcant contribution to the Group, his strong performance and the increasing scope of his

role in light of the key role he will play in the successful induction of R Cox and supporting the Executive

function, G McGrath’s salary will increase by an additional c.2.5% above the increase for the wider workforce.

The Group CEO Designate, R Cox, who will take over from D Stirling as Group CEO on 22 May 2024 at the

conclusion of the AGM, will receive a salary equivalent to that of D Stirling, as set out above.

Beneﬁts

Provide market-competitive beneﬁts

for the Executive Directors, to assist

in carrying out their duties effectively.

Beneﬁts to be provided in line with approved policy.

Retirement beneﬁts

Provide competitive post-retirement

beneﬁts and reward sustained

contribution.

All Executive Directors receive an employer pension contribution of 6%, aligned with the wider workforce. This will

be increased for all UK employees (including the Executive Directors) on the two direct contribution pension

schemes currently run by the Company by 1%, for those meeting the maximum employee contribution, with

effect from 1 April 2024.

Annual bonus

Incentivise Executive Directors

to achieve speciﬁc ﬁnancial and

predetermined strategic goals aligned

with the Group’s annual business plan.

Deferred proportion of annual variable

pay provides a retention element and

alignment with shareholders.

Maximum opportunity – up to 100% of salary.

33% of the bonus is deferred into shares in the Company for three years under the Deferred Bonus Share Plan

(DBSP).

For 2024, the bonus will be assessed against the following measures for all Executive Directors:

Measure

Weighting – Group CEO %

Weighting – Group CFO %

Proﬁt before tax

50

50

Free cash ﬂow delivery

15

15

Individual Objectives (including MEL/ReZorce

®

mono-material barrier packaging opportunity)

20

20

Environmental, social and governance (ESG)

15

15

The underlying performance targets for these measures have not been disclosed in advance as they are

considered to be commercially sensitive. Underlying targets will be provided, where appropriate, in next year’s

Directors’ Remuneration report.

Long-Term Incentive Plan

To incentivise the delivery of long-term

sustainable operational performance

and the growth potential of the Group.

To align interests of Executive Directors

and shareholders.

To attract and retain executives of the

calibre required to drive the Group’s

long-term strategic ambitions.

Maximum opportunity – 150% of salary.

Awards granted are subject to a three-year performance period and a subsequent two-year holding period

such that no shares will normally be released until the end of year ﬁve.

Awards will be subject to three performance conditions:

Measure

Weighting

Threshold

(20% vesting)

1

Maximum

(100% vesting)

1

Adjusted EPS

2

45%

5% p.a.

compound growth

15% p.a.

compound growth

Average ROCE

15%

11%

16%

Relative TSR

3

35%

Median

Upper quartile

Sustainable product development

5%

5% of revenue

6% of revenue

1

Straight-line vesting occurs between threshold and maximum.

2

In line with the approach for the previous LTIP awards, the EPS targets have been set based on a constant tax rate. The Committee retains the

discretion to override this where it considers it appropriate.

3

Relative to the FTSE Small Cap Index excluding investment trusts. The increase in weighting on TSR (from 30% to 35%) reﬂects the Executives,

focus on driving long-term shareholder value through the renewed focus on ReZorce.

#### Directors’ Remuneration report

#### Continued

![]()

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

93

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Element and purpose/

link to strategy

Implementation for 2024

Non-Executive Director fees

The Non-Executive Directors and the Company Chair will receive a fee increase of 7% effective 1 April 2024,

in line with the general salary increase that was given to the Company’s staff in the UK in 2023.

Shareholding requirement and

post-cessation shareholding policy

Aligns the interests of Executive

Directors and shareholders.

Executive Directors are required to hold shares in the Company equivalent to 200% of base salary.

Executive Directors are expected to retain their full shareholding requirement for one year post cessation of

employment and 50% for two years after leaving, unless the shares were acquired from LTIP and DBSP awards

granted from 1 January 2023. If the shares were acquired from LTIP and DBSP awards granted from 1 January

2023, Executive Directors are expected to retain their full shareholding requirement for two years post cessation

of employment.

#### Provision 40 of the UK Corporate Governance Code

The Committee has considered how the proposed remuneration framework appropriately addresses the following principles set out in Provision 40 of the

2018 UK Corporate Governance Code. The following table sets out how the Committee has addressed these factors.

Clarity

Incentive arrangements are based on clearly deﬁned ﬁnancial, non-ﬁnancial and personal performance objectives which are

aligned with the Group’s long-term strategy, purpose and values.

Incentive payments operate across the Group (with participation in the LTIP based on seniority) to ensure that there is

alignment on key priorities throughout the Group.

Simplicity

Remuneration arrangements are simple to understand for both participants and shareholders, comprising the following

key elements:

X

ﬁxed pay: comprises base salary, beneﬁts and pension

X

annual bonus: incentivises the delivery of ﬁnancial, non-ﬁnancial and personal performance objectives

X

LTIP: incentivises ﬁnancial performance over a three-year period, promoting long-term sustainable value creation for

shareholders. Awards are subject to a two-year holding period post vesting.

Risk

Performance targets for incentive plans are designed to reward outperformance, while at the same time being calibrated to

ensure that they do not encourage excessive risk taking by the Executive Directors.

Deferral of part of the annual bonus into shares and the holding period applying to LTIP awards ensures that variable

remuneration is linked to sustainable performance and discourages short-term behaviours.

The Remuneration Committee retains the ﬂexibility to review formulaic outcomes under incentive plans to ensure that they are

appropriate in the context of the overall performance of the Group, and all annual bonus and LTIP awards to Executive

Directors include provisions for malus and clawback.

Predictability

The Remuneration Policy sets out the threshold targets and maximum level of pay that the Executive Directors may earn in

any given year (and the potential remuneration that can be earned in several performance scenarios is set out in the illustrative

scenario charts). The actual incentive outcomes will vary depending upon the level of performance against pre-determined

performance measures.

Proportionality

The Committee is satisﬁed that the remuneration framework does not reward poor performance. Incentives are directly

aligned with the Group’s strategic objectives, with performance targets calibrated to reward outperformance both over the

short and long term.

The Committee also takes account of the pay and conditions for the wider workforce when considering executive

remuneration.

Alignment with

culture

The Remuneration Policy has been set in the context of the nature, size and complexity of the Group. It has been designed to

support the delivery of the Group’s key strategic priorities and values and is in the best interests of the Group and its

stakeholders.

The Committee is focused on ensuring that the remuneration framework and practices support Zotefoams’ culture pillars and

ensure that employees across the Group are appropriately recognised and rewarded for efforts and ﬁnancial results.

![]()

94

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Single total ﬁgure of remuneration (audited)

The following tables set out the single ﬁgure for total remuneration for Directors for the 2023 and 2022 ﬁnancial years.

Executive Directors

Salary

(£)

Beneﬁts

(£)

Matching

Shares

(£)

Bonus

(£)

LTIP

(£)

Pension

(£)

Total

ﬁxed pay

(£)

Total

variable

pay

(£)

Total

(£)

D Stirling

2023

393,580

27,969

406

1

389,500

253,997

1

23,615

445,570

643,497

1,089,067

2022

341,007

26,065

3

442

2

236,546

102,640

4

51,151

418,665

3

339,186

757,851

3

G McGrath

2023

252,298

24,558

406

1

241,800

169,070

1

29,543

306,805

410,870

717,675

2022

226,986

23,300

3

439

2

162,696

67,919

4

26,091

276,816

3

230,615

507,431

3

1

The Matching Shares’ and LTIP’s value for 2023 has been calculated on the basis of the average share price over the three months to 31 December 2023 of £3.15. There is no share price appreciation

attributable to the LTIP value as the share price at grant was greater than £3.15.

2

The Matching Shares’ value for 2022 has been calculated on the basis of the average share price over the three months to 31 December 2022 of £3.03.

3

The beneﬁts, total ﬁxed pay and total pay ﬁgures for 2022 have been restated to include a car allowance.

4

The LTIP value has been restated to reﬂect the actual share price on the date of vesting, 21 September 2023, of £3.37. There is no share price appreciation attributable to the LTIP value as the share

price at grant was greater than £3.37.

Under the rules of the LTIP, participants may also receive an award of shares in lieu of the value of dividends paid over the vesting period on vested shares (paid at the end of the holding period). For the

2021 LTIP this was 4,790 shares for D Stirling and 3,187 shares for G McGrath with a valuation of £15,089 and £10,039 respectively, calculated on the basis of the average share price over the three

months to 31 December 2023 of £3.15.

Non-Executive Directors

1,2,3

Fees paid in respect of 2023 (£)

Fees paid in respect of 2022 (£)

J Carling

43,449

38,560

L Drummond

4

99,667

Nil

A Fielding

5

37,245

43,712

S Good

5

51,620

115,204

D Robertson

50,370

43,712

M Swift

4

13,326

Nil

C Wall

43,449

38,560

1

Non-Executive Directors who also chair a Board Committee receive an additional fee.

2

The Non-Executive Directors (excluding the Company Chair) received a fee increase to £45,000 p.a. effective 1 April 2023. Chairs of the Audit and Remuneration Committee received a fee increase

of £7,500 p.a. in addition to their Non-Executive Director fee. S Good, the former Company Chair, received an increase of 7%.

3

The Non-Executive Directors and the Company Chair will receive a fee increase of 7% effective 1 April 2024.

4

L Drummond joined the Board on 17 January 2023 and M Swift joined the Board on 29 September 2023.

5

S Good stepped down from the Board on 24 May 2023 and A Fielding stepped down from the Board on 29 September 2023.

#### Directors’ Remuneration report

#### Continued

![]()

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

95

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Notes to the table (audited)

Base salary

As at 31 December 2023, the base salary for D Stirling was £410,000 p.a. (£344,318 p.a. as at 31 December 2022).

As at 31 December 2023, the base salary (before salary sacriﬁce) for G McGrath was £260,000 p.a. (£229,190 p.a. as at 31 December 2022).

Pension contributions

The Company operates a Deﬁned Contribution Pension Scheme (the “DC Scheme”) or a cash contribution equivalent. When participating in the

DC Scheme, individuals may elect to enter a salary sacriﬁce arrangement, whereby their salary is reduced and the Company makes a corresponding

contribution into their DC Scheme.

D Stirling receives a cash contribution in lieu of pension contributions in accordance with the rules of the DC Scheme, which apply to all members.

G McGrath opted for the salary sacriﬁce arrangement and the amounts shown for his base salary are after salary sacriﬁce. Similarly, the amounts

shown for the pension element of total remuneration include the amounts of salary that were sacriﬁced.

Beneﬁts

Beneﬁts include a company car allowance, private medical insurance and the value of the Matching Shares (at dates when awarded) acquired during

the year under the Share Incentive Plan (SIP).

Annual bonus 2023

The targets for the annual bonus for 2023 for D Stirling and G McGrath are as set out in the below table:

Measure

Weighting (% max)

Targets

Performance

achieved

Pay-out

D Stirling

G McGrath

Trigger point

Maximum

D Stirling

G McGrath

Proﬁt before tax and any exceptional

items

1

50%

50%

£13.0m

£15.9m

£17.2m

50%

50%

Meet Group operating cash ﬂow

budget

2

15%

15%

£9.4m

£11.5m

£12.0m

15%

15%

MEL/ReZorce

®

opportunity

10%

10%

See below

See below

See below

5%

5%

Strategic ﬁnancial – Nike

agreement renewal

5%

0%

See below

See below

See below

5%

n/a

Strategic ﬁnancial – T-FIT

®

5%

0%

See below

See below

See below

5%

n/a

Strategic ﬁnancial – R&D tax credit

0%

5%

See below

See below

See below

n/a

3%

Strategic ﬁnancial – Internal

controls compliance

0%

5%

See below

See below

See below

n/a

5%

Sustainability – Emissions

reduction

5%

5%

See below

See below

See below

5%

5%

Sustainability – Waste

5%

5%

See below

See below

See below

5%

5%

Sustainability – Safety

5%

5%

See below

See below

See below

5%

5%

Total

100%

100%

n/a

n/a

n/a

95%

93%

1

This metric excludes MEL.

2

During the year, the Group’s cash ﬂow was signiﬁcantly impacted by a number of one-off factors including the exceptional unbudgeted increases in ﬂuoropolymer resin prices and management’s

decision to proactively invest in inventory during 2023 to meet the forecasted higher than expected demand in 2024. Reﬂecting on these factors, the Committee determined that the formulaic out-

turn of the cash ﬂow metric did not reﬂect the intended stretch of the targets set at the start of the year or disciplined cash performance delivered during the year and responsible decisions taken by

management in 2023. The Committee exercised its discretion to use the adjusted cash ﬂow outcome, as set out in this table.

![]()

96

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

The table below sets out the targets and performance for the Executive Directors.

Strategic ﬁnancial metrics – D Stirling & G McGrath

Measure

Weighting (% max)

Objective

Performance

Scoring

D Stirling

G McGrath

D Stirling

G McGrath

MEL/ReZorce

®

opportunity

10%

10%

Subjectively assessed against the four key criteria taken as a

whole (i.e., success or failure on these individual criteria may

not result in a portion of bonus being paid or not being paid,

depending on the overall outcome):

X

securing an investing strategic partner

X

agreement with a world-leading beverage packager

as keystone commercial partner

X

successful trial

i. carton scale-up on external ﬁlling machine

ii. ﬂexibles (as requested by potential strategic partners)

X

ﬁnancial outcomes in line with ‘agreed spend’.

5% Partially

achieved,

recognising

signiﬁcant

project progress

and a key

development

partnership

agreed in June.

Strategic ﬁnancial

– Nike agreement

5%

n/a

Agreement renewed for a minimum of three years on

acceptable terms.

Achieved

n/a

Strategic ﬁnancial

– T-FIT

®

5%

n/a

Deliver the capability to execute for the customer in four

key regions China, India, Europe, North America through:

a) approved installer programme; and b) local manufacturing

of tube and compression-moulded product (ex-India).

Achieved

n/a

Strategic ﬁnancial

– R&D tax credit

n/a

5%

Complete R&D tax credit and action plan.

3% – Partly

achieved,

recognising

good progress

has been made

in improving our

R&D tax credit

position, which

will deliver cash

beneﬁts in future

years.

n/a

Strategic ﬁnancial

– Internal controls

compliance

n/a

5%

As the ﬁrst step in a global roll-out, document and test key

controls at the Company that would meet future UK

SOX-style reporting requirements

Achieved

n/a

Sustainability

– Emissions

reduction

5%

5%

Deliver 2023 objective in relation to sustainability target 1

detailed on page 67. Achieve a 10% reduction in the energy

used to manufacture our products by 2026.

Achieved

Sustainability

– Waste

5%

5%

Deliver 2023 objective in relation to sustainability target 3

detailed on page 67. By the end of 2026, halve the polymer

purchased that is not in the end-product.

Achieved

Sustainability

– Safety

5%

5%

Meet commitments of the Executive team engagement

initiative, with an underpin based on RIDDOR/DART

performance. Further details are provided on page 77.

Achieved

The annual bonus was based on base salary before salary sacriﬁce. The maximum opportunity for the bonus was 100% of salary. 33% of the bonus is

deferred into shares held in trust for three years under the DBSP. Full details of the operation of the DBSP are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Policy.

2023

Cash bonus (£)

Deferred bonus (£)

Total bonus (£)

D Stirling

259,667

129,833

389,500

G McGrath

161,200

80,600

241,800

In assessing whether the outcome generated by the annual bonus was fair in the context of broader performance, the Committee took into account the

underlying ﬁnancial performance of the Group and the wider stakeholder experience (including, but not limited to, the shareholder experience) over the

course of the year. As set out above, signiﬁcant progress has been made over the year to set Zotefoams up to deliver long-term sustainable success and,

with the exception of the above adjustment to the annual bonus cash ﬂow targets, the Committee felt that the formulaic outcome was an appropriate

reﬂection of performance delivered. It has, therefore, not exercised any further discretion in relation to incentive outcomes during the year.

#### Directors’ Remuneration report

#### Continued

Achieved in full or predominantly achieved

Partially achieved

Not achieved

![]()

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

97

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

LTIP

The 2021 LTIP award was subject to three performance conditions measured over the three ﬁnancial years ended 31 December 2023: 30% of the award

was subject to relative TSR against the FTSE SmallCap Index (excluding investment trusts), 50% of the award was subject to an EPS growth target and

20% of the award was subject to a ROCE growth target (excluding large asset investments not yet commissioned). Performance is measured over a

three-year period and the restricted shares will be released to the participant after two years, to the extent that TSR, EPS and ROCE targets over the

period have been met, together with additional shares that represent the dividends that would have been paid during the performance period on the

restricted shares that have been released.

The total award vesting is the sum of the awards for TSR, EPS and ROCE. Where performance is below the threshold point for any performance

condition, then no part of the award vests in relation to that performance condition. If performance is below the TSR threshold point, then no part of the

TSR award vests. If performance is below the ROCE threshold point, then no part of the ROCE award vests. Between the threshold point and the

maximum, the award vests on a sliding scale basis.

The table below summarises the performance criteria for the 2021 award, which is due to vest on 26 April 2024.

Trigger point

Maximum

Achievement

Level of vesting

(% maximum)

Performance

target

% of award

vesting

Performance

target

% of award

vesting

Relative TSR performance

Median

performance

against peer

group

6

Upper quartile

performance

against peer

group

30

Below median

performance

against peer

group

0%

Annualised EPS growth

5%

10

15%

50

Above 15% p.a.

1

50%

ROCE

8%

4

10%

20

10.34%

20%

1

Based on adjusting for a constant tax rate of 19%.

Based on the above level of performance, the 2021 LTIP will vest at 70%. The Committee considered the formulaic out-turns under the LTIP relative to

Group and individual performance and determined that no discretion should be exercised.

Scheme interests granted during 2023 (audited)

The table below sets out details of scheme interests granted to the Executive Directors during 2023:

Type

of award

Date

of grant

Number of

shares

granted

Face value¹

(£)

D Stirling

Deferred

bonus

2

(Unconditional

shares)

18.04.2023

15,009

59,135

G McGrath

10,323

40,673

Type

of award

Date

of grant

Number of

shares

granted

Face value

1

(£)

Face value

(% of salary)

Trigger point

for vesting

(% of face value)

Performance

condition

End of

performance

period

D Stirling

LTIP

3

(Conditional

shares)

18.04.2023

130,076

512,499

125

20% of maximum

(further details set out

below)

30% based on relative

TSR growth.

4

45% on

adjusted EPS

compound growth,

5

15% on average ROCE

6

and 10% on sustainable

product development.

7

31.12.2025

G McGrath

82,487

324,999

125

1

Face value calculated using the average share price for the period 11 April 2023 to 17 April 2023 (£3.94). The share price was £3.94 on 18 April 2023.

2

Awards vest on the third anniversary of grant. There are no performance conditions for these awards.

3

Award is subject to a three-year performance period and, subject to performance, is released after a two-year holding period.

4

Relative TSR growth is measured against the FTSE SmallCap Index (excluding investment trusts). The threshold point for relative TSR performance is median performance against the peer group,

where 6% of the award will vest, to upper quartile performance against the peer group, where the maximum of 30% of the award will vest.

5

Adjusted EPS is the EPS for the ﬁnancial year ending 31 December 2025. The threshold point is 5% p.a. compound growth, where 5% of the award will vest, to the maximum 15% p.a. compound

growth, where 45% of the award will vest. In line with the approach for previous LTIP awards, the EPS targets have been set based on a constant tax rate reﬂecting the signiﬁcant deviation of the

reported tax rate. The Committee retains the discretion to override this where it considers it appropriate.

6

Return on capital employed (ROCE) is deﬁned as operating proﬁt before exceptional items for the year, divided by the average sum of its equity, net debt and other non-current liabilities for the

beginning and end of the year. This measure excludes acquired intangible assets and their amortisation cost. The threshold point is average ROCE of 11%, where 3% of the award will vest. Maximum

vesting occurs for average ROCE of 15%, where 15% of the award will vest.

7

Sustainable product development is deﬁned as the development of products valued by Zotefoams’ customers for their use-phase resource efﬁciency (deﬁned by the Sustainability Accounting

Standards Board) as a product that, through its use, can be shown to improve energy efﬁciency, eliminate or lower greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, reduce raw materials consumption, increase

product longevity or reduce water consumption. The threshold point is 4% of revenue, where 2% of the award will vest, to the maximum 5% of revenue, where 10% of the award will vest.

![]()

98

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Total pension entitlements (audited)

The Zotefoams Deﬁned Beneﬁt Pension Scheme (the “DB Scheme”) was closed to the future accrual of beneﬁts as from 31 December 2005. At this time,

all active members left the DB Scheme and were granted preserved pensions payable from their normal retirement age (or immediately, if the member had

reached normal retirement age).

The following Director was a member of the DB Scheme during the year.

Accrued pension at

31 December 2023

(£ p.a.)

Gross increase

in pension

(£)

Increase in accrued

pension net of

CPI inﬂation

(£)

Change in value

over the year

(£)

D Stirling

25,447

2,234

0

0

Notes

(1) The pension entitlement shown is that which would be paid annually on retirement at normal retirement age (or immediately upon late retirement where applicable), based on service to 31 December

2005 (the date the DB Scheme was closed to future accrual), pensionable salary increases to 31 March 2018 (the date salary linkage ceased) and including statutory increases to the year end but

excluding any future increases under the Rules of the Scheme.

(2) As required by the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013, the pension input amount has been calculated using the method set out

in section 229 of the Finance Act 2004(a) where:

– “pension input period” is the year ended 31 December 2023; and

– in the application of section 234 of the Act, the ﬁgure 20 is substituted for the ﬁgure 16.

(3) The following is additional information relating to the Director’s pension from the DB Scheme:

(a) Normal retirement age is 65.

(b) On death before retirement, a spouse’s pension is payable of one half of the member’s preserved pension at leaving, revalued from leaving to the date of death. On death in retirement, a spouse’s

pension is payable of one half of the member’s pension at death, without reduction for any part of the member’s pension commuted for cash at retirement.

(c) Members’ Guaranteed Minimum Pensions increase at statutory rates. Other pensions increase in payment at 5% p.a., or the increase in the Retail Prices Index (RPI) if lower.

(d) From 1 January 2006, active employee members were able to pay contributions to the DC Scheme set up by the Company in order to receive retirement beneﬁts. The Company also contributes

to this arrangement. Details of the contributions made into this Scheme have been disclosed in the single ﬁgure calculation and are not included in the above disclosure.

Payments made to past Directors (audited)

No payments were made during 2023.

Payments for loss of ofﬁce (audited)

No payments were made during 2023.

Statement of Directors’ shareholding and share interests (audited)

Current Executive Directors are required to hold shares in the Company equivalent to 200% of base salary, with a ﬁve-year period to build up this holding

from: (1) appointment to the Board; or (2) the date of the 2017 AGM (17 May 2017). A newly appointed Executive Director will have ﬁve years from the date

of his or her appointment to the Board to build up such a holding. The Remuneration Policy adopted at the 2020 AGM also requires 100% of the

shareholding requirement to be held for one year following cessation of employment with the Group and 50% of the shareholding requirement to be held

for two years following cessation of employment with the Group.

With effect from 1 January 2023, the Committee has adopted a new post-employment shareholding policy. Shares are subject to this policy only if they

are acquired from LTIP and DBSP awards granted from 1 January 2023 onwards. Following cessation of employment, an Executive Director must retain

for two years such of their shares which are subject to this policy as have a value equal to 200% of salary. If an Executive Director’s relevant shares have a

value of less than 200% of salary then, in line with the company’s previous approach, Executive Directors will be expected to retain their full “in-service”

shareholding requirement for one year post cessation of employment and 50% for two years after leaving. The Committee retains discretion to vary the

application of the post-employment shareholding policy in compassionate circumstances.

Throughout 2023, D Stirling complied with the Policy, holding 428% of base salary at 31 December 2023. G McGrath is making progress towards meeting

the requirement and holds 186% of base salary at 31 December 2023.

1

1

Includes shares owned outright and interests in share incentive scheme without performance conditions. Calculated on the basis of the average share price over the three months to 31 December

2023 of £3.15.

#### Directors’ Remuneration report

#### Continued

![]()

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

99

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

The tables below set out the Directors’ interests (including those of their connected persons) in Zotefoams shares as at 31 December 2023. There were no

changes in the Directors’ interests between the year end and the date of this report.

Executive Directors

Shares owned outright¹

Interest in share incentive

schemes without

performance conditions

2

Interest in share incentive

schemes with performance

conditions

3

D Stirling

493,766

119,356

289,187

G McGrath

101,405

89,890

188,397

1

Includes Partnership Shares, Dividend Shares and vested Matching Shares under the SIP.

2

Comprises: vested Company Share Option Plan awards, DBSP shares, unvested Matching Shares under the SIP, the unvested portion of the 2021 LTIP awards due to vest on 26 April 2024 and the

unvested portion of the 2020 LTIP awards.

3

Comprises: unvested LTIP shares.

Non-Executive Directors

Shares owned outright

J Carling

3,323

L Drummond

1

6,639

D Robertson

7,302

M Swift

1

0

C Wall

7,936

A Fielding

2

9,121

S Good

2

30,047

1

L Drummond and M Swift joined the Board on 17 January 2023 and 29 September 2023 respectively.

2

S Good and A Fielding stepped down from the Board on 24 May 2023 and 29 September 2023 respectively and the shareholding is shown as at the date of stepping down from the Board.

![]()

100

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Scheme interests (audited)

The table below provides details of the current position of outstanding awards made to the Executive Directors who served in the year under review:

Scheme

As at

31 Dec

2022

Date of

exercise or

release

Granted

during

the year

Exercised

or released

Lapsed or

cancelled

As at

31 Dec

2023

Market

price on

exercise

date

Exercise

price

Date from

which

exercisable

Expiry

date

D Stirling

LTIP (2018)

5,238

06.06.2023

–

(5,238)

–

–

£3.45

24.05.2021

n/a

LTIP (2020)

1

87,674

–

–

–

(57,217)

30,457

–

–

21.09.2023

n/a

LTIP (2021)

115,192

–

–

–

–

115,192

–

–

26.04.2024

n/a

LTIP (2022)

159,111

–

–

–

–

159,111

–

29.04.2025

n/a

LTIP (2023)

–

–

130,076

–

–

130,076

–

18.04.2026

n/a

DBSP (2019)

2

11,835

20.04.2023

to

25.04.2023

–

(11,835)

–

–

£3.72 to

£3.82

–

20.04.2023

n/a

DBSP (2020)

3,678

–

–

–

–

3,678

–

–

08.04.2024

n/a

DBSP (2021)

4,207

–

–

–

–

4,207

–

–

29.04.2025

n/a

DBSP (2022)

–

–

15,009

–

–

15,009

–

–

18.04.2026

n/a

SIP

3

860

–

129

–

–

989

–

–

–

n/a

G McGrath

CSOP

10,344

–

–

–

–

10,344

–

£2.90

05.04.2019

05.04.2026

LTIP (2018)

3,530

06.06.2023

–

(3,530)

–

–

£3.45

–

24.05.2021

n/a

LTIP (2020)

58,015

–

–

–

(37,861)

20,154

–

–

21.09.2023

n/a

LTIP (2021)

76,676

–

–

–

–

76,676

–

–

26.04.2024

n/a

LTIP (2022)

105,910

–

–

–

–

105,910

–

–

29.04.2025

n/a

LTIP (2023)

–

–

82,487

–

–

82,487

–

–

18.04.2026

n/a

DBSP (2019)

2

7,444

20.04.2023

to

25.04.2023

–

(7,444)

–

–

£3.72 to

£3.82

–

20.04.2023

n/a

DBSP (2020)

3,303

–

–

–

–

3,303

–

–

08.04.2024

n/a

DBSP (2021)

2,036

–

–

–

–

2,036

–

–

29.04.2025

n/a

DBSP (2021)

–

–

10,323

–

–

10,323

–

–

18.04.2026

n/a

SIP

3

812

–

129

–

–

941

–

–

–

n/a

1

30% based on relative TSR. 50% based on annualised EPS growth. 20% based on ROCE. As set out in the 2022 Annual Report and Accounts, this award vested at 34.74% of maximum based on

performance in the period ending 31 December 2022.

2

Shares were exercised over a period of six days from 20 April 2023 to 25 April 2023 at a range of market prices from £3.72 to £3.82.

3

Matching Shares under the SIP. Participants buy Partnership Shares monthly under the SIP. The Company provides one Matching Share for every four Partnership Shares purchased. These Matching

Shares are ﬁrst available for vesting three years after being awarded or on leaving if the person is considered to be a “good leaver”.

Details of Directors’ service contracts and appointment letters (unaudited)

The following table sets out the details of the service contracts and appointment letters for the Directors as at 31 December 2023. Copies of the Directors’

service contracts and appointment letters are available for inspection at the Company’s registered ofﬁce.

Director

Date of current service contract

or appointment letter

Unexpired terms at

31 December 2023

J Carling

1

1 April 2023

2 years and 5 months

L Drummond

17 January 2023

2 years and 5 months

G McGrath

15 April 2019

–

D Robertson

1

1 April 2023

2 years and 5 months

D Stirling

13 May 2019

–

M Swift

29 September 2023

2 years and 5 months

C Wall

2

1 April 2023

2 years and 5 months

1

Both J Carling and D Robertson were appointed by the Board for a third term in April 2023 with effect from 24 May 2023 to expire at the 2026 AGM and were re-elected by shareholders at the

2023 AGM.

2

C Wall was appointed by the Board for a second term in April 2023 with effect from 24 May 2023 to expire at the 2026 AGM and was re-elected by shareholders at the 2023 AGM.

S Good’s service contract was terminated upon stepping down from the Board effective 24 May 2023. A Fielding’s service contract was terminated upon

stepping down from the Board effective 29 September 2023.

#### Directors’ Remuneration report

#### Continued

![]()

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

101

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

External appointments

During 2023, Executive Directors did not receive any fees from external appointments.

Change in remuneration of Group Directors and employees (unaudited)

The table below illustrates the percentage change in salary and beneﬁts for the Group Directors from the prior year compared with the average

percentage change for the UK workforce.

The employee subset consists of an average of the UK workforce employees for the period under review. This subset has been selected as this employee

representative group is the largest group of employees within the organisation. The Non-Executive Directors receive no taxable beneﬁts or annual bonus.

% change

in base

salary

(2023 to

2022)

1

% change in

taxable

beneﬁt

(2023 to

2022)

1

% change in

annual

bonus UK

employees

only

(2023 to

2022)

1

% change

in base

salary

(2022 to

2021)

1

% change in

taxable

beneﬁt

(2022 to

2021)

1

% change in

annual

bonus UK

employees

only

(2022 to

2021)

1

% change in

base salary

(2021 to

2020)

1

% change in

taxable

beneﬁt

(2021 to

2020)

1

% change in

annual

bonus UK

employees

only

(2021 to

2020)

1

D Stirling

15.4

7.3

6.4

5.1

2.2

10.4

7.0

-3.5

-14.1

G McGrath

11.1

5.4

6.6

5.4

1.8

10.1

7.4

-1.9

-53.7

J Carling

12.7

n/a

n/a

2.5

n/a

n/a

2.5

n/a

n/a

S Good

2

-44.8

n/a

n/a

35.0

n/a

n/a

1.7

n/a

n/a

D Robertson

15.2

n/a

n/a

2.5

n/a

n/a

1.7

n/a

n/a

A Fielding

2

-14.8

n/a

n/a

2.5

n/a

n/a

61.6

4

n/a

n/a

C Wall

12.7

n/a

n/a

2.5

n/a

n/a

61.6

4

n/a

n/a

Average employee

8.75

8.36

21.75

3

4.66

0

512.1

2.5

0

4.7

1

L Drummond was appointed to the Board in January 2023. M Swift was appointed to the Board in September 2023. Both have been excluded from this table as there are no prior year comparatives.

2

S Good retired from the Board on 24 May 2023. A Fielding retired from the Board on 29 September 2023.

3

The mean staff bonus in the UK was 6.35% of base salary in relation to 2023 (2022: 7.24% of base salary).

4

A Fielding and C Wall were appointed to the Board on May 2020. Their 2021 increases reﬂect that they were only paid their respective fees for part of the year.

The UK employees’ salary review is negotiated with the unions and a 7.0% increase was agreed in relation to 2023. For 2024, a salary increase of 5.0%

has been agreed for UK employees.

CEO pay ratio

Companies with more than 250 employees are required to publish the CEO-to-employee pay ratio. The ratio compares the total remuneration of the

Group CEO against the remuneration of the median employee, and employees in the lower and upper quartiles. These pay ratios form part of the

information that is provided to the Committee on broader employee pay policies and practices. The Committee has considered the pay data and

concluded that the current ratio is proportionate and allows the business to retain high-calibre individuals capable of delivering the growth strategy.

The ratios set out below were calculated using the Option A methodology, which uses the pay and beneﬁts of all UK employees as it provides the most

accurate information and representation of the ratios. The employee pay data used was based on the total remuneration of all Zotefoams plc’s full-time

employees as at 31 December 2023. The Group CEO’s total remuneration has been taken from the single total ﬁgure of remuneration for 2023,

as disclosed on page 94.

The Committee considers that the median CEO pay ratio is consistent with the relative roles and responsibilities of the Group CEO and the identiﬁed

employees. Base salaries of all employees, including our Executive Directors, are set with reference to a range of factors, including market practice,

location, experience and performance in role. The Group CEO’s remuneration package is weighted towards variable pay (including the annual bonus,

LTIP and DBSP) due to the nature of the role, which means that the ratio is likely to ﬂuctuate depending on the outcomes of incentive plans in each year.

The increase in the total pay ratio at the 25th, 50th and 75th percentiles since 2021 is due to no LTIP vesting, low annual bonus pay-out in 2021 and higher

LTIP and annual bonus outcomes in both 2022 and 2023.

Year

Method

25th percentile

pay ratio

50th percentile

pay ratio

75th percentile

pay ratio

2023 – Base salary

Option A

12:1

10:1

8:1

2023 – Total pay

30:1

25:1

19:1

2022 – Total pay

1

22:1

19:1

15:1

2021 – Total pay

15:1

12:1

10:1

2020 – Total pay

17:1

14:1

10:1

Pay data (£’000)

Base salary

Total pay

CEO’s remuneration

393,580

1,089,067

UK employees 25th percentile

32,684

36,130

UK employees 50th percentile

38,770

42,913

UK employees 75th percentile

52,000

26,580

1

The 2022 total pay ﬁgure has been restated to reﬂect a restated single total ﬁgure of remuneration for 2022.

![]()

102

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Historical TSR performance and Group CEO remuneration outcomes (unaudited)

The graph below compared the TSR of Zotefoams against the FTSE SmallCap Index (excluding investment trusts), which is considered the most

appropriate choice of index by the Remuneration Committee due to the Group’s size and membership of this index.

Zotefoams

FTSE SmallCap Index

350

250

300

200

150

100

50

0

450

400

Dec 23

Dec 22

Dec 21

Dec 20

Dec 19

Dec 18

Dec 17

Dec 16

Dec 15

Dec 14

Dec 13

Workforce alignment

While it remains important to set base salaries on a market-competitive basis reﬂective of the size and complexity of the business, the Committee has

considered alignment of executive remuneration with workforce reward structures.

The table below illustrates the Group CEO’s single ﬁgure for total remuneration, annual bonus pay-out, LTIP vesting as a percentage of maximum

opportunity, the EPS and the average share price for the ﬁnal quarter for the same ten-year period.

Group CEO’s

single total

ﬁgure of

remuneration (£)

Annual

bonus pay-out

(% of maximum)

LTIP vesting

(% of maximum)

EPS (p)

Average share

price for the ﬁnal

quarter (p)

2023

1,089,067

95.0

70.0

19.0

315.0

2022

757,851

2

91.6

34.7

20.6

303.0

2021

441,369

22.0

0.0

9.0

402.0

2020

491,548

28.0

23.5

14.9

415.5

2019

637,473

37.1

47.0

14.9

375.4

2018

794,905

35.1

100.0

18.7

570.5

2017

676,816

84.4

58.0

16.6

1

389.2

2016

497,545

55.0

37.7

13.7

252.5

2015

418,568

44.4

50.0

11.1

344.3

2014

439,452

44.0

66.0

10.7

237.8

1

While basic EPS before exceptional items for 2017 was 16.04p, the Remuneration Committee decided to eliminate the impact on deferred tax (the net operating losses which are carried forward) of the

change in expected future US corporate tax rates, which resulted in an EPS of 16.59p before exceptional items being used for calculating the satisfaction of the EPS target for the vesting of the 2015 LTIP

awards.

2

The Group CEO’s single total ﬁgure of remuneration for 2022 has been restated.

Relative importance of spend on pay (unaudited)

The table below illustrates the year-on-year change in total Executive Directors’ remuneration and Executive Directors’ remuneration compared with proﬁt

after tax and distributions to shareholders for 2023 and 2022.

% change

2022/2023

2023

£’000

2022

£’000

Total remuneration¹

13%

28,460

25,227

Executive Directors’ remuneration

45%

1,807

1,265

3

Proﬁt after tax

-8%

9,242

10,006

Shareholder distributions

2

5%

3,350

3,188

1

Social security costs paid by the Group have been excluded from this ﬁgure.

2

Shareholder distributions refer to the dividends paid during the year.

3

The Executive Directors’ remuneration for 2022 has been restated to reﬂect the restated single total ﬁgure of remuneration for 2022.

#### Directors’ Remuneration report

#### Continued

![]()

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

103

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Committee role and advisers (unaudited)

The Group has established a Remuneration Committee, which is constituted in accordance with the recommendations of the UK Corporate Governance

Code. J Carling, L Drummond, D Robertson, M Swift and C Wall were members of the Committee as at 31 December 2023 and to the date of this report.

S Good, who resigned as Chair and Non-Executive Director with effect from 24 May 2023, ceased to be a member of the Committee from that date.

A Fielding, who resigned as Chair of the Remuneration Committee and Non-Executive Director with effect from 29 September 2023, ceased to chair the

Committee from that date. All the members are independent Non-Executive Directors, with the exception of L Drummond, who was independent on

appointment as Chair of the Company. The Committee was chaired by A Fielding until 29 September 2023 and by M Swift for the remainder of the year.

The Committee’s Terms of Reference were last updated in August 2023 and may be found on the Group’s website.

None of the Committee members have any personal ﬁnancial interest (other than fees paid as disclosed on page 94 and as shareholders) in the Company,

nor do they have any interests that may conﬂict with those of the Group, such as cross directorships. None of the Committee members are involved in the

day-to-day management of the business. The Committee makes recommendations to the Board on remuneration matters. No Director is involved in any

decision concerning his or her own remuneration.

The Remuneration Committee met three times in 2023, with full attendance at each meeting. The Company Secretary acts as secretary to the

Committee.

In 2023, the Remuneration Committee carried out the following work:

X

completed a review of the remuneration arrangements for the Executive Directors and the wider workforce and concluded a consultation initiated

in 2022 with the Group’s largest shareholders in relation to the proposed Remuneration Policy put forward for approval at the 2023 AGM

X

approved the 2022 Directors’ Remuneration report

X

considered and approved the annual bonus for the Executive team

X

considered and approved the grant of awards under the LTIP and the DBSP in 2023 and the vesting of awards made in 2020 under the LTIP

X

considered the salary reviews of the Executive team and concluded that no increase would be awarded above the salary review applicable to the

general workforce

X

considered the salary review of the Company Secretary and awarded a pay increase commensurate with market rates of pay

X

considered the performance targets for the 2023 Executive Directors’ bonus and LTIP awards.

Deloitte LLP (Deloitte) was engaged in 2016 to assist and provide advice to the Remuneration Committee in relation to Directors’ remuneration. Following

a retendering exercise involving three ﬁrms in 2022, they continued to work with the Committee through 2023 in respect of general remuneration advice.

Deloitte is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and adheres to its Code on Executive Remuneration Consulting in the UK. The Committee

is comfortable that Deloitte does not have connections with Zotefoams plc that may impair its objectivity and independence. Deloitte provided no other

services to the Company during 2023.

Total fees for advice provided to the Committee amounted to the following:

2023

(£)

2022

(£)

Deloitte LLP

25,000

64,450

Total

25,000

64,450

Shareholder voting (unaudited)

The table below sets out the results of the votes received on the 2022 Directors’ Remuneration report at the 2023 AGM as well as the Directors’

Remuneration Policy approved at the 2023 AGM:

Directors’ Remuneration

Policy

%

Report on

remuneration

%

Votes in favour

30,822,412

95.22

31,439,387

97.13

Votes against

1,530,762

4.73

913,788

2.82

Discretion

15,969

0.05

15,969

0.05

Total votes

32,369,143

100.00

32,369,144

100.00

Votes withheld

1,101

–

1,100

–

![]()

104

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Directors’ report

The Directors present their Annual Report and

audited consolidated ﬁnancial statements for

the year ended 31 December 2023

Results and dividends

Proﬁt attributable to shareholders for the year

amounted to £9.2m (2022: £10.0m). An interim

dividend of 2.28p (2022: 2.18p) per share was

paid on 6 October 2023. The Directors

recommend that a ﬁnal dividend of 4.90p (2022:

4.62p) per share be paid on 3 June 2024 to

shareholders who are on the Company’s register

at the close of business on 3 May 2024, resulting

in a total dividend of 7.18p per share for the year

(2022: 6.80p). For further information on the

performance of the Company refer to the

Strategic Report on pages 1 to 77, which should

be read as forming part of the Directors’ report.

Directors

The Directors who were in ofﬁce during the

year were:

L Drummond

(appointed Non-Executive Director and

Chair Designate 17 January 2023 and

Company Chair on 24 May 2023)

S Good (Company Chair) (resigned 24 May 2023)

J Carling

A Fielding (resigned 29 September 2023)

G McGrath

D Robertson

D Stirling

M Swift (appointed 29 September 2023)

C Wall

All Directors other than S Good and A Fielding

were in ofﬁce up to the date of signing of the

ﬁnancial statements. The biographical details

of Board Directors in post as at 5 April 2024 are

set out on pages 78 and 79. The Group CEO

announced his intention to retire from the

business on 7 November 2023. A search for

a new Group CEO concluded in March 2023 and

further details are provided in our Nomination

Committee report on pages 87 to 89.

The appointment, replacement and powers of

the Directors are governed by the Company’s

Articles of Association (the “Articles”), the UK

Corporate Governance Code, the Companies

Act 2006, prevailing legislation and resolutions

passed at the Annual General Meeting (AGM) or

other general meetings of the Company.

The Articles give the Directors power to appoint

and replace Directors. Under the Terms of

Reference of the Nomination Committee, any

appointment must be recommended by the

Nomination Committee for approval by the

Board of Directors. The Articles also require new

Directors to retire and submit themselves for

election at the ﬁrst AGM following their

appointment and for existing Directors to retire

and, if they so wish, submit themselves for

re-election at every AGM thereafter.

D Stirling and G McGrath, the Executive

Directors, have service contracts which are

terminable on twelve months’ written notice.

All other Directors have letters of appointment

which are terminable on six months’ written

notice.

The Company maintained Directors’ and

Ofﬁcers’ Liability Insurance cover throughout

2023. The Company has issued Deeds of

Indemnity in favour of all Directors. These Deeds

were in force throughout the year ended 31

December 2023 and remain in force as at the

date of this report. These Deeds, as well as the

service contracts and the Company’s Articles of

Association, are available for inspection during

normal business hours at the Company’s

registered ofﬁce and will be available at the AGM.

Conﬂicts of interest

All Directors submit details to the Company

Secretary of any new situations, or changes to

existing ones, which may give rise to an actual or

potential conﬂict of interest with those of the

Company.

Where an actual, or potential, conﬂict is

approved by the Board, the Board will normally

authorise the situation on the condition that the

Director concerned abstains from participating in

any discussion or decision affected by the

conﬂicted matter. Authorisation of a conﬂict is

only given to Directors who are not interested in

the matter. No new conﬂicts of interest were

noted during 2023 or between the year end and

the date of signing of the ﬁnancial statements.

Amendment to the Articles of Association

The Company’s Articles of Association may only

be amended by a special resolution of the

shareholders passed in general meeting and

were last amended in May 2021.

Corporate governance report

The Corporate governance report on

pages

80 to 82

should be read as forming part of the

Directors’ report.

Employees

To safeguard employee welfare, the Group has

documented and well-publicised policies on

occupational health and safety, the environment

and training. The Group operates an equal

opportunities, single-status, employment policy

and an open management style.

Zotefoams operates an equality, diversity and

inclusion policy and we believe diversity

(ethnicity, age, gender, language, sexual

orientation, gender re-orientation, religion and

socio-economic status) of the employees

promotes a better working environment, which in

turn leads to innovation and business success.

Applications for employment by disabled

persons are always fully considered and, in the

event of an employee becoming disabled, every

effort is made to ensure that their employment

with Zotefoams continues and that appropriate

training and support is provided where

necessary. Zotefoams’ policy is that the training,

career development and promotion of disabled

persons should, as far as possible, be identical

to that of other employees.

Zotefoams places considerable value on the

involvement of its people and holds formal and

informal meetings to brief them on matters

affecting them as employees and on the various

factors (including ﬁnancial and economic factors)

affecting the performance of the Group; it also

ensures that their views are taken into account in

making decisions which are likely to affect their

interests. In the UK, there is a Joint Consultative

Committee (JCC), which comprises an employee

representative from each department or group of

departments. The JCC meets regularly and

considers a wide range of matters affecting the

employees’ current and future interests. From

January 2019, J Carling has attended meetings

of the JCC in his capacity as Board

representative, to provide employees with an

opportunity to engage with the Board and allow

the Board to have regard to employees’ views in

their decision-making. Further details of the JCC

activities in 2023 may be found on page 73.

In order to encourage employees to share in the

success of Zotefoams, an all-employee share

incentive scheme was established in 2015 in the

UK. Under the scheme, employees can

purchase shares each month directly from their

salary. For every four shares bought, one further

share is awarded. The shares vest on the third

anniversary of award and are normally exempt

from tax after ﬁve years.

The Company operates to a number of

recognised industry standards.

Further details of our certiﬁcations are provided

in our ESG report on

page 66.

Relationships with others

In its decision-making, the Board considers how

the Group fosters its business relationships with

suppliers, customers and others in order to

achieve good-quality outcomes.

Further information on this topic can be found

on

pages 61 to 63

of the Strategic Report (the

S172(1) statement), which is incorporated into

this Directors’ report by cross-reference.

![]()

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

105

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Human rights

Zotefoams does not, at present, have a speciﬁc

policy on human rights; however, it believes in

recognising and respecting all human rights as

deﬁned in international conventions. This belief is

embedded within the organisation’s values and

ethical policies. We conduct every aspect of our

business with honesty, integrity and openness,

respecting human rights and the interests of our

employees, customers and other stakeholders,

according to the principles set out in our Ethics

Policy, which covers:

X

ensuring that our employees have the

freedom to join a union, associate or bargain

collectively without fear of discrimination

against the exercising of such freedoms

X

not using forced labour or child labour

X

prohibiting the use of worker-paid fees and the

conﬁscation of workers’ original identiﬁcation

documents

X

complying with the Employer Pays Principle

and

X

respecting the rights of privacy of our

employees and protecting access to and use

of their personal information.

The Company operates an Equality, Diversity

and Inclusion Policy and a Dignity at Work Policy,

which promote the right of every employee to

be treated with dignity and respect and not be

harassed or bullied. We work hard to ensure

that goods and services are from sources that

do not jeopardise human rights, safety or the

environment, and expect our suppliers to

observe business principles consistent with

our own.

Business ethics

Zotefoams is committed to high standards

of business conduct and aims to maintain

these standards across all of our operations

throughout the world. Under our Ethics Policy,

we state that we will:

X

operate within the law

X

not tolerate any discrimination or harassment

X

not make any political donations or grant

public donation for the purpose of political

advocacy of any kind and conﬁrm that no

political donations or contributions to political

parties have been made during the year

X

not make or receive bribes

X

avoid situations that might give rise to conﬂicts

of interest

X

not enter into any activity that might be

considered anti-competitive

X

aim to be a responsible company within our

local communities

X

support and encourage our employees to

report, in conﬁdence, any suspicions of

wrongdoing.

Supporting our Ethics Policy, we have policies

on anti-bribery and corruption, anti-fraud,

anti-competitive behaviour, employee share

trading and whistleblowing. We also became

a signatory to the Employer Pays Principle

during the year, formalising our long-standing

Group-wide commitment to recruitment costs

being borne by the employer, not the employee.

In 2020, we introduced a declaration of

adherence to the principles laid out in the

Anti-Bribery and Corruption, Anti-Fraud and

Ethics policies in the business dealings with

all new suppliers. In 2023, we extended our

modern slavery enquiries to suppliers in our

subsidiary entities in Poland, the USA, China

and India.

Scan the QR code to see

our Modern Slavery

statement

zote.info/3OGGN5N

Suppliers’ ethical disclosures will remain under

review.

Substantial shareholdings

In accordance with the Disclosure and

Transparency Rules DTR 5, the Company,

as at 4 April 2024, had received notices of

the following material interests of 3% or more

in the issued ordinary share capital:

Ordinary

shares of

5.0p

Percentage

of issued

share

capital

Schroder Investment

Mgt

8,571,051

17.55

Raymond James

Investment Services

4,534,273

9.28

BGF Investments

3,231,270

6.62

Premier Miton

Investors

2,635,554

5.40

Mr Marc & Mrs Claire

Downes

2,162,417

4.43

Mr Nicholas

Beaumont-Dark

2,124,347

4.35

Canaccord Genuity

Wealth Mgt

1,625,644

3.33

Interactive Investor

1,561,460

3.20

Directors’ shareholdings are shown in the

Directors’ Remuneration report on

pages 98

and 99.

Research and development (R&D)

The amount spent by the Group on R&D

in the year was £3.0m (2022: £2.0m). In the

opinion of the Directors, £2.2m (2022: £1.2m)

of this expenditure met the requirements for

capitalisation under IAS 38, while £0.8m (2022:

£0.8m) did not and was consequently expensed

in the consolidated income statement.

Share capital and reserves

The Company has one class of ordinary shares,

which has no right to ﬁxed income. Each share

carries the right, on a poll, to one vote at general

meetings of the Company. There are no speciﬁc

restrictions on the size of a holding nor on the

transfer of shares, which are both governed by

the general provisions of the Articles of

Association and prevailing legislation. The

Directors are not aware of any agreements

between holders of the Company’s shares that

may result in restrictions on the transfer of

securities or on voting rights. No person has any

special rights of control over the Company’s

share capital and all issued shares are fully paid.

At 31 December 2023, the Zotefoams

Employees’ Beneﬁt Trust (EBT) held 244,286

shares (approximately 0.5% of issued share

capital) (2022: 107,130 shares) to satisfy share

plans as described in the Directors’

Remuneration report. During the year, the EBT

released 87,844 shares in respect of these share

plans. In accordance with best practice, the

voting rights on the shares held in the EBT are

not exercised and the right to receive dividends

has been waived.

At the AGM held on 24 May 2023, authority was

given to the Directors to allot unissued shares in

the Company up to a maximum amount

equivalent to approximately two-thirds of the

issued share capital of the Company. Authority

was also given to the Directors to allot equity

securities in the Company for cash without

regard to the pre-emption provisions of the

Companies Act 2006. Both authorities expire at

the AGM to be held on 22 May 2024. The

Directors seek new authorities for a further year,

in line with market practice.

The Company was given authority at the 2023

AGM to purchase up to 4,862,123 of its ordinary

shares. This authority will also expire on 22 May

2024 and, at the date of this Report, had not

been used. In accordance with normal practice

for listed companies, a special resolution will be

proposed at this year’s AGM to seek a new

authority to make market purchases up to a

maximum of 10% of the issued share capital of

the Company.

![]()

106

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

#### Directors’ report

#### Continued

Subsidiaries and branches

Details of the joint ventures, subsidiaries and

branches within the Group are given in the

ﬁnancial statements.

Treasury and ﬁnancial instruments

Information in respect of the Group’s policies on

ﬁnancial risk management objectives, including

policies for hedging, as well as an indication of

exposure to ﬁnancial risk, is given in note 21 to

the ﬁnancial statements.

Future developments

Information on future developments for the

Group has been set out in the Chair’s Statement

and the Group CEO’s review on pages 31 to 37.

Greenhouse gas emissions

Information on the Group’s greenhouse gas

emissions may be found in the ESG report on

page 68.

Pension schemes

Refer to the post-employment beneﬁts section

of the Group CFO’s review on pages 43 and 44

and note 23 to the ﬁnancial statements for

information related to the Company’s pension

schemes.

In the UK, Zotefoams plc runs a number of

deﬁned contribution pension schemes. New

joiners are eligible to join the Zotefoams

Stakeholder Pension Scheme.

Finance costs capitalised

No ﬁnance costs were capitalised in the year

(2022: none).

Events after the reporting period

Refer to note 27 to the ﬁnancial statements for

details of any events after the reporting period

affecting the Group.

Disclosure of information to Auditor

The Directors who held ofﬁce at the date of

approval of this Directors’ report conﬁrm that,

in so far as they are each aware, there is no

relevant audit information of which the

Company’s External Auditor is unaware, and

each Director has taken all the steps that they

ought to have taken as a Director in order to

make themselves aware of any relevant audit

information and to establish that the Company’s

External Auditor is aware of that information.

Independent Auditor

A resolution to re-appoint PKF Littlejohn LLP

as the Company’s External Auditor will be

proposed at the forthcoming AGM.

On behalf of the Board,

#### G C McGrath

Director

5 April 2024

![]()

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

107

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

in respect of the ﬁnancial statements

The Directors consider the Annual Report, taken

as a whole, to be fair, balanced and understandable

The Directors are responsible for preparing the

Annual Report and the ﬁnancial statements in

accordance with applicable law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare

ﬁnancial statements for each ﬁnancial year.

Under that law, the Directors have prepared the

Group and Company ﬁnancial statements in

accordance with UK-adopted international

accounting standards. Under company law, the

Directors must not approve the ﬁnancial

statements unless they are satisﬁed that they

give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of

the Group and Company and of the proﬁt or loss

of the Group and Company for that period. In

preparing the ﬁnancial statements, the Directors

are required to:

X

select suitable accounting policies and then

apply them consistently

X

state whether applicable UK-adopted

international accounting standards have been

followed subject to any material departures

disclosed and explained in the ﬁnancial

statements

X

make judgements and accounting estimates

that are reasonable and prudent

X

prepare the ﬁnancial statements on the going

concern basis unless it is inappropriate to

presume that the Group and Company will

continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for safeguarding

the assets of the Group and Company and

hence for taking reasonable steps for the

prevention and detection of fraud and other

irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for keeping

adequate accounting records that are sufﬁcient

to show and explain the Group’s and Company’s

transactions and disclose with reasonable

accuracy at any time the ﬁnancial position of the

Group and Company and enable them to ensure

that the ﬁnancial statements and the Directors’

Remuneration report comply with the

Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are also responsible for the

maintenance and integrity of the Company’s

website. Legislation in the United Kingdom

governing the preparation and dissemination of

ﬁnancial statements may differ from legislation in

other jurisdictions.

Directors’ conﬁrmations

The Directors consider that the Annual Report,

taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and

understandable and provides the information

necessary for shareholders to assess the

position and performance, business model and

strategy of the Group and Company.

Each of the Directors in post as at 5 April 2024,

whose names and functions are listed on pages

78 and 79 of the Annual Report, conﬁrm that,

to the best of their knowledge:

X

the Consolidated and Company ﬁnancial

statements, which have been prepared in

accordance with UK-adopted international

accounting standards, give a true and fair view

of the assets, liabilities, ﬁnancial position and

proﬁt of the Group and Company

X

the Group CEO’s review includes a fair review

of the development and performance of the

business and the position of the Group and

Company. A description of the principal risks

faced by the Group and the Company is

provided on pages 48 to 58.

![]()

#### Opinion

We have audited the ﬁnancial statements of Zotefoams Plc (the “parent company”) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) for the year ended 31 December 2023

which comprise the Consolidated income statement, the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the Consolidated and Parent Company

statements of ﬁnancial position, the Consolidated and Parent Company statements of cash ﬂows, the Consolidated and Parent Company statements

of changes in equity, and notes to the ﬁnancial statements, including signiﬁcant accounting policies. The ﬁnancial reporting framework that has been

applied in their preparation is applicable law and UK-adopted international accounting standards and as regards the parent company ﬁnancial statements,

as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion:

X

the ﬁnancial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2023 and of the

group’s proﬁt for the year then ended

X

the group ﬁnancial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards

X

the parent company ﬁnancial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards and as

applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 and

X

the ﬁnancial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

#### Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those

standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the ﬁnancial statements section of our report. We are independent of the

group and parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the ﬁnancial statements in the UK, including

the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, and we have fulﬁlled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these

requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufﬁcient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

#### Conclusions relating to going concern

In auditing the ﬁnancial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the ﬁnancial

statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern

basis of accounting included:

X

obtaining and documenting an understanding of the directors’ going concern assessment process, including the controls over the review and approval

of the budget and ﬁve-year plan

X

assessing the appropriateness of the duration of the going concern assessment period to 30 June 2025 and considering the existence of any

signiﬁcant events or conditions during and beyond this period; the group undertakes a comprehensive ﬁve-year plan, and upon reviewing this plan,

no concerns arise within the ensuing twelve month period from the date of signing the ﬁnancial statements

X

evaluating management’s historical forecasting accuracy and the consistency of the going concern assessment with information obtained from other

areas of the audit, such as our audit procedures on management’s impairment assessments

X

testing the going concern assessment, including forecast liquidity, for mathematical accuracy

X

agreeing the underlying cash ﬂow projections to management-approved forecasts and recalculating the impact on banking covenants and liquidity

headroom for the base case scenario

X

assessing whether key assumptions made were reasonable and appropriately severe, in light of the group’s relevant principal risks and uncertainties

and our own independent assessment of those risks

X

performing independent sensitivity analysis on management’s key inputs and assumptions including applying incremental adverse cash ﬂow

sensitivities; the sensitivity analysis included the impact of certain severe but plausible scenarios, evaluated as part of management’s work on the

group’s viability including major operational disruption, loss of key customer in HPP, increase in cost due to inﬂation and foreign exchange risk and

X

considering the appropriateness of management’s downside scenario, to understand how severe conditions would have to be, to result in a breach

of liquidity and whether the reduction in EBITDA required has no more than a remote possibility of occurring.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identiﬁed any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively,

may cast signiﬁcant doubt on the group’s or parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the

ﬁnancial statements are authorised for issue.

In relation to the entities reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in

relation to the directors’ statement in the ﬁnancial statements about whether the directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of

accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.

#### Independent auditor’s report to the members of Zotefoams plc

108

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

![]()

#### Our application of materiality

The scope of our audit was inﬂuenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together with

qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual

ﬁnancial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the ﬁnancial statements

as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the ﬁnancial statements as a whole as follows:

Group ﬁnancial statements

Company ﬁnancial statements

Overall materiality

£962,000 (2022: £900,000)

£817,000 (2022: £810,000)

Performance materiality

£674,000 (2022: £630,000)

£571,900 (2022: £567,500)

Basis of materiality

7.5% (2022: 7.5%) of proﬁt before tax (PBT)

7.5% (2022: 7.5%) of PBT

Rationale

PBT is the primary key performance

indicator used by management in assessing

the performance of the group. As a proﬁt

generating group, we consider the users of the

ﬁnancial statements, such as investors, will also

consider PBT to be a key metric.

Based on our assessment indicating minimal

risk in the control environment, we have

chosen to set performance materiality at the

lower end of the medium-risk range, which we

deem most appropriate.

PBT is the primary key performance indicator

used by management in assessing the

performance of the parent company. As a proﬁt

generating company, we consider the users of

the ﬁnancial statements, such as investors, will

also consider PBT to be a key metric.

Based on our assessment indicating minimal

risk in the control environment, we have chosen

to set performance materiality at the lower end

of the medium-risk range, which we deem most

appropriate.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. The range of materiality

allocated across components was between £263,000 and £525,000 (2022: between £251,000 and £429,000). Certain components were audited to

a local statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall group materiality.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report on the misstatements identiﬁed during our audit above £48,000 (2022: £45,000) for the

consolidated ﬁnancial statements and £40,800 (2022: £40,500) for the parent company ﬁnancial statements as well as misstatements below those

amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

#### Our approach to the audit

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risk of material misstatement in the ﬁnancial statements. In particular, we

looked at areas involving signiﬁcant accounting estimates and judgement by the directors and considered future events that are inherently uncertain

such as the impairment of intangible assets, valuation of the deﬁned beneﬁt pension scheme, including the assumptions used in those calculations, and

valuation of deferred tax and share-based payments. We also addressed the risk of management override of controls, including among other matters, the

consideration of whether there was evidence of bias that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.

The group has ten trading companies (including a joint venture) in 2023 within the consolidated ﬁnancial statements. There are two trading companies

based in the UK, one based in Europe, four in Asia and three in the USA. We identiﬁed four signiﬁcant components. These included the parent company

Zotefoams plc, and the subsidiaries – Zotefoams Inc. MuCell Extrusion LLC and Zotefoams Poland Sp. z.o.o. – which were subject to a full scope audit by

a team with relevant sector experience undertaken from our ofﬁce based in London. We engaged the assistance of PKF network ﬁrms and local auditors

to assist with inventory count procedures, as we were not able to visit some of the overseas components.

In addition, we identiﬁed components which were neither material nor signiﬁcant to the group and we performed an audit of speciﬁc account balances,

classes of transactions or disclosures to ensure that those balances which were material to the group were subject to audit procedures, including:

X

revenue, cost of sales, operating expenses, wages, property, plant and equipment, trade receivables and cash and cash equivalent in Zotefoams

Midwest LLC

X

inventories, revenue, cost of sales, operating expenses, cash and cash equivalent and receivables in Zotefoams T-FIT Material Technology (Kunshan)

Limited

X

inventories, revenue, cost of sales, trade receivables and cash and cash equivalent in T-FIT Insulation Solutions India Private Limited and

X

cash and cash equivalent in Zotefoams Operations Limited.

The components identiﬁed as not signiﬁcant and not material were subject to review procedures undertaken by the same audit team.

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

109

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

![]()

#### Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most signiﬁcance in our audit of the ﬁnancial statements of the current

period and include the most signiﬁcant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identiﬁed, including those which had

the greatest effect on the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit, and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters

were addressed in the context of our audit of the ﬁnancial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate

opinion on these matters.

Key audit matter

How our scope addressed this matter

Impairment of intangible assets in MuCell Extrusion LLC

(“MuCell”)

The group’s consolidated statement of ﬁnancial position as at

31 December 2023 includes intangible assets with a carrying

value of £8,863k (2022: £7,774k). The group’s intangible assets

in respect of the cash generating unit (CGU) MuCell comprise

goodwill that arose on the acquisition of MuCell in a previous

accounting period, and other intangible assets principally

relating to the development of ReZorce technology. MuCell has

historically been loss making and has continued to incur losses

in 2023.

Per IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets”, goodwill is required to be

tested for impairment annually. Other intangible assets are

required to be tested for impairment when an indication of

impairment exists, together with intangible assets not yet ready

for use. The losses being incurred in MuCell are an example of

a potential impairment indicator.

During the year, as part of the group’s strategic plans, the

group entered into a joint development agreement (JDA)

with a world-leading packer of beverages. This agreement

includes a large-scale trial plan to achieve commercial viability.

Based on this plan, management has assessed impairment of

intangible assets supported by a value-in-use (VIU) model. The

VIU model involves estimation about the future performance

of the ReZorce technology when fully operational and upon

achieving commercial success. The determination of the

ReZorce forecasts are sensitive to projected sales levels,

contribution margin, the timeliness of successful trials and

commercialisation, and discount rate.

We have assessed this to be a key audit matter due to the

level of judgement and estimation required in determining the

recoverable amount of the intangible assets.

For more details refer to notes 12 and 26.

Our work in this area included:

X

obtaining and reviewing the impairment assessment supported by the VIU model

prepared by management

X

testing the VIU model for mathematical accuracy

X

reviewing and challenging the key inputs and assumptions used in the VIU model for

reasonableness and obtaining supporting evidence, including internally approved

budgets and external data where available, such as economic and industry forecasts

for the relevant markets, and assessing these key inputs and assumptions for

consistency with evidence obtained from other areas of the audit

X

assessing independently the sensitivity of the VIU to reasonable variations in signiﬁcant

assumptions and the impact it will have on the headroom

X

gaining an understanding of the potential market size for the ReZorce product and

management’s strategy to break into the market and potential customer appetite for

ReZorce and

X

challenging management on the development of ReZorce and obtaining an in-depth

understanding on the status of ongoing trials with key customers and their current

status, as well as the achievements of the milestones planned per the JDA.

Key observations

We agree with management’s conclusion that no impairment charge is required to be

recognised in the year in respect of the carrying value of intangible assets of MuCell

Extrusion LLC.

Valuation of deﬁned beneﬁt obligation

The liabilities relating to the group’s closed deﬁned beneﬁt

pension obligation totalled £2,656k at 31 December

2023 (2022: £3,290k), representing 4% (2022: 5%) of total

liabilities on the consolidated statement of ﬁnancial position.

The valuation of the pension scheme’s liabilities requires

management to use their judgment in making several highly

sensitive assumptions, being the rate of inﬂation, Consumer

Price Index (CPI) and Retail Price Index (RPI), the discount rate,

and the life expectancy of the scheme members.

Given the ﬁnancial signiﬁcance and the judgements and

estimates involved within the calculation, the valuation of

deﬁned beneﬁt obligation has been assessed as a key audit

matter.

For more details refer to note 23

Our work in this area included:

X

assessing the competence, capabilities and objectivity of management’s actuary used

to calculate the deﬁned beneﬁt obligation

X

involving our internal, actuarial team to assess the reasonableness of assumptions

used in the valuation of the deﬁned pension obligation

X

comparing key assumptions used in the actuarial report to industry benchmarks with

the assistance of our internal actuarial team

X

obtaining conﬁrmations and control reports from the investment manager and

custodian to conﬁrm the existence and accuracy of the pension scheme assets

X

testing for completeness and accuracy of employee data used in the actuarial

valuation

X

tracing contributions and payments/claims paid to the pension fund to bank

statements and

X

assessing whether adequate disclosures have been included in the annual report, and

whether the accounting treatment of the pension scheme liabilities is in line with IAS 19

“Employee Beneﬁts”.

Key observations

We are satisﬁed that the overall methodology is appropriate, and the key assumptions

applied in relation to determining the pension valuation are within an acceptable range.

#### Independent auditor’s report to the members of Zotefoams plc

#### Continued

110

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

![]()

#### Other information

The other information comprises the information included in the annual report, other than the ﬁnancial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. The

directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report. Our opinion on the group and parent company ﬁnancial statements

does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance

conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent

with the ﬁnancial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such

material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the

ﬁnancial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we

are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

#### Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006

In our opinion the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

X

the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the ﬁnancial year for which the ﬁnancial statements are prepared is consistent

with the ﬁnancial statements and

X

the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

#### Matters on which we are required to report by exception

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have

not identiﬁed material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

X

adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not

visited by us or

X

the parent company ﬁnancial statements and the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting

records and returns or

X

certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration speciﬁed by law are not made or

X

we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

#### Corporate governance statement

We have reviewed the directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating

to the group’s and parent company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code speciﬁed for our review by the Listing Rules.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate Governance Statement is

materially consistent with the ﬁnancial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit:

X

directors’ statement with regards the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any material uncertainties identiﬁed set

out on page 44 of the annual report

X

directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the group’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period is appropriate set out on

page 59 of the annual report

X

directors’ statement on whether they have a reasonable expectation that the group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities set out on

pages 44 and 59 of the annual report

X

directors’ statement that they consider the annual report and the ﬁnancial statements, taken as a whole, to be fair, balanced and understandable set

out on page 107 of the annual report

X

board’s conﬁrmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out on pages 45 to 58 of the annual report

X

the section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems set out on page 82 of the

annual report and

X

the section describing the work of the audit committee set out on pages 83 to 86 of the annual report.

#### Responsibilities of directors

As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the group and parent company

ﬁnancial statements and for being satisﬁed that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to

enable the preparation of ﬁnancial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the group and parent company ﬁnancial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s ability

to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the

directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

#### Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the ﬁnancial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the ﬁnancial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to

fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an

audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and

are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to inﬂuence the economic decisions of users taken on the

basis of these ﬁnancial statements.

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

111

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

![]()

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined

above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting

irregularities, including fraud is detailed below:

X

We obtained an understanding of the group and parent company and the sector in which they operate to identify laws and regulations that could

reasonably be expected to have a direct effect on the ﬁnancial statements. We obtained our understanding in this regard through discussions with

management, industry research, application of cumulative audit knowledge and experience of the sector. We corroborated our enquiries through our

review of board minutes, papers provided to the Audit Committee, correspondence received from regulatory bodies, attendance at all meetings of the

Audit Committee, as well as consideration of the results and knowledge gained from our audit procedures across the group and parent company.

X

We determined the principal laws and regulations relevant to the group and parent company in this regards to be those arising from the Listing Rules,

the Companies Act 2006, the Disclosure and Transparency Rules, the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Chemicals (Hazard Information and

Packaging for Supply) (Amendment) Regulations 2008, the Institution of Chemical Engineers (Charter Amendment) Order 2004, the Offshore Chemicals

Regulations 2002, the Export and Import of Dangerous Chemicals Regulations 2005, the Industry and Exports (Financial Support) Act 2009, the Export

Control Act 2002, the Import and Export Control Act 1990, the Consumer Protection Act 1987, anti-money laundering regulations, EU Registration,

Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals regulations, the Pressure Systems Safety Regulations 2000, the UK Chemical Industries

Association regulations and GDPR.

X

We designed our audit procedures to ensure that the audit team considered whether there were any indications of non-compliance by the group and

parent company with those laws and regulations. The group and parent company are subject to laws and regulations that directly affect the ﬁnancial

statements, including ﬁnancial reporting legislation, pensions legislation, distributable proﬁts legislation, and taxation legislation, and we assessed the

extent of compliance with these laws and regulations as part of our procedures on the related ﬁnancial statement items.

X

In addition, the group and parent company are subject to many other laws and regulations where the consequences of non-compliance could have a

material effect on amounts or disclosures in the ﬁnancial statements, for instance through the imposition of ﬁnes or litigation. We identiﬁed the following

areas as those most likely to have such an effect: health and safety; various regulation around the handling of chemicals and general environmental

protection legislation; fraud; bribery and corruption; export control; Consumer Rights Act; and employment law recognising the nature of the group and

parent company’s activities. These procedures included, but where not limited to, enquiry of the directors and other management and inspection of

regulatory and legal correspondence.

X

We assessed the susceptibility of the group’s ﬁnancial statements to material misstatement, including how fraud might occur by meeting with

management and reviewing the risk and uncertainties committee minutes to understand where it considered there was susceptibility to fraud. We

also considered performance targets and their propensity to inﬂuence on efforts made by management to manage earnings. We considered controls

that the group has established to address risks identiﬁed, or that otherwise prevent, deter and detect fraud; and how senior management monitors

those programmes and controls. We identiﬁed that, in addition to the non-rebuttable presumption of a risk of fraud arising from management override

of controls, there was potential for management bias in determining the key estimates and judgements used in the value-in-use model of Mucell

operations. Refer to the Key Audit Matter section for procedures performed as our response to the assessed risk.

X

As in all of our audits, we addressed the risk of fraud arising from management override of controls by performing audit procedures which included,

but were not limited to: the testing of journals with a focus on manual consolidation journals and journals indicating large or unusual transactions based

on our understanding of the business; reviewing key accounting estimates for evidence of bias; reviewing minutes of meetings of those charged with

governance and internal audit reports; and evaluating the business rationale of any signiﬁcant transactions that are unusual or outside the normal

course of business.

Because of the inherent limitations of an audit, there is a risk that we will not detect all irregularities, including those leading to a material misstatement

in the ﬁnancial statements or non-compliance with regulation. This risk increases the more that compliance with a law or regulation is removed from

the events and transactions reﬂected in the ﬁnancial statements, as we will be less likely to become aware of instances of non-compliance. The risk is

also greater regarding irregularities occurring due to fraud rather than error, as fraud involves intentional concealment, forgery, collusion, omission or

misrepresentation.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the ﬁnancial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.org.

uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

#### Other matters which we are required to address

We were appointed by the Audit Committee on 6 October 2020 to audit the ﬁnancial statements for the period ending 31 December 2020 and

subsequent ﬁnancial periods. Our total uninterrupted period of engagement is four years, covering the periods ending 31 December 2020 to

31 December 2023.

The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the group or the parent company and we remain independent of

the group and the parent company in conducting our audit.

Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee.

#### Use of our report

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work

has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no

other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone, other than the company and the company’s

members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Joseph Archer (Senior Statutory Auditor)

For and on behalf of PKF Littlejohn LLP

Statutory Auditor

15 Westferry Circus

Canary Wharf

London E14 4HD

5 April 2024

#### Independent auditor’s report to the members of Zotefoams plc

#### Continued

112

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

![]()

#### Consolidated income statement

#### For the year ended 31 December 2023

Note

2023

£’000

2022

£’000

Revenue

3

126,975

127,369

Cost of sales

(85,920)

(88,639)

Gross proﬁt

41,055

38,730

Distribution costs

(7,927)

(8,037)

Administrative expenses

(17,993)

(16,762)

Operating proﬁt

15,135

13,931

Finance costs

6

(2,540)

(1,814)

Finance income

6

191

56

Share of proﬁt from joint venture

9

54

50

Proﬁt before income tax

12,840

12,223

Income tax expense

7

(3,598)

(2,217)

Proﬁt for the year

9,242

10,006

Proﬁt attributable to:

Equity holders of the Company

9,242

10,006

9,242

10,006

Earnings per share:

Basic (p)

8

19.00

20.61

Diluted (p)

8

18.55

20.20

All activities of the Group are continuing.

The notes on pages 121 to 159 form an integral part of these ﬁnancial statements.

The Company has elected to take the exemption under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 from presenting the Company income statement and

other comprehensive income.

Company number: 2714645

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

113

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

![]()

#### Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

#### For the year ended 31 December 2023

Note

2023

£’000

2022

£’000

Proﬁt for the year

9,242

10,006

Other comprehensive income

Items that will not be reclassiﬁed to proﬁt or loss

Actuarial (losses)/gains on deﬁned beneﬁt pension scheme

23

(88)

584

Tax relating to items that will not be reclassiﬁed

22

(146)

Total items that will not be reclassiﬁed to proﬁt or loss

(66)

438

Items that may be reclassiﬁed subsequently to proﬁt or loss

Foreign exchange translation (losses)/gains on investment in foreign subsidiaries

(1,885)

3,681

Change in fair value of hedging instruments

1,712

(3,025)

Hedging (losses)/gains reclassiﬁed to proﬁt or loss

(192)

2,865

Tax relating to items that may be reclassiﬁed

(575)

185

Total items that may be reclassiﬁed subsequently to proﬁt or loss

(940)

3,706

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

(1,006)

4,144

Total comprehensive income for the year

8,236

14,150

Total comprehensive income attributable to:

Equity holders of the Company

8,236

14,150

Total comprehensive income for the year

8,236

14,150

The notes on pages 121 to 159 form an integral part of these ﬁnancial statements.

114

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

![]()

#### Consolidated statement of ﬁnancial position

#### As at 31 December 2023

Note

2023

£’000

2022

£’000

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

10

91,743

94,295

Right-of-use assets

11

1,272

939

Intangible assets

12

9,418

7,774

Investment in joint venture

9

207

153

Trade and other receivables

15

70

122

Deferred tax assets

19

435

410

Total non-current assets

103,145

103,693

Current assets

Inventories

14

31,904

26,139

Trade and other receivables

15

33,002

29,447

Derivative ﬁnancial instruments

21

1,264

486

Cash and cash equivalents

16

6,294

10,594

Total current assets

72,464

66,666

Total assets

175,609

170,359

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

17

(12,953)

(13,500)

Derivative ﬁnancial instruments

21

(28)

(1,550)

Current tax liability

(1,078)

(226)

Lease liabilities

11

(507)

(509)

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

18

(36,527)

(37,446)

Total current liabilities

(51,093)

(53,231)

Non-current liabilities

Lease liabilities

11

(827)

(454)

Deferred tax liabilities

19

(5,270)

(3,846)

Post-employment beneﬁts

23

(2,656)

(3,290)

Total non-current liabilities

(8,753)

(7,590)

Total liabilities

(59,846)

(60,821)

Total net assets

115,763

109,538

Equity

Issued share capital

20

2,442

2,431

Share premium

20

44,178

44,178

Own shares held

(12)

(5)

Capital redemption reserve

15

15

Translation reserve

4,024

5,909

Hedging reserve

660

(285)

Retained earnings

64,456

57,295

Total equity

115,763

109,538

The notes on pages 121 to 159 form an integral part of these ﬁnancial statements.

The ﬁnancial statements on pages 113 to 160 were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 5 April 2024 and were signed on its behalf by:

G C McGrath

Group CFO

Company number: 2714645

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

115

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

![]()

#### Company statement of ﬁnancial position

#### As at 31 December 2023

Note

2023

£’000

2022

£’000

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

10

42,027

40,838

Right-of-use assets

11

143

347

Intangible assets

12

504

641

Investment in subsidiaries

13

30,822

30,822

Trade and other receivables

15

70

122

Total non-current assets

73,566

72,770

Current assets

Inventories

14

22,616

18,732

Trade and other receivables

15

61,052

57,526

Derivative ﬁnancial instruments

21

1,264

486

Cash and cash equivalents

16

2,875

7,288

Total current assets

87,807

84,032

Total assets

161,373

156,802

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

17

(8,999)

(10,039)

Derivative ﬁnancial instruments

21

(28)

(1,550)

Current tax liability

(767)

(75)

Lease liabilities

11

(101)

(245)

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

18

(36,527)

(37,446)

Total current liabilities

(46,422)

(49,355)

Non-current liabilities

Lease liabilities

11

(46)

(101)

Deferred tax liabilities

19

(5,270)

(3,846)

Post-employment beneﬁts

23

(2,656)

(3,290)

Total non-current liabilities

(7,972)

(7,237)

Total liabilities

(54,394)

(56,592)

Total net assets

106,979

100,210

Equity

Issued share capital

20

2,442

2,431

Share premium

20

44,178

44,178

Capital redemption reserve

15

15

Hedging reserve

660

(285)

Retained earnings

59,684

53,871

Total equity

106,979

100,210

The notes on pages 121 to 159 form an integral part of these ﬁnancial statements.

The ﬁnancial statements on pages 113 to 160 were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 5 April 2024 and were signed on its behalf by:

G C McGrath

Group CFO

Company number: 2714645

116

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

![]()

#### Consolidated statement of cash ﬂows

#### For the year ended 31 December 2023

Note

2023

£’000

2022

£’000

Cash ﬂows from operating activities

Proﬁt for the year

9,242

10,006

Adjustments for:

Depreciation and amortisation

10,11,12

8,217

8,245

Loss on disposal of assets

4

4

283

Finance costs

6

2,349

1,758

Share of proﬁt from joint venture

9

(54)

(50)

Net exchange differences

(641)

871

Equity-settled share-based payments

24

1,335

809

Taxation

7

3,598

2,217

Operating proﬁt before changes in working capital and provisions

24,050

24,139

Increase in trade and other receivables

(3,774)

(4,818)

(Increase)/decrease in inventories

(6,279)

401

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables

(1,027)

4,119

Employee deﬁned beneﬁt contributions

23

(859)

(859)

Cash generated from operations

12,111

22,982

Interest paid

(2,082)

(1,255)

Income taxes paid, net of refunds

(2,248)

(659)

Net cash ﬂows generated from operating activities

7,781

21,068

Cash ﬂows from investing activities

Interest received

6

191

56

Purchases of intangibles

12

(2,739)

(1,724)

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

(5,744)

(5,368)

Net cash used in investing activities

(8,292)

(7,036)

Cash ﬂows from ﬁnancing activities

Repayment of borrowings

(1,231)

(50,883)

Proceeds from borrowings

1,609

43,044

Payment of principal portion of lease liabilities

11

(753)

(499)

Dividends paid to equity holders of the Company

8

(3,350)

(3,188)

Net cash generated from ﬁnancing activities

(3,725)

(11,526)

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

(4,236)

2,506

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

10,594

8,055

Exchange (losses)/gains on cash and cash equivalents

(64)

33

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

16

6,294

10,594

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and short-term highly liquid investments with a maturity date of less than three months, per the

breakdown in note 21.

The net exchange differences of £641k within operating activities relate to the foreign exchange movement on borrowings and open forward contracts in

the income statement (2022: £871k).

Refer to note 18 for a reconciliation of liabilities arising from ﬁnancing activities.

The notes on pages 121 to 159 form an integral part of these ﬁnancial statements.

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

117

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

![]()

#### Company statement of cash ﬂows

#### For the year ended 31 December 2023

Note

2023

£’000

2022

£’000

Cash ﬂows from operating activities

Proﬁt for the year

7,890

7,010

Adjustments for:

Depreciation and amortisation

10,11,12

3,792

4,166

Loss on disposal of assets

4

212

Finance costs

1,103

1,119

Net exchange differences

(2,274)

3,880

Equity-settled share-based payments

24

1,335

809

Taxation

3,003

1,942

Operating proﬁt before changes in working capital and provisions

14,853

19,138

Increase in trade and other receivables

(4,621)

(4,258)

Increase in inventories

(3,884)

(37)

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables

(1,716)

3,505

Employee deﬁned beneﬁt contributions

23

(859)

(859)

Cash generated from operations

3,773

17,489

Interest paid

(2,077)

(1,251)

Income taxes paid, net of refunds

(1,800)

(534)

Net cash ﬂows generated from operating activities

(104)

15,704

Cash ﬂows from investing activities

Interest received

62

–

Loans repaid by subsidiaries, net of prepayments

2,771

1,174

Purchase of intangibles

12

(174)

(149)

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

(3,713)

(3,183)

Net cash used in investing activities

(1,054)

(2,158)

Cash ﬂows from ﬁnancing activities

Repayment of borrowings

(1,231)

(50,883)

Proceeds from borrowings

1,609

43,044

Principal elements of lease payments

(283)

(265)

Dividends paid to equity holders of the Company

8

(3,350)

(3,188)

Net cash generated from ﬁnancing activities

(3,255)

(11,292)

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

(4,413)

2,254

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

7,288

5,034

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

16

2,875

7,288

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and short-term highly liquid investments with a maturity date of less than three months, per the

breakdown in note 21.

The net exchange differences of £2,274k within operating activities relate to the foreign exchange movement on borrowings and open forward contracts in

the income statement (2022: £3,880k).

Refer to note 18 for a reconciliation of liabilities arising from ﬁnancing activities.

The notes on pages 121 to 159 form an integral part of these ﬁnancial statements.

118

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

![]()

#### Consolidated statement of changes in equity

#### For the year ended 31 December 2023

Note

Share

capital

£’000

Share

premium

£’000

Own

shares

held

£’000

Capital

redemption

reserve

£’000

Translation

reserve

£’000

Hedging

reserve

£’000

Retained

earnings

£’000

Total

equity

£’000

Balance as at 1 January 2022

2,431

44,178

(10)

15

2,228

(310)

49,243

97,775

Proﬁt for the year

–

–

–

–

–

–

10,006

10,006

Other comprehensive income for the year

Foreign exchange translation gains on investment in

subsidiaries

–

–

–

–

3,681

–

–

3,681

Change in fair value of hedging instruments recognised

in other comprehensive income

–

–

–

–

–

(3,025)

–

(3,025)

Reclassiﬁcation to income statement – administrative

expenses

–

–

–

–

–

2,865

–

2,865

Tax relating to effective portion of changes in fair value

of cash ﬂow hedges, net of recycling

–

–

–

–

–

185

–

185

Actuarial gain on deﬁned beneﬁt pension scheme

23

–

–

–

–

–

–

584

584

Tax relating to actuarial gain on deﬁned beneﬁt pension

scheme

–

–

–

–

–

–

(146)

(146)

Total comprehensive income for the year

–

–

–

–

3,681

25

10,444

14,150

Transactions with owners of the parent:

Options exercised

–

–

5

–

–

–

(5)

–

Equity-settled share-based payments net of tax

–

–

–

–

–

–

801

801

Dividends paid

8

–

–

–

–

–

–

(3,188)

(3,188)

Total transactions with owners of the parent

–

–

5

–

–

–

(2,392)

(2,387)

Balance as at 31 December 2022

2,431

44,178

(5)

15

5,909

(285)

57,295

109,538

Balance as at 1 January 2023

2,431

44,178

(5)

15

5,909

(285)

57,295

109,538

Proﬁt for the year

–

–

–

–

–

–

9,242

9,242

Other comprehensive income for the year

Foreign exchange translation losses on investment in

subsidiaries

–

–

–

–

(1,885)

–

–

(1,885)

Change in fair value of hedging instruments recognised

in other comprehensive income

–

–

–

–

–

1,712

–

1,712

Reclassiﬁcation to income statement – administrative

expenses

–

–

–

–

–

(192)

–

(192)

Tax relating to effective portion of changes in fair value

of cash ﬂow hedges, net of recycling

–

–

–

–

–

(575)

–

(575)

Actuarial loss on deﬁned beneﬁt pension scheme

23

–

–

–

–

–

–

(88)

(88)

Tax relating to actuarial loss on deﬁned beneﬁt pension

scheme

–

–

–

–

–

–

22

22

Total comprehensive income for the year

–

–

–

–

(1,885)

945

9,176

8,236

Transactions with owners of the parent:

Options exercised

–

–

4

–

–

–

(4)

–

Proceeds of shares issued, net of expenses

11

–

(11)

–

–

–

–

–

Equity-settled share-based payments net of tax

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,339

1,339

Dividends paid

8

–

–

–

–

–

–

(3,350)

(3,350)

Total transactions with owners of the parent

11

–

(7)

–

–

–

(2,015)

(2,011)

Balance as at 31 December 2023

2,442

44,178

(12)

15

4,024

660

64,456

115,763

The aggregate current and deferred tax relating to items that are debited to equity is £591k (2022: credited 31k).

The notes on pages 121 to 159 form an integral part of these ﬁnancial statements.

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

119

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

![]()

#### Company statement of changes in equity

#### For the year ended 31 December 2023

Note

Share

capital

£’000

Share

premium

£’000

Capital

redemption

reserve

£’000

Hedging

reserve

£’000

Retained

earnings

£’000

Total

equity

£’000

Balance as at 1 January 2022

2,431

44,178

15

(310)

48,810

95,124

Proﬁt for the year

–

–

–

–

7,010

7,010

Other comprehensive income for the year

Change in fair value of hedging instruments recognised in other

comprehensive income

–

–

–

(3,025)

–

(3,025)

Reclassiﬁcation to income statement – administrative expenses

–

–

–

2,865

–

2,865

Tax relating to effective portion of changes in fair value of cash ﬂow hedges,

net of recycling

–

–

–

185

–

185

Actuarial gain on deﬁned beneﬁt pension scheme

23

–

–

–

–

584

584

Tax relating to actuarial gain on deﬁned beneﬁt pension scheme

–

–

–

–

(146)

(146)

Total comprehensive income for the year

–

–

–

25

7,448

7,473

Transactions with owners:

Equity-settled share-based payments net of tax

–

–

–

–

801

801

Dividends paid

8

–

–

–

–

(3,188)

(3,188)

Total transactions with owners

–

–

–

–

(2,387)

(2,387)

Balance as at 31 December 2022

2,431

44,178

15

(285)

53,871

100,210

Balance as at 1 January 2023

2,431

44,178

15

(285)

53,871

100,210

Proﬁt for the year

–

–

–

–

7,890

7,890

Other comprehensive income for the year

Change in fair value of hedging instruments recognised in other

comprehensive income

–

–

–

1,712

–

1,712

Reclassiﬁcation to income statement – administrative expenses

–

–

–

(192)

–

(192)

Tax relating to effective portion of changes in fair value of cash ﬂow hedges,

net of recycling

–

–

–

(575)

–

(575)

Actuarial loss on deﬁned beneﬁt pension scheme

23

–

–

–

–

(88)

(88)

Tax relating to actuarial loss on deﬁned beneﬁt pension scheme

–

–

–

–

22

22

Total comprehensive income for the year

–

–

–

945

7,824

8,769

Transactions with owners:

Proceeds of shares issued, net of expenses

11

–

–

–

–

11

Equity-settled share-based payments net of tax

–

–

–

–

1,339

1,339

Dividends paid

8

–

–

–

–

(3,350)

(3,350)

Total transactions with owners

11

–

–

–

(2,011)

(2,000)

Balance as at 31 December 2023

2,442

44,178

15

660

59,684

106,979

The aggregate current and deferred tax relating to items that are debited to equity is £591k (2022: credited 31k).

The notes on pages 121 to 159 form an integral part of these ﬁnancial statements.

120

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

![]()

Zotefoams plc

121

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Annual Report 2023

#### Notes

1. General information

Zotefoams plc (the “Company”) is a public limited company, which is

listed on the London Stock Exchange and incorporated and domiciled in

England, UK. The registered ofﬁce of the Company is 675 Mitcham Road,

Croydon, CR9 3AL.

The Company, its subsidiaries and joint venture (together referred to as the

“Group”) are engaged in the manufacturing and sale of high-performance

foams and licensing of related technology for specialist markets worldwide.

2. Signiﬁcant accounting policies

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these

ﬁnancial statements are set out below. These policies have been

consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

2.1 Basis of preparation

The consolidated ﬁnancial statements of Zotefoams plc have been

prepared in accordance with UK adopted International Accounting

Standards (“UK adopted IAS”) and as applied in accordance with the

provisions of the Companies Act 2006. The consolidated ﬁnancial

statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention

except for derivative ﬁnancial instruments, which are measured at fair value

through proﬁt or loss.

The preparation of ﬁnancial statements in conformity with UK adopted IAS

requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires

management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the

Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of

judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are

signiﬁcant to the ﬁnancial statements, are disclosed in note 26.

i) Going concern

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its

future development, performance and position, are set out in the Strategic

Report on pages 20 to 27 and the section entitled “Risk management

and principal risks” on pages 45 to 58. These also describe the ﬁnancial

position of the Group, its cash ﬂows and liquidity position. In addition, note

21 to the ﬁnancial statements includes the Group’s objectives, policies

and processes for managing its capital, its ﬁnancial risk management

objectives, details of its ﬁnancial instruments and hedging activities,

borrowing facilities, and its exposure to credit risk and liquidity risk.

At 31 December 2023, the Group’s gross ﬁnance facilities were £50.0m

(2022: £50.0m), consisting entirely of a multi-currency term loan.

In March 2023, the Group completed a retender of its debt facility and

selected Handelsbanken and NatWest, the incumbents, to continue as

its lenders. Under the terms of the new facility, the Group’s gross ﬁnance

facility now comprises a £50m multi-currency revolving credit facility with

a £25m accordion, on a 4+1 tenor, with an interest rate ratchet on slightly

improved terms to the previous facility and including an element related to

the achievement of sustainability targets. The ﬁnance cost and leverage

covenants remain in place, with the former remaining at a multiple of 4

and the latter increasing to 3.5 from 3.0. In January 2023, the Group

successfully extended the facility by a year in line with the term option,

resulting in an end term date now of March 2027.

The Directors believe that the Group is well placed to manage its business

risks and, after making enquiries including a review of forecasts and

predictions, taking account of reasonably possible changes in trading

performance and considering the existing banking facilities, have a

reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue

in operational existence for the next twelve months following the date of

approval of the ﬁnancial statements. The Directors have also drawn upon

the experiences of reacting to the challenges of COVID-19 through its

safety protocols and cost and cash management, all of which could be

replicated in a similar scenario.

After due consideration of the range and likelihood of potential outcomes,

the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in

preparing the Annual Report.

2.2 Basis of consolidation

The consolidated ﬁnancial statements comprise the ﬁnancial statements of

the Company, its subsidiaries and joint ventures as at 31 December 2023.

i) Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group

controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable

returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect

those returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully

consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group.

If the Group loses control over a subsidiary, it derecognises the related

assets (including goodwill), liabilities, non-controlling interest and other

components of equity, while any resultant gain or loss is recognised in

proﬁt or loss. Any investment retained is recognised at fair value.

ii) Transactions eliminated on consolidation

All intra-group balances and transactions, including any unrealised gains

and losses or income and expenses arising from such transactions,

are eliminated in full on preparing the consolidated ﬁnancial statements.

Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains,

but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment. Where

necessary, amounts reported by subsidiaries have been adjusted to

conform with the Group’s accounting policies.

iii) Joint arrangements

The Group applies IFRS 11 to its joint arrangements. Under IFRS 11,

investments in joint arrangements are classiﬁed as either joint operations

or joint ventures, depending on the contractual rights and obligations of

each investor. The Group has assessed the nature of its joint arrangements

and determined them to be joint ventures. Interests in the joint ventures are

accounted for using the equity method, after initially being recognised at

cost.

iv) Equity method

Under the equity method of accounting, the investment is initially

recognised at cost and the carrying amount is increased or decreased to

recognise the investor’s share of the change in net assets of the investee

after the date of acquisition.

If the ownership interest in the joint venture is reduced but joint control is

retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts previously recognised

in other comprehensive income is reclassiﬁed to proﬁt or loss where

appropriate.

The Group’s share of post-acquisition proﬁt or loss is recognised in the

income statement, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other

comprehensive income is recognised with a corresponding adjustment to

the carrying value of the investment. Where the Group’s share of losses in

the joint venture equals or exceeds its interest in the joint venture, including

any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further

losses unless it has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made

payments on behalf of the joint venture. Distributions received from the joint

venture reduce the carrying value of the investment.

The Group determines at each reporting date whether there is any

objective evidence that the investment in the joint venture is impaired. If

this is the case, the Group calculates the amount of impairment as the

difference between the recoverable amount of the joint venture and its

carrying value, and recognises the amount adjacent to “share of proﬁt/

(loss) of joint venture” in the income statement.

Gains and losses resulting from upstream and downstream transactions

between the Group and the joint venture are recognised in the Group’s

ﬁnancial statements only to the extent of an unrelated investor’s interests

in the joint venture. Unrealised losses are eliminated unless the transaction

provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting

policies of the joint venture have been aligned where necessary to ensure

consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

![]()

122

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

v) Accounting for business combinations

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method

as at the acquisition date, which is the date on which control is transferred

to the Group. Control is the power to govern the ﬁnancial and operating

policies of an entity so as to obtain beneﬁts from the activities. In assessing

control, the Group takes into consideration potential voting rights that are

currently exercisable.

The Group measures goodwill at the acquisition date as:

X

the fair value of the consideration transferred; plus

X

the recognised amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree;

plus

X

if the business combination is achieved in stages, the fair value

remeasured at acquisition date of the existing interest in the acquiree;

less

X

the net recognised amount of the identiﬁable assets acquired and

liabilities assumed.

Goodwill is initially measured at cost. After initial recognition, goodwill

is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. For

the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business

combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to each of the

Group’s cash-generating units (CGUs) that are expected to beneﬁt from

the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the

acquiree are assigned to those units.

Where goodwill has been allocated to a CGU and part of the operation

within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill associated with the disposed

operation is included in the carrying amount of the operation when

determining the gain or loss on disposal. Goodwill disposed of in these

circumstances is measured based on the relative values of the disposed

operation and the portion of the CGU retained.

The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the

consideration transferred, which is measured at fair value at the acquisition

date. When the excess is negative, a bargain purchase gain is recognised

immediately in the income statement. The consideration transferred does

not include amounts related to the settlement of pre-existing relationships.

Such amounts are generally recognised in the income statement. Costs

related to the acquisition, other than those associated with the issue

of debt or equity securities, that the Group incurs in connection with a

business combination are expensed as incurred.

When share-based payment awards (replacement awards) are required

to be exchanged for awards held by the acquiree employees (acquiree

awards) and relate to past services, then all or a portion of the amount

of the acquirer replacement awards are included in measuring the

consideration transferred in the business combination. This determination

is based on the market-based value of the replacement awards compared

with the market-based value of the acquiree awards and the extent to

which the replacement awards relate to past and/or future services.

vi) Investments in subsidiaries and joint arrangements

The Company’s investments in subsidiaries and joint arrangements are

stated at cost.

2.3 Foreign currency

i) Functional and presentation currency

The Group’s consolidated ﬁnancial statements are presented in sterling,

which is the Group’s functional currency. For each entity, the Group

determines the functional currency, and items included in the ﬁnancial

statements of each entity are measured using that functional currency.

The Group uses the direct method of consolidation and, on disposal of a

foreign operation, the gain or loss that is reclassiﬁed to proﬁt or loss reﬂects

the amount that arises from using this method.

The Company’s ﬁnancial statements are prepared and presented in

sterling, which is its functional currency.

ii) Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency

using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or

valuation (where items are remeasured). Monetary assets and liabilities

denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the functional currency

spot rates of exchange at the reporting date. Foreign exchange gains

and losses resulting from the settlement of monetary assets and liabilities

denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the income statement,

except when deferred in other comprehensive income as qualifying cash

ﬂow hedges. All foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the

income statement within administrative expenses.

Translation differences related to items classiﬁed through other

comprehensive income (OCI) are recognised in OCI while remaining

translation differences are recognised in the income statement.

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a

foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the dates of the

initial transactions. Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign

currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair

value is determined. The gain or loss arising on translation of non-monetary

items measured at fair value is treated in line with the recognition of the gain

or loss on the change in fair value of the item (i.e. translation differences on

items whose fair value gain or loss is recognised in OCI or proﬁt or loss are

also recognised in OCI or proﬁt or loss respectively).

In determining the spot exchange rate to use on initial recognition of

the related asset, expense or income (or part of it) or the derecognition

of a non-monetary asset or non-monetary liability relating to advance

consideration, the date of the transaction is the date on which the Group

initially recognises the non-monetary asset or non-monetary liability arising

from the advance consideration. If there are multiple payments or receipts

in advance, the Group determines the transaction date for each payment

or receipt of advance consideration.

iii) Group companies

The results and ﬁnancial position of all the Group entities (none of which

has the currency of a hyper-inﬂationary economy) that have a functional

currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the

presentation currency as follows:

X

assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated at the closing

rate of exchange prevailing at the reporting date

X

income and expenses for each income statement are translated

at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable

approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the

transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at

the rate on the dates of each transaction).

All resulting exchange differences are recognised in OCI. On disposal of a

foreign operation, the component of OCI relating to that particular foreign

operation is reclassiﬁed to proﬁt or loss.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign

entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity, and they are

translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognised

in OCI.

2.4 Derivative ﬁnancial instruments and hedge accounting

The Group uses derivative ﬁnancial instruments to hedge its exposure to

foreign currency risks arising from operational, ﬁnancing and investment

activities. The Group does not hold or issue derivative ﬁnancial instruments

for trading purposes. However, derivatives that do not qualify for hedge

accounting are accounted for as trading instruments.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date when a derivative

contract is entered into, and they are subsequently remeasured at their

fair value. Derivatives are carried as ﬁnancial assets when the fair value

is positive and as ﬁnancial liabilities when the fair value is negative. The

method of recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the

derivative is designated as a hedging instrument and, if so, the nature of

the item being hedged. The Group designates all derivatives as hedges of

a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or a highly

probable forecast transaction (cash ﬂow hedge).

Notes

Continued

2. Signiﬁcant accounting policies (continued)

![]()

Zotefoams plc

123

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Annual Report 2023

At the inception of the transaction, the Group designates and documents

the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well

as its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various

hedging transactions. The Group also documents its assessment, both at

hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that

are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes

in fair values or cash ﬂows of hedged items.

The fair values of various derivative instruments used for hedging purposes

are disclosed in note 21. The full fair value of a hedging derivative is

classiﬁed as a non-current asset or liability where the remaining maturity

of the hedged item is more than twelve months, and as a current asset or

liability where the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than twelve

months. Trading derivatives are classiﬁed as a current asset or liability.

The fair value of forward exchange contracts is their quoted market price

at the statement of ﬁnancial position date, being the present value of the

quoted forward price.

i) Cash ﬂow hedging

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are

designated and qualify as cash ﬂow hedges is recognised in the hedging

reserve within equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion

is recognised immediately in the income statement within administrative

expenses.

When forward contracts are used to hedge forecast transactions, the

Group generally designates only the change in fair value of the forward

contract related to the spot component as the hedging instrument.

Gains or losses relating to the effective portion of the change in the spot

component of the forward contracts are recognised in the cash ﬂow

hedging reserve within equity. The change in the forward element of the

contract that relates to the hedged item (“aligned forward element”) is

recognised within other comprehensive income in the costs of hedging

reserve within equity. In some cases, the entity might designate the full

change in fair value of the forward contract (including forward points) as

the hedging instrument. In such cases, the gains or losses relating to the

effective portion of the change in fair value of the entire forward contract

are recognised in the cash ﬂow hedging reserve within equity.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold or terminated, or when a

hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative

deferred gain or loss and deferred costs of hedging in equity at that time

remain in equity until the forecast transaction occurs, resulting in the

recognition of a non-ﬁnancial asset. When the forecast transaction is no

longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss and deferred costs

of hedging that were reported in equity are immediately reclassiﬁed to the

income statement.

2.5 Property, plant and equipment

i) Owned assets

Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost or deemed cost

less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. Such costs

include those directly attributable to making the asset capable of operating

as intended. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognised.

When parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different

useful lives, those components are accounted for as separate items of

property, plant and equipment.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or

recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable

that future economic beneﬁts associated with the item will ﬂow to the

Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other repairs

and maintenance are charged to the income statement during the ﬁnancial

year in which they are incurred.

An item of property, plant and equipment and any signiﬁcant part initially

recognised is derecognised upon disposal (i.e. at the date the recipient

obtains control) or when no future economic beneﬁts are expected from

its use or disposal. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset

(calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the

carrying amount of the asset) is included in the statement of proﬁt or loss

when the asset is derecognised.

The cost of assets under construction includes the cost of materials and

direct labour, and any other costs directly attributable to bringing the asset

to a working condition for its intended use.

ii) Depreciation

Land is not depreciated. Depreciation is charged to the income statement

on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each part of the

item of property, plant and equipment. The estimated useful lives are as

follows:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| Buildings | 20–40 years |
| Plant and equipment | 5–20 years |
| Fixtures and ﬁttings | 3–5 years |

Assets under construction are depreciated from the month in which the

asset is ready for its intended use.

The assets’ residual values and expected useful lives are reviewed, and

adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each ﬁnancial year.

2.6 Intangible assets

i) Research and development

Expenditure on research activities undertaken with the prospect of gaining

new scientiﬁc or technical knowledge and understanding is recognised in

the income statement as an expense as incurred.

Development costs that are directly attributable to the design and testing of

identiﬁable and unique products controlled by the Group are recognised as

intangible assets where the following criteria are met:

X

it is technically feasible to complete the asset so that it will be available

for use

X

management intends to complete the asset and use or sell it

X

there is an ability to use or sell the asset

X

it can be demonstrated how the asset will generate probable future

economic beneﬁts

X

adequate technical, ﬁnancial and other resources to complete the

development and to use or sell the asset are available

X

the expenditure attributable to the asset during its development can be

reliably measured.

Directly attributable costs that are capitalised as part of the asset include

the product development employee costs and an appropriate portion of

relevant overheads.

Following initial recognition of the development expenditure as an asset,

the asset is carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and

accumulated impairment losses. Amortisation of the asset begins when

development is complete, and the asset is available for use. It is amortised

over the period over which future economic beneﬁts are expected to be

derived. Amortisation is recorded in cost of sales. During the period of

development, the asset is tested for impairment annually.

Other development expenditures that do not meet these criteria are

recognised as an expense as incurred. Development costs previously

recognised as an expense are not recognised as an asset in a subsequent

period.

ii) Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value

of the Group’s interest in the identiﬁable assets, liabilities and contingent

liabilities acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is stated at the

amount recognised on the date of acquisition less any accumulated

impairment losses. Goodwill is tested annually for impairment or more

frequently if there are indications that goodwill may be impaired.

iii) Software

Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the basis of

the costs incurred to acquire and bring to use the speciﬁc software.

Following initial recognition, items of software are carried at cost less any

accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses.

2. Signiﬁcant accounting policies (continued)

![]()

124

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

iv) Patents

Patents are initially measured at purchase cost and are amortised on a

straight-line basis over their estimated useful economic lives.

v) Other intangible assets

Intangible assets acquired from a business combination are capitalised at

fair value as at the date of acquisition and amortised over their estimated

useful economic life. Their carrying value is the fair value at acquisition less

cumulative amortisation and any impairment. An intangible asset acquired

as part of a business combination is recognised outside goodwill if the

asset is separable or arises from contractual or other legal rights and its fair

value can be measured reliably.

Development costs that are directly attributable to the design and

development of internally generated intangible assets controlled by

the Group are recognised when the relevant criteria are met. Internally

generated intangible assets are amortised from the point at which the

asset is ready for use.

Expenditure on internally generated goodwill and brands is recognised in

the income statement as an expense as incurred. Research expenditure

and development expenditure that do not meet the criteria above are

recognised as an expense as incurred. Development costs previously

recognised as an expense are not recognised as an asset in a subsequent

period.

vi) Amortisation

The estimated useful lives of the Group’s intangible assets are as follows:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| Marketing related | 5–15 years |
| Customer related | 2–10 years |
| Technology related | 5–20 years |
| Software related | 3–10 years |
| Capitalised development | 3–10 years, from the date the patent |
|  | is granted |

Amortisation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at

each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

2.7 Financial instruments

i) Classiﬁcations

The Group classiﬁes its ﬁnancial assets in the following categories: a) those

to be measured subsequently at fair value, and b) those to be measured at

amortised cost.

The classiﬁcation depends on the purpose for which the ﬁnancial assets

were acquired. Management determines the classiﬁcation of its ﬁnancial

assets at initial recognition.

a) Financial assets measured at fair value through proﬁt or loss

Financial assets measured at fair value through proﬁt or loss are ﬁnancial

assets held for trading. A ﬁnancial asset is classiﬁed in this category if

acquired principally for the purpose of selling it in the short term. Derivatives

are also categorised as held for trading unless they are designated as

hedges.

b) Financial assets measured at amortised cost

Financial assets measured at amortised cost are held for collection of

contractual cash ﬂows where those cash ﬂows solely represent payments

of principal and interest.

c) Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive

income

Purchases and sales of ﬁnancial assets measured at fair value through

other comprehensive income are recognised on settlement date with

any change in fair value between trade date and settlement date being

recognised in the fair value through other comprehensive income reserve.

ii) Recognition and measurement

Financial assets not carried at fair value through proﬁt or loss are initially

recognised at fair value plus transaction costs. Financial assets carried

at fair value through proﬁt or loss are initially recognised at fair value,

and transaction costs are expensed in the income statement. Financial

assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash ﬂows from the

investments have expired or have been transferred and the Group has

transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. Interest income

from ﬁnancial assets at amortised cost is included in ﬁnance income using

the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition

is recognised directly in proﬁt or loss and presented in other gains/(losses)

together with foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are

presented as a separate line item in the statement of proﬁt or loss.

Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of the “ﬁnancial assets

at fair value through proﬁt or loss” category are presented in the income

statement within administrative expenses in the ﬁnancial year in which they

arise.

iii) Impairment of ﬁnancial assets carried at amortised cost

The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit

losses associated with its debt instruments carried at amortised cost. The

impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a

signiﬁcant increase in credit risk. For trade receivables, the Group applies

the simpliﬁed approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected

lifetime losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the receivables.

Further details are provided in note 21.

iv) Derecognition of ﬁnancial assets

The Group derecognises a ﬁnancial asset only when the contractual rights

to the cash ﬂows from the asset expire, or when it transfers the ﬁnancial

asset and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset

to another entity. If the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all

the risks and rewards of ownership and continues to control the transferred

asset, the Group recognises its retained interest in the asset and an

associated liability for amounts it may have to pay. If the Group retains

substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a transferred ﬁnancial

asset, the Group continues to recognise the ﬁnancial asset and also

recognises a collateralised borrowing for the proceeds received.

v) Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are recognised when the Group becomes party to the

contractual provisions of the instrument. The Group derecognises ﬁnancial

liabilities when the obligation speciﬁed in the contract is discharged,

cancelled or expired. The measurement of ﬁnancial liabilities depends on

their classiﬁcation, as follows:

a) Financial liabilities measured at fair value through proﬁt or loss

Financial liabilities that meet the deﬁnition of being held for trading are

classiﬁed as measured at fair value through proﬁt or loss. Such liabilities

are carried on the statement of ﬁnancial position at fair value with gains or

losses recognised in the income statement. Derivatives, other than those

designated as effective hedging instruments, are included in this category.

b) Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

All other ﬁnancial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value, net of directly

attributable transaction costs. For interest-bearing loans and borrowings,

this is typically equivalent to the fair value of the proceeds received, net of

issue costs associated with the borrowing. After initial recognition, other

ﬁnancial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost using

the effective interest method. Amortised cost is calculated by taking into

account any issue costs and any discount or premium on settlement.

Gains and losses arising on the repurchase, settlement or cancellation of

liabilities are recognised in ﬁnance income and ﬁnance costs respectively.

This category of ﬁnancial liabilities includes trade and other payables.

vi) Offsetting of ﬁnancial assets and liabilities

Financial assets and liabilities are presented gross in the balance sheet

unless both of the following criteria are met: the Group currently has a

legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts, and the Group

intends to either settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the

liability simultaneously. A right of offset is the Group’s legal right to settle an

amount payable to a creditor by applying against it an amount receivable

from the same counterparty. The relevant legal jurisdiction and laws

applicable to the relationships between the parties are considered when

assessing whether a legally enforceable right to offset currently exists.

Notes

Continued

2. Signiﬁcant accounting policies (continued)

![]()

Zotefoams plc

125

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Annual Report 2023

vii) Current versus non-current classiﬁcation

The Group classiﬁes assets and liabilities in the statement of ﬁnancial

position as either current or non-current.

An asset is classiﬁed as current when it is:

X

expected to be realised or intended to be sold or consumed in the

normal operating cycle

X

held primarily for the purpose of trading

X

expected to be realised within twelve months after the reporting period

or

X

cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used

to settle a liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period.

All other assets are classiﬁed as non-current.

A liability is classiﬁed as current when it is:

X

expected to be settled in the normal operating cycle

X

held primarily for the purpose of trading

X

due to be settled within twelve months after the reporting period or

X

there is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at

least twelve months after the reporting period.

The terms of the liability that could, at the option of the counterparty,

result in its settlement by the issue of equity instruments do not affect its

classiﬁcation.

The Group classiﬁes all other liabilities as non-current. Deferred tax assets

and liabilities are classiﬁed as non-current assets and liabilities.

2.8 Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or

services performed in the ordinary course of business. They are generally

due for settlement within 30–90 days and are therefore all classiﬁed

as current. Trade receivables are recognised initially at the amount of

consideration that is unconditional, unless they contain signiﬁcant ﬁnancing

components, in which case they are recognised at fair value. The Group

holds the trade receivables with the objective of collecting the contractual

cash ﬂows, and so it measures them subsequently at amortised cost using

the effective interest method.

Due to the short-term nature of current receivables, their carrying amount

is considered to be the same as their fair value. Information about the

impairment of trade receivables and the Group’s exposure to credit risk

and foreign currency risk can be found in note 21.

2.9 Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net

realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of

business, less the estimated costs of completion and selling expenses.

In determining the cost of raw materials, consumables and goods

purchased for resale, the weighted average purchase price is used.

The cost of ﬁnished goods and work in progress comprises design costs,

raw materials, direct labour, other direct costs and related production

overheads (based on normal operating capacity) but excludes borrowing

costs. For work in progress and ﬁnished goods manufactured by the

Group, cost is taken as production cost, which includes an appropriate

proportion of attributable overheads.

2.10 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and short-term

highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less,

that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and subject to an

insigniﬁcant risk of changes in value.

2.11 Impairment of non-ﬁnancial assets

The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-ﬁnancial assets are reviewed

at each statement of ﬁnancial position date where there is an indication

that the asset may be impaired. If any such indication exists, the asset’s

recoverable amount is estimated (see below).

For goodwill, property, plant and equipment and intangible assets that have

indeﬁnite useful lives or that are not yet available for use, the recoverable

amount is estimated each year at the same time. An impairment loss is

recognised if the carrying amount of an asset or its related cash generating

unit (CGU) exceeds its estimated recoverable amount.

i) Calculation of recoverable amount

With the exception of the current development investment in ReZorce

®

,

a mono-material barrier packaging solution that uses MuCell

®

technology,

the recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is the greater of its value in use

and its fair value less costs to sell. In assessing value in use, the estimated

future cash ﬂows are discounted to their present value using a discount

rate that reﬂects current market assessments of the time value of money

and the risks speciﬁc to the asset or CGU. For the purpose of impairment

testing, assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped together into

the smallest group of assets that generates cash inﬂows from continuing

use that are largely independent of the cash inﬂows of other assets or

CGUs. Subject to an operating segment ceiling test, for the purposes of

goodwill impairment testing, CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated

are aggregated so that the level at which impairment testing is performed

reﬂects the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal reporting

purposes. Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to

groups of CGUs that are expected to beneﬁt from the synergies of the

combination.

In the case of ReZorce, management judgements based on factors such

as market potential, customer interest, technology development status,

funding capability and Board appetite form the basis for assessing the

recoverable amount.

Impairment exists when the carrying value of an asset or CGU exceeds

its recoverable amount, which is the higher of its fair value less costs of

disposal and its value in use. The value in use calculation is based on a

discounted cash ﬂow (DCF) model. The cash ﬂows are based on a value

in use calculation using cash ﬂow projections from forecasts approved by

management. The recoverable amount is sensitive to the discount rate

used for the DCF model as well as the sales volume and cost of sales.

The key assumptions used to determine the recoverable amount for the

CGU, including a sensitivity analysis, are disclosed and further explained

in note 12.

The Group’s corporate assets do not generate separate cash inﬂows and

are utilised by more than one CGU. Corporate assets are allocated to

CGUs on a reasonable and consistent basis and tested for impairment as

part of the testing of the CGU to which the corporate asset is allocated.

ii) Impairment losses

Impairment losses are recognised in the income statement. Impairment

losses recognised in respect of CGUs are allocated ﬁrst to reduce the

carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the CGU (or group of CGUs),

and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the CGU

(or group of CGUs) on a pro rata basis.

iii) Reversal of impairment

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. In respect of

other assets, impairment losses recognised in prior years are assessed at

each reporting date for any indications that the loss has decreased or no

longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in

the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment

loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does

not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of

depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment loss had been recognised.

2.12 Dividends

Final dividends are recognised as a liability in the ﬁnancial year in which

they are approved, and the corresponding amount is recognised directly

in equity. Interim dividends are recognised when paid.

2. Signiﬁcant accounting policies (continued)

![]()

126

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

2.13 Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Interest-bearing borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less

attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, interest-

bearing borrowings are stated at amortised cost with any differences

between cost and redemption values being recognised in the income

statement over the period of the borrowings on an effective interest basis,

where material. Adherence with loan covenants is discussed in note 21.

2.14 Employee beneﬁts

i) Deﬁned contribution plans

A deﬁned contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group

pays ﬁxed contributions into a separate entity. The Group has no legal or

constructive obligations to pay further contributions if the fund does not

hold sufﬁcient assets to pay all employees the beneﬁts relating to employee

service in the current and prior periods. Obligations for contributions to

deﬁned contribution pension plans are recognised as an expense in the

income statement as incurred.

For deﬁned contribution plans, the Group pays contributions to publicly

or privately administered pension insurance plans on a mandatory,

contractual or voluntary basis. The Group has no further payment

obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are

recognised as an employee beneﬁt expense when they are due. Prepaid

contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or

reduction in future payments is available.

ii) Deﬁned beneﬁts plans

A deﬁned beneﬁt plan is a pension plan that is not a deﬁned contribution

plan. Typically, deﬁned beneﬁt plans deﬁne an amount of pension beneﬁt

that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or

more factors, such as age, years of service and compensation.

The liability recognised in the statement of ﬁnancial position in respect of

deﬁned beneﬁt pension plans is the present value of the deﬁned beneﬁt

obligation at the end of the ﬁnancial year, less the fair value of plan assets.

The deﬁned beneﬁt obligation is calculated annually by independent

actuaries using the projected unit credit method. The present value of the

deﬁned beneﬁt obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future

cash outﬂows using AA credit-rated bonds that have terms to maturity

approximating to the terms of the related pension obligation.

The current service cost of the deﬁned beneﬁt plan, recognised in “staff

expenses” in the income statement, except where included in the cost of

an asset, reﬂects the increase in the deﬁned beneﬁt obligation resulting

from service in the current year, beneﬁt changes, curtailments and

settlements.

Past service costs are recognised immediately in the income statement.

The net interest cost is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net

balance of the deﬁned beneﬁt obligation and the fair value of plan assets.

This cost is included in ﬁnance costs in the income statement.

Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and

changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to equity in other

comprehensive income in the year in which they arise.

2.15 Share-based payment transactions

i) Equity settled transactions

The Company operates a number of equity-settled, share-based

compensation plans, under which the entity receives services from

employees as consideration for equity instruments (share awards) of the

Company. The fair value of the employee services received in exchange

for the grant of the share awards is recognised as an expense. The total

amount of the share award to be valued is determined by reference to the

fair value of the share awards granted:

X

including any market performance conditions (for example, an entity’s

share price)

X

excluding the impact of any service and non-market performance

vesting conditions (for example, proﬁtability, sales growth targets and

remaining an employee of the entity over a speciﬁed time period) and

X

including the impact of any non-vesting conditions (for example, the

requirement for employees to save or hold shares for a speciﬁc period

of time).

Where material, share awards granted since 1 January 2006 with market-

based vesting conditions are valued using the Black-Scholes model. Per

the standard, these have no revisions to original estimates.

At the end of each reporting period, the Company revises its estimates of

the number of share awards that are expected to vest based on the non-

market vesting conditions and service conditions. It recognises the impact

of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the income statement, with a

corresponding adjustment to equity.

In addition, in some circumstances, employees might provide services in

advance of the grant date, and so the grant date fair value is estimated

for the purposes of recognising the expense during the period between

service commencement and grant date.

When the share awards vest or are exercised, the Employee Beneﬁt Trust

(EBT) will normally release the shares to the participant. This may involve

selling all, or a portion of, the shares. The proceeds received from the sale,

net of any directly attributable transaction costs, are credited to share

capital (nominal value) and share premium.

Any social security contributions payable in connection with the grant of

the share awards are considered an integral part of the grant itself, and the

charge will be treated as a cash-settled transaction.

ii) Own shares held by the EBT

Transactions of the EBT are treated as being those of the Group and are

therefore reﬂected in the ﬁnancial statements. In particular, the EBT’s

purchase and sale of shares in the Company are debited and credited

directly to equity.

2.16 Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that

have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers.

Trade and other payables are classiﬁed as current liabilities if payment

is due within one year or less (or in the normal operating cycle of the

business, if longer). If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.

Trade and other payables are stated at cost.

Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value and

subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest

method.

2.17 Borrowing costs

General and speciﬁc borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition,

construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that

necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended

use or sale, are added to the cost of those assets until such time as the

assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale.

Investment income earned on the temporary investment of speciﬁc

borrowings, pending their expenditure on qualifying assets, is deducted

from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation. All other borrowing

costs are recognised in the income statement in the period in which they

are incurred.

2.18 Revenue

Revenue comprises the sale of ﬁnished goods (foam), trading goods

(equipment) and licence and royalty income. All these revenue streams

are revenues arising from contracts with customers. The recognition and

measurement principles of IFRS 15 are applied as set out below.

Revenue excludes intercompany revenues and value added taxes and is

stated net of discounts and returns.

Notes

Continued

2. Signiﬁcant accounting policies (continued)

![]()

Zotefoams plc

127

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Annual Report 2023

i) Sale of ﬁnished goods (foam)

Revenue from the sale of foam is recognised when control of the goods

has been transferred to a customer at an amount that reﬂects the

consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for

those goods. This usually occurs when the title passes to the customer,

either on shipment or on receipt of goods by the customer, depending

on agreed trading terms. Payment is due within credit terms which are

consistent with industry practices, with no ﬁnancing components.

ii) Sale of trading goods (equipment)

Revenue from the sale of equipment is recognised when control of the

goods has been transferred to a customer. This usually occurs when the

title passes to the customer, either on shipment or on receipt of the goods

by the customer, depending on agreed trading terms.

iii) Licence and royalty income

Revenue from usage-based royalties in exchange for a licence of the

Group’s technology is recognised when the performance obligation is

satisﬁed, which is at the time when the sale or usage occurs. Licence

revenue from contracts, which include a minimum royalty guarantee to

provide use of the Group’s technology, is recognised at a point in time

when the uptake of the minimum royalty becomes unconditional. Royalty

income which does not include a minimum royalty guarantee is recognised

when the usage occurs.

2.19 Leases

The Group leases ofﬁces and various equipment. Rental contracts are

typically between two and seven years. Lease terms are negotiated on an

individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions.

The lease agreements do not impose any covenants, but leased assets

may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.

Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability

at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group.

Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and ﬁnance cost. The

ﬁnance cost is charged to the income statement over the lease period to

produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of

the liability for each period. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the

shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis.

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present

value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following

lease payments:

X

ﬁxed payments (including in-substance ﬁxed payments), less any lease

incentives receivable

X

variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate

X

the exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain

to exercise that option

X

payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reﬂects

the lessee exercising that option.

The lease payments are discounted using the Group’s incremental

borrowing rate, being the rate that the Group would have to pay to borrow

the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar economic environment

within similar terms and conditions. After the commencement date, the

amount of lease liabilities is increased to reﬂect the accretion of interest and

reduced for the lease payments made. In addition, the carrying value of

lease liabilities is remeasured if there is a modiﬁcation, a change in the lease

term, a change in the lease payments (e.g. changes to future payments

resulting from a change in an index or rate used to determine such lease

payments) or a change in the assessment of an option to purchase the

underlying asset.

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:

X

the amount of initial measurement of lease liability

X

any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, less

any lease incentives received

X

any initial direct costs

X

restoration costs.

Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low value are

recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in the income statement.

Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of twelve months or less.

Low-value assets comprise small items of equipment.

2.20 Current and deferred tax

The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax

is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates

to items recognised directly in other comprehensive income or directly in

equity, in which case it is recognised in other comprehensive income or

directly in equity respectively.

The current tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted

at the statement of ﬁnancial position date in the countries where the

Group operates and generates taxable income. Management periodically

evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in

which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes

provisions, where appropriate, on the basis of amounts expected to be

paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences arising between the

tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the ﬁnancial

statements. However, deferred tax liabilities are not recognised if they arise

from the initial recognition of goodwill; deferred tax is not accounted for if it

arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other

than a business combination that, at the time of the transaction, affects

neither accounting nor taxable proﬁt or loss. Deferred tax is determined

using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted

by the statement of ﬁnancial position date and are expected to apply when

the related deferred tax asset is realised, or the deferred tax liability is

settled.

Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable

that future taxable proﬁt will be available against which the temporary

differences can be utilised.

Deferred tax liabilities are provided on taxable temporary differences

arising from investments in subsidiaries and joint arrangements, except for

any deferred tax liability where the timing of the reversal of the temporary

difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the temporary

difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognised on deductible temporary differences

arising from investments in subsidiaries and joint arrangements only to

the extent that it is probable that the temporary difference will reverse in

the future and there is sufﬁcient taxable proﬁt available, against which the

temporary difference can be utilised.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally

enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities

and when the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes

levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or

different taxable entities and there is an intention to settle the balances on

a net basis.

2.21 Share capital

Ordinary shares are classiﬁed as equity. Incremental costs directly

attributable to the issue of new ordinary shares or options are shown in

equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity share capital

(treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any directly attributable

incremental costs (net of income tax), is deducted from equity attributable

to the Company’s equity holders until the shares are cancelled or reissued.

Where such ordinary shares are subsequently reissued, any consideration

received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs

and the related income tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the

Company’s equity holders.

2.22 Exceptional items

Exceptional items are disclosed separately in the ﬁnancial statements

where it is necessary to do so to provide further understanding of the

ﬁnancial performance of the Group. These are items that are material,

either because of their size or their nature, or that are non-recurring, and

are presented within the line items to which they best relate.

2. Signiﬁcant accounting policies (continued)

![]()

128

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

2.23 New standards and interpretations

The IASB and IFRS Interpretations Committee have issued the following

standards and interpretations with an effective date of implementation for

accounting periods beginning after the date on which the Group’s ﬁnancial

statements for the current year commenced.

New standards and amendments – applicable 1 January 2023

The Group applied for the ﬁrst time certain standards and amendments,

which are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January

2023 (unless otherwise stated). The Group has not early adopted any other

standard, interpretation or amendment that has been issued but is not yet

effective:

FRS 17 Insurance Contracts

The new standard had no impact on the Group’s consolidated ﬁnancial

statements.

Deﬁnition of Accounting Estimates – Amendments to IAS 8

The amendments to IAS 8 clarify the distinction between changes in

accounting estimates, changes in accounting policies and the correction

of errors. They also clarify how entities use measurement techniques and

inputs to develop accounting estimates. The amendments had no impact

on the Group’s consolidated ﬁnancial statements.

Disclosure of Accounting Policies – Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS

Practice Statement 2

The amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2 Making

Materiality Judgements provide guidance and examples to help entities

apply materiality judgements to accounting policy disclosures. The

amendments aim to help entities provide accounting policy disclosures

that are more useful by replacing the requirement for entities to disclose

their “signiﬁcant” accounting policies with a requirement to disclose their

“material” accounting policies and adding guidance on how entities apply

the concept of materiality in making decisions about accounting policy

disclosures.

The amendments have had an impact on the Group’s disclosures

of accounting policies, but not on the measurement, recognition or

presentation of any items in the Group’s ﬁnancial statements.

Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single

Transaction – Amendments to IAS 12

The amendments to IAS 12 Income Tax narrow the scope of the initial

recognition exception, so that it no longer applies to transactions that give

rise to equal taxable and deductible temporary differences such as leases

and decommissioning liabilities.

The amendments had no signiﬁcant impact on the Group’s consolidated

ﬁnancial statements.

International Tax Reform—Pillar Two Model Rules – Amendments to

IAS 12

The amendments to IAS 12 have been introduced in response to the

OECD’s BEPS Pillar Two rules and include:

X

a mandatory temporary exception to the recognition and disclosure of

deferred taxes arising from the jurisdictional implementation of the Pillar

Two model rules and

X

disclosure requirements for affected entities to help users of the ﬁnancial

statements better understand an entity’s exposure to Pillar Two income

taxes arising from that legislation, particularly before its effective date.

The mandatory temporary exception – the use of which is required to be

disclosed – applies immediately. The remaining disclosure requirements

apply for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023,

but not for any interim periods ending on or before 31 December 2023.

The amendments had no impact on the Group’s consolidated ﬁnancial

statements as the Group is not in scope of the Pillar Two model rules as

its revenue is less that EUR750m/year.

Notes

Continued

2. Signiﬁcant accounting policies (continued)

Forthcoming requirements

As at 31 December 2023, the following standards and interpretations had been issued but were not mandatory for annual reporting periods ending on

31 December 2023.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | Effective for accounting |  |
|  | periods beginning on | Expected |
|  | or after | Impact |
| Amendments to IFRS 16: Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback | 1 January 2024 | None |
| Amendments to IAS 1: Classiﬁcation of Liabilities as Current or Non-current | 1 January 2024 | See below |
| Supplier Finance Arrangements – Amendments to IAS 7 and IFRS 7 | 1 January 2024 | None |

Amendments to IAS 1: Classiﬁcation of Liabilities as Current or Non-current

The Group is currently assessing the impact the amendments will have on current practice and whether existing loan agreements may require reclassiﬁcation.

![]()

Zotefoams plc

129

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Annual Report 2023

3. Segment reporting

The Group’s operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to and regularly reviewed by the Group Chief

Executive Ofﬁcer, David Stirling, who is considered to be the “chief operating decision maker” for the purpose of evaluating segment performance

and allocating resources. The Group Chief Executive Ofﬁcer primarily uses a measure of proﬁt for the year (before exceptional items) to assess the

performance of the operating segments.

The Group manufactures and sells high-performance foams and licenses related technology for specialist markets worldwide. The Group’s activities are

categorised as follows:

X

Polyoleﬁn Foams: These foams are made from oleﬁnic homopolymer and copolymer resin. The most common resin used is polyethylene.

X

High-Performance Products (HPP): These foams exhibit high performance on certain key properties, such as improved chemical, ﬂammability,

temperature or energy management performance. Revenue in the segment is currently mainly derived from products manufactured from three main

polymer types: polyvinylidene ﬂuoride (PVDF) ﬂuoropolymer, polyamide (nylon) and thermoplastic elastomers. Foams are sold under the brand name

ZOTEK

®

, while technical insulation products manufactured from certain materials are branded as T-FIT

®

.

X

MuCell Extrusion LLC (MEL): This business licenses microcellular foam technology and sells related machinery. It is also currently developing a fully

circular solution for mono-material barrier packaging, which it has branded ReZorce

®

.

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Polyoleﬁn Foams | | HPP | | MEL | | Consolidated | |
|  | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Group revenue | 67,596 | 70,123 | 58,132 | 54,439 | 1,247 | 2,807 | 126,975 | 127,369 |
| Segment proﬁt/(loss) pre-amortisation of acquired intangibles | 7,455 | 4,883 | 15,418 | 15,321 | (4,098) | (1,634) | 18,775 | 18,570 |
| Amortisation of acquired intangible assets | – | – | – | – | (257) | (258) | (257) | (258) |
| Segment proﬁt/(loss) | 7,455 | 4,883 | 15,418 | 15,321 | (4,355) | (1,892) | 18,518 | 18,312 |
| Foreign exchange losses | – | – | – | – | – | – | (296) | (1,844) |
| Unallocated central costs | – | – | – | – | – | – | (3,087) | (2,537) |
| Operating proﬁt |  |  |  |  |  |  | 15,135 | 13,931 |
| Financing costs | – | – | – | – | – | – | (2,540) | (1,814) |
| Financing income | – | – | – | – | – | – | 191 | 56 |
| Share of proﬁt from joint venture | 54 | 50 | – | – | – | – | 54 | 50 |
| Taxation | – | – | – | – | – | – | (3,598) | (2,217) |
| Proﬁt for the year |  |  |  |  |  |  | 9,242 | 10,006 |
| Segment assets | 110,374 | 116,426 | 50,456 | 40,358 | 14,344 | 13,165 | 175,174 | 169,949 |
| Unallocated assets | – | – | – | – | – | – | 435 | 410 |
| Total assets |  |  |  |  |  |  | 175,609 | 170,359 |
| Segment liabilities | (37,631) | (39,814) | (14,363) | (15,508) | (1,504) | (1,427) | (53,498) | (56,749) |
| Unallocated liabilities | – | – | – | – | – | – | (6,348) | (4,072) |
| Total liabilities |  |  |  |  |  |  | (59,846) | (60,821) |
| Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (PPE) | 5,189 | 5,422 | 1,122 | 1,079 | 532 | 369 | 6,843 | 6,870 |
| Depreciation of right-of-use assets | 422 | 306 | 92 | 70 | 204 | 156 | 718 | 532 |
| Amortisation | 223 | 386 | 101 | 144 | 332 | 312 | 656 | 842 |
| Capital expenditure: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Property, plant and equipment | 4,619 | 3,584 | 1,421 | 888 | 343 | 785 | 6,383 | 5,257 |
| Intangible assets | 118 | 112 | 56 | 43 | 2,565 | 1,569 | 2,739 | 1,724 |

Unallocated assets made up of deferred tax assets are £435k for the year (2022: £410k). Unallocated liabilities are made up of corporation tax £1,078k

(2022: £226k) and deferred tax liabilities £5,270k (2022: £3,846k).

Segment proﬁt/(loss) is made up of operating proﬁt/(loss) before exceptional items, foreign exchange gains/(losses) and unallocated central costs.

Unallocated central costs are not directly attributable to, or cannot be allocated to, a segment. Hedging gains/(losses) are not allocated to the segment

but are instead recorded under unallocated central costs.

Segment proﬁt/(loss) pre-amortisation only excludes amortisation on acquired intangible assets.

![]()

130

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

Geographical segments

Polyoleﬁn Foams, HPP and MEL are managed on a worldwide basis but operate from UK, USA, European and Asian locations. In presenting information

on the basis of geographical segments, segmental revenue is based on the geographical location of customers. Segment assets are based on the

geographical location of assets.

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | United | Continental | North | Rest of |  |
|  | Kingdom | Europe | America | the world | Total |
|  | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| For the year ended 31 December 2023 |  |  |  |  |  |
| Group revenue from external customers | 11,879 | 32,514 | 27,195 | 55,387 | 126,975 |
| Non-current assets | 42,745 | 19,815 | 39,697 | 246 | 102,503 |
| Capital expenditure – PPE | 4,393 | 524 | 1,464 | 2 | 6,383 |
| For the year ended 31 December 2022 |  |  |  |  |  |
| Group revenue from external customers | 13,702 | 32,374 | 29,127 | 52,166 | 127,369 |
| Non-current assets | 41,951 | 20,943 | 39,869 | 367 | 103,130 |
| Capital expenditure – PPE | 3,057 | 559 | 1,618 | 23 | 5,257 |

Non-current assets do not include deferred tax assets or investments in joint ventures.

Major customer

Revenue from one customer located in ‘Rest of the world’ contributed £45,294k to the Group’s revenue (2022: one customer located in ‘Rest of the world’

contributed £42,176k to the Group’s revenue).

Analysis of revenue by category

Breakdown of revenues by products and services for the Group:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 |
| Sale of foam | 125,729 | 124,562 |
| Licence and royalty income | 893 | 1,528 |
| Sale of equipment | 353 | 1,279 |
| Group revenue | 126,975 | 127,369 |

#### NotesContinued

3. Segment reporting (continued)

![]()

Zotefoams plc

131

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Annual Report 2023

4. Expenses by nature

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 |
| Included in proﬁt for the year are: |  |  |
| Changes in inventories of ﬁnished goods and work in progress | 4,713 | 1,926 |
| Changes in raw materials and consumables used | 1,053 | (1,742) |
| Inventory write-down | 215 | 489 |
| Employee beneﬁts expenses | 33,204 | 29,264 |
| Operating lease charges (note 11) | 386 | 185 |
| Amortisation (note 12) | 656 | 842 |
| Depreciation of PPE and right-of-use assets (note 10 and note 11) | 7,561 | 7,402 |
| Disposal of assets | 4 | 283 |
| Tax relief qualifying research and development costs expensed | 821 | 787 |
| Development costs capitalised (note 12) | (2,244) | (1,192) |
| Net exchange losses | 296 | 1,844 |
| External Auditor’s remuneration: |  |  |
| Group – Fees payable to the Group’s External Auditor for the audit of the Company and consolidated ﬁnancial statements: |  |  |
| PKF Littlejohn LLP | 235 | 224 |
| Fees payable to the External Auditor in respect of other services: |  |  |
| Audit-related assurance services | 22 | 18 |
| Total cost of sales, distribution costs and administrative expenses | 111,840 | 113,438 |

5. Staff numbers and expenses

The monthly average number of people employed by the Group and Company (including Executive Directors) during the year, analysed by category,

was as follows:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Number of employees | | | |
|  | Group | | Company | |
|  | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 |
| Production | 285 | 280 | 167 | 169 |
| Maintenance | 40 | 38 | 25 | 25 |
| Distribution and marketing | 77 | 83 | 41 | 44 |
| Administration and technical | 134 | 117 | 89 | 83 |
|  | 536 | 518 | 322 | 321 |

The aggregate payroll costs of these persons were as follows:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Group | | Company | |
|  | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Wages and salaries\* | 26,882 | 23,852 | 17,139 | 16,048 |
| Social security costs\* | 3,409 | 3,228 | 1,716 | 1,691 |
| Share options granted to directors and employees (note 23) | 1,335 | 809 | 1,335 | 809 |
| Pension costs, including past service costs | 1,578 | 1,375 | 1,025 | 958 |
|  | 33,204 | 29,264 | 21,215 | 19,506 |
| \* Net of directly attributable costs capitalised | 911 | 884 | 291 | 337 |

![]()

132

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

5. Staff numbers and expenses (continued)

Details of aggregate Directors’ emoluments are provided below:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 |
| Aggregate emoluments | 1,333 | 994 |
| Aggregate gains made on the exercise of share options | 73 | 83 |
| Aggregate amounts receivable under long-term incentive schemes | 423 | 153 |
| Company contribution to money purchase pension scheme | 53 | 77 |
|  | 1,882 | 1,307 |

Further details of Directors’ emoluments, including details of the highest-paid Director, are included in the Directors’ Remuneration report on pages 90

to 103.

6. Finance income and costs

Finance income

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 |
| Interest income | 191 | 56 |

Finance costs

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 |
| Interest on borrowings | 2,328 | 1,714 |
| Interest on lease liabilities | 75 | 24 |
| Finance costs expensed | 2,403 | 1,738 |
| Interest on deﬁned beneﬁt pension obligation (note 24) | 137 | 76 |
|  | 2,540 | 1,814 |

7. Income tax expense

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 |
| UK corporation tax | 2,051 | 1,137 |
| Overseas tax | 632 | 232 |
| Adjustment for tax for prior years | 81 | 44 |
| Total current tax | 2,764 | 1,413 |
| Deferred tax | 834 | 804 |
| Income tax expense | 3,598 | 2,217 |

Notes

Continued

![]()

Zotefoams plc

133

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Annual Report 2023

7. Income tax expense (continued)

Factors affecting the tax charge

The weighted average applicable tax rate for the Group is 24.8% (2022: 19.5%). The main elements of the income tax expense are as follows:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 |
| Tax reconciliation |  |  |
| Proﬁt before tax | 12,839 | 12,223 |
| Tax at the UK tax rate of 23.5% (2022: 19.0%) | 3,019 | 2,335 |
| Effects of: |  |  |
| Expenses not deductible for tax purposes | 271 | 223 |
| Research and development and other tax credits | – | (115) |
| (Utilisation of) tax losses for which no deferred income tax asset recognised | 518 | (68) |
| Effect of different overseas tax rates | 72 | 60 |
| Changes in tax rates | 7 | 206 |
| Capital allowance super-deductions | (13) | (146) |
| Special Economic Zone Relief | (375) | (373) |
| Other differences | 18 | 29 |
| Adjustments to prior year UK corporation tax charge | 81 | 66 |
|  | 3,598 | 2,217 |

The main rate of UK corporation tax substantively enacted at the start of the period was 19.0%. An increase in the UK corporate tax rate from 19% to 25%

was effective from 1 April 2023.

The Group has not identiﬁed any uncertain tax positions as at 31 December 2023 (2022: none).

On 20 June 2023, Finance (No.2) Act 2023 was substantively enacted in the UK, introducing a global minimum effective tax rate of 15%. The legislation

implements a domestic top-up tax and a multinational top-up tax, effective for accounting periods starting on or after 31 December 2023. However,

this legislation does not apply to the Group in the ﬁnancial year beginning 1 January 2024 as its consolidated revenue does not meet the legislation

requirements of being greater than €750m in two of the four preceding years. The Group will continue to monitor the legislation in future years.

8. Dividends and earnings per share

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 |
| Prior year ﬁnal dividend of 4.62p (2022: 4.40p) per 5.0p ordinary share | 2,243 | 2,131 |
| Interim dividend of 2.28p (2022: 2.18p) per 5.0p ordinary share | 1,107 | 1,057 |
| Dividends paid during the year | 3,350 | 3,188 |

The proposed ﬁnal dividend for the year ended 31 December 2023 of 4.90p per share (2022: 4.62p) is subject to approval by shareholders at the AGM

and has not been recognised as a liability in these ﬁnancial statements. The proposed dividend, which would be payable on 3 June 2024 to shareholders

on the Company register at the close of business on 3 May 2024, would amount to £2,382k if paid to shareholders who are on the Company register as at

31 December 2023.

Earnings per ordinary share

Earnings per ordinary share is calculated by dividing consolidated proﬁt after tax attributable to equity holders of the Company of £9,242k (2022: £10,006k) by

the weighted average number of shares in issue during the year and excluding own shares held by the EBT which are administered by independent trustees.

The number of shares held in the trust at 31 December 2023 was 244,286 (2022: 107,130). Distribution of shares from the trust is at the discretion of the

trustees. Diluted earnings per ordinary share adjusts for the potential dilutive effect of share option schemes in accordance with IAS 33 “Earnings per Share”.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | 2022 |
| Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue | 48,643,755 | 48,551,379 |
| Adjustments for share options | 1,161,180 | 987,750 |
| Diluted number of ordinary shares issued | 49,804,935 | 49,539,129 |

![]()

134

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

9. Investments in joint venture

During 2013, the Group entered into joint-venture arrangements with INOAC Corporation. As a result, the Group had a 50% interest in Azote Asia Limited

(a private company incorporated in Hong Kong) and Inoac Zotefoams Korea Limited (incorporated in South Korea). Azote Asia Limited commenced

trading in 2014 and is the exclusive distributor of Zotefoams’ AZOTE

®

products in the Far East. The registered address and principal place of business

is 1318-22, Park-In Commercial Centre, 56 Dundas Street, Kowloon, Hong Kong. Inoac Zotefoams Korea Limited remained non-trading until closure in

2022. As at the end of the year, there were no contingent liabilities or commitments relating to the Group’s interest in the joint venture.

The joint venture has share capital consisting solely of ordinary shares which are held directly by the Group. Azote Asia Limited is a private company and

there is no quoted market price available for its shares.

Set out below is the summarised ﬁnancial information for Azote Asia Limited, which is accounted for using the equity method.

Summarised statement of ﬁnancial position:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | As at 31 December | |
|  | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 721 | 664 |
| Other assets (excluding cash) | 770 | 1,190 |
| Disposal of Inoac Zotefoams Korea Ltd | – | (120) |
| Total assets | 1,491 | 1,734 |
| Financial liabilities (excluding trade payables) | (62) | (173) |
| Other current liabilities (including trade payables) | (1,016) | (1,256) |
| Total liabilities | (1,078) | (1,429) |
| Net assets | 413 | 305 |

Summarised statement of comprehensive income:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | As at 31 December | |
|  | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 |
| Revenue | 3,533 | 4,382 |
| Finance costs | 5 | – |
| Proﬁt before tax | 108 | 100 |
| Income tax expense | – | – |
| Proﬁt before tax | 108 | 100 |
| Other comprehensive income | – | – |
| Total comprehensive income | 108 | 100 |
| Dividend received from joint venture | – | – |

The information above reﬂects the amounts presented in the ﬁnancial statements of the joint venture. There are no material differences in accounting

policies between the Group and the joint venture.

A reconciliation of the summarised ﬁnancial information presented to the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture is provided below:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 |
| Opening net assets | 305 | 325 |
| Proﬁt for the year | 108 | 100 |
| Disposal of Inoac Zotefoams Korea Ltd | – | (120) |
| Closing net assets | 413 | 305 |
| Interest in joint venture @ 50% | 207 | 153 |

Notes

Continued

![]()

Zotefoams plc

135

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Annual Report 2023

9. Investments in joint venture (continued)

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 |
| Information of the joint venture |  |  |
| Carrying value at 1 January | 153 | 163 |
| Share of proﬁt for the year | 54 | 50 |
| Disposal of Inoac Zotefoams Korea Ltd | – | (60) |
| Carrying value at 31 December | 207 | 153 |

10. Property, plant and equipment

Group

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Land and | Plant and | Fixtures and | Under |  |
|  | buildings | equipment | ﬁttings | construction | Total |
|  | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Cost |  |  |  |  |  |
| Balance at 1 January 2022 | 45,776 | 110,791 | 3,871 | 4,466 | 164,904 |
| Additions | 13 | 441 | 37 | 4,766 | 5,257 |
| Transfers | 346 | 5,699 | 196 | (6,241) | – |
| Disposals | (535) | (3,336) | (683) | – | (4,554) |
| Effect of movement in foreign exchange | 1,798 | 4,996 | 141 | 57 | 6,992 |
| At 31 December 2022 | 47,398 | 118,591 | 3,562 | 3,048 | 172,599 |
| At 1 January 2023 | 47,398 | 118,591 | 3,562 | 3,048 | 172,599 |
| Additions | 8 | 77 | 93 | 6,205 | 6,383 |
| Disposals | – | (941) | (194) | (44) | (1,179) |
| Effect of movement in foreign exchange | (793) | (2,451) | (73) | (91) | (3,408) |
| At 31 December 2023 | 46,613 | 115,276 | 3,388 | 9,118 | 174,395 |
| Accumulated depreciation |  |  |  |  |  |
| Balance at 1 January 2022 | 14,160 | 56,361 | 2,982 | – | 73,503 |
| Depreciation charge | 1,374 | 5,176 | 320 | – | 6,870 |
| Disposals | (521) | (3,139) | (680) | – | (4,340) |
| Effect of movement in foreign exchange | 640 | 1,521 | 110 | – | 2,271 |
| At 31 December 2022 | 15,653 | 59,919 | 2,732 | – | 78,304 |
| At 1 January 2023 | 15,653 | 59,919 | 2,732 | – | 78,304 |
| Depreciation charge | 1,737 | 4,862 | 244 | – | 6,843 |
| Disposals | – | (984) | (191) | – | (1,175) |
| Effect of movement in foreign exchange | (331) | (925) | (64) | – | (1,320) |
| At 31 December 2023 | 17,059 | 62,872 | 2,721 | – | 82,652 |
| Net book value |  |  |  |  |  |
| At 1 January 2022 | 31,616 | 54,430 | 889 | 4,466 | 91,401 |
| At 31 December 2022 and 1 January 2023 | 31,745 | 58,672 | 830 | 3,048 | 94,295 |
| At 31 December 2023 | 29,554 | 52,404 | 667 | 9,118 | 91,743 |

Depreciation is included in cost of sales in the income statement.

Bank borrowings are secured on property, plant and equipment. Refer to note 18 for details.

![]()

136

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

10. Property, plant and equipment (continued)

Company

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Land and | Plant and | Fixtures and | Under |  |
|  | buildings | equipment | ﬁttings | construction | Total |
|  | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Cost |  |  |  |  |  |
| Balance at 1 January 2022 | 24,072 | 67,154 | 2,634 | 2,773 | 96,633 |
| Additions | 13 | 21 | 20 | 3,003 | 3,057 |
| Disposals | (535) | (3,337) | (679) | – | (4,551) |
| Transfers | 785 | 3,393 | 156 | (4,334) | – |
| At 31 December 2022 | 24,335 | 67,231 | 2,131 | 1,442 | 95,139 |
| At 1 January 2023 | 24,335 | 67,231 | 2,131 | 1,442 | 95,139 |
| Additions | – | 13 | 3 | 4,376 | 4,392 |
| Disposals | – | (988) | (191) | – | (1,179) |
| Transfers | 983 | 802 | 176 | (1,961) | – |
| At 31 December 2023 | 25,318 | 67,058 | 2,119 | 3,857 | 98,352 |
| Accumulated depreciation |  |  |  |  |  |
| Balance at 1 January 2022 | 8,865 | 44,275 | 2,092 | – | 55,232 |
| Depreciation charge | 847 | 2,361 | 200 | – | 3,408 |
| Disposals | (521) | (3,139) | (679) | – | (4,339) |
| Transfers | – | – | – | – | – |
| At 31 December 2022 | 9,191 | 43,497 | 1,613 | – | 54,301 |
| At 1 January 2023 | 9,191 | 43,497 | 1,613 | – | 54,301 |
| Depreciation charge | 1,160 | 1,905 | 134 | – | 3,199 |
| Disposals | – | (984) | (191) | – | (1,175) |
| At 31 December 2023 | 10,351 | 44,418 | 1,556 | – | 56,325 |
| Net book value |  |  |  |  |  |
| At 1 January 2022 | 15,207 | 22,879 | 542 | 2,773 | 41,401 |
| At 31 December 2022 and 1 January 2023 | 15,144 | 23,734 | 518 | 1,442 | 40,838 |
| At 31 December 2023 | 14,967 | 22,640 | 563 | 3,857 | 42,027 |

Depreciation is included in cost of sales in the income statement.

Bank borrowings are secured on property, plant and equipment. Refer to note 18 for details.

#### NotesContinued

![]()

Zotefoams plc

137

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Annual Report 2023

11. Leases

(i) Amounts recognised in the statement of ﬁnancial position relating to leases:

Right-of-use assets

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Group | | Company | |
|  | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Property | 940 | 574 | – | – |
| Equipment | 332 | 365 | 143 | 347 |
|  | 1,272 | 939 | 143 | 347 |

Lease liabilities

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Group | | Company | |
|  | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Lease liability falls due within 1 year | 507 | 509 | 101 | 245 |
| Lease liability falls due within 1–3 years | 797 | 454 | 39 | 101 |
| Lease liability falls due in more than 3 years | 30 | – | 7 | – |
|  | 1,334 | 963 | 147 | 346 |

Additions to the right-of-use assets during the ﬁnancial year were £1,098k (2022: £309k) for Group and £77k (2022: £78k) for Company.

(ii) Amounts recognised in the income statement relating to leases:

Amortisation charge of right-of-use assets

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Group | | Company | |
|  | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Property | 361 | 224 | – | – |
| Equipment | 357 | 308 | 282 | 250 |
|  | 718 | 532 | 282 | 250 |
| Interest expenses (included in ﬁnance costs) | 76 | 24 | 7 | 11 |
| Expense relating to short-term leases (included in cost of sales and |  |  |  |  |
| administrative expenses) | 386 | 185 | 295 | 91 |
| Expense relating to leases of low-value assets that are not shown above |  |  |  |  |
| as short-term leases (included in administrative expenses) | 27 | 21 | 27 | 21 |
| The total cash outﬂow for leases | 753 | 499 | 283 | 265 |

![]()

138

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

12. Intangible assets

Group

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Marketing | Customer | Technology | Software |  | Capitalised |  |
|  | related | related | related | related | Goodwill | development | Total |
|  | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Cost |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Balance at 1 January 2022 | 235 | 382 | 5,366 | 3,901 | 2,254 | 1,371 | 13,509 |
| Additions | – | – | 378 | 154 | – | 1,192 | 1,724 |
| Disposals | – | – | – | (129) | – | – | (129) |
| Effect of movement in foreign exchange | 29 | 32 | 668 | 8 | 275 | 122 | 1,134 |
| Balance at 31 December 2022 | 264 | 414 | 6,412 | 3,934 | 2,529 | 2,685 | 16,238 |
| Balance at 1 January 2023 | 264 | 414 | 6,412 | 3,934 | 2,529 | 2,685 | 16,238 |
| Additions | – | – | 321 | 174 | – | 2,244 | 2,739 |
| Transfer | – | – | – | 14 | – | (14) | – |
| Effect of movement in foreign exchange | (14) | (16) | (329) | (2) | (130) | (160) | (651) |
| Balance at 31 December 2023 | 250 | 398 | 6,404 | 4,120 | 2,399 | 4,755 | 18,326 |
| Accumulated amortisation |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Balance at 1 January 2022 | 235 | 382 | 3,143 | 3,246 | – | 279 | 7,285 |
| Charge for the year | – | – | 303 | 511 | – | 28 | 842 |
| Disposals | – | – | – | (120) | – | – | (120) |
| Effect of movement in foreign exchange | 29 | 32 | 400 | (4) | – | – | 457 |
| Balance at 31 December 2022 | 264 | 414 | 3,846 | 3,633 | – | 307 | 8,464 |
| Balance at 1 January 2023 | 264 | 414 | 3,846 | 3,633 | – | 307 | 8,464 |
| Charge for the year | – | – | 323 | 154 | – | 179 | 656 |
| Transfer | – | – | – | 14 | – | (14) | – |
| Effect of movement in foreign exchange | (14) | (16) | (182) | – | – | – | (212) |
| Balance at 31 December 2023 | 250 | 398 | 3,987 | 3,801 | – | 472 | 8,908 |
| Net book value |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| At 1 January 2022 | – | – | 2,223 | 655 | 2,254 | 1,092 | 6,224 |
| At 31 December 2022 and 1 January 2023 | – | – | 2,566 | 301 | 2,529 | 2,378 | 7,774 |
| At 31 December 2023 | – | – | 2,417 | 319 | 2,399 | 4,283 | 9,418 |

Goodwill arising on acquisition is allocated to the CGU that is expected to beneﬁt, this being MEL. The recoverable amount of the CGU has been

determined based on an assessment of the MuCell

®

technology and the potential of the ReZorce

®

mono-material barrier packaging solution.

The business has prepared ﬁnancial models approved by management which support the carrying value of intangibles. Please see the Group CEO’s

review on pages 33 to 37 for more detail. The assessment of the potential of ReZorce has been made based on:

X

the technology and current stage of development

X

its link to MuCell technology

X

the potential market size for the solution

X

management plans to access this market

X

potential customer appetite

X

sufﬁcient funding

X

Board risk appetite

X

an assessment of the recoverable amount.

The Group performs its annual impairment test for goodwill at 31 December and for intangible assets when there is an indicator of impairment of an asset.

The losses being incurred by the MEL CGU are an indication of a potential impairment of goodwill and intangible assets.

The carrying value of MEL intangibles amount to £8,863k as at 31 December 2023. For impairment testing purposes, the carrying amounts of the

Group’s intangible assets were compared with their recoverable amount. This has been determined based on a value-in-use calculation using cash ﬂow

projections from forecasts approved by management. Revenue growth is based on management plans to access this market, potential customer appetite

and the potential market size. Polymer price assumptions were made using available market data and management forecasts. The discount rate used

is based on a pre-tax weighted average cost of capital (WACC) of 12%. A forecast period of greater than ﬁve years has been used, as this aligns with

management’s plan to achieve the technology’s potential in the market.

Notes

Continued

![]()

Zotefoams plc

139

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Annual Report 2023

12. Intangible assets (continued)

The estimated value in use of MEL’s intangible assets and goodwill exceeded their carrying value and no impairments were recognised during the year

to 31 December 2023.

Key assumptions used in value-in-use calculation and sensitivity to changes in assumptions

The calculation of value-in-use is most sensitive to the assumptions used in determining the future volumes of carton sales from ReZorce technology,

raw material polymer prices and discount rate. The sensitivities in the table below represent the amount by which the key assumptions must change,

in isolation, in order for the recoverable amount to be equal to its carrying amount.

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| Assumption | Sensitivity applied |
| Discount rate | Increase of 8% |
| Volume of carton sales | Decrease of 25% |
| Raw material prices | Increase of 15% |

Company

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Customer | Software | Capitalised |  |
|  | related | related | development | Total |
|  | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Cost |  |  |  |  |
| Balance at 1 January 2022 | 121 | 3,796 | 732 | 4,649 |
| Additions | – | 149 | – | 149 |
| Disposals | – | (129) | – | (129) |
| Balance at 31 December 2022 | 121 | 3,816 | 732 | 4,669 |
| Balance at 1 January 2023 | 121 | 3,816 | 732 | 4,669 |
| Additions | – | 174 | – | 174 |
| Disposals | – | – | – | – |
| Transfers | – | 14 | (14) | – |
| Balance at 31 December 2023 | 121 | 4,004 | 718 | 4,843 |
| Accumulated amortisation |  |  |  |  |
| Balance at 1 January 2022 | 121 | 3,239 | 279 | 3,639 |
| Charge for the year | – | 480 | 28 | 508 |
| Disposals | – | (119) | – | (119) |
| Balance at 31 December 2022 | 121 | 3,600 | 307 | 4,028 |
| Balance at 1 January 2023 | 121 | 3,600 | 307 | 4,028 |
| Charge for the year | – | 132 | 179 | 311 |
| Disposals | – | – | – | – |
| Transfers | – | 14 | (14) | – |
| Balance at 31 December 2023 | 121 | 3,746 | 472 | 4,339 |
| Net book value |  |  |  |  |
| At 1 January 2022 | – | 557 | 453 | 1,010 |
| At 31 December 2022 and 1 January 2023 | – | 216 | 425 | 641 |
| At 31 December 2023 | – | 258 | 246 | 504 |

13. Investment in subsidiaries

Company

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 |
| Shares in Group undertakings – at cost | 30,822 | 30,822 |

![]()

140

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

13. Investment in subsidiaries (continued)

The following is a complete list of the subsidiary undertakings of the Company:

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Registered ofﬁce | Ownership | Incorporated in: |
| Zotefoams International Limited | 675 Mitcham Road, Croydon CR9 3AL | 100% | Great Britain |
| Zotefoams Pension Trustees Limited | 675 Mitcham Road, Croydon CR9 3AL | 100% | Great Britain |
| Zotefoams Inc (indirectly owned) | Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, | 100% | USA |
|  | New Castle, Delaware |  |  |
| Zotefoams Midwest LLC (indirectly owned) | Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, | 100% | USA |
|  | New Castle, Delaware |  |  |
| MuCell Extrusion LLC (indirectly owned) | Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, | 100% | USA |
|  | New Castle, Delaware |  |  |
| Zotefoams Operations Limited (indirectly owned) | 675 Mitcham Road, Croydon CR9 3AL | 100% | Great Britain |
| Zotefoams Technology Limited (indirectly owned) | 675 Mitcham Road, Croydon CR9 3AL | 100% | Great Britain |
| KZ Trading and Investment Limited (indirectly owned) | 15/F OTB Building, 160 Gloucester Road, Hong Kong | 100% | Hong Kong |
| Zotefoams T-FIT Material Technology (Kunshan) Limited | 181 Huanlou Road, Kunshan, Jiangsu | 100% | China |
| (indirectly owned) |  |  |  |
| Zotefoams France SAS (indirectly owned) | 29 Boulevard Albert Einstein, Nantes | 100% | France |
| Zotefoams Poland Sp. z.o.o. (indirectly owned) | ul. Grzybowska 2/29, 00-131, Warszawa | 100% | Poland |
| T-FIT Insulation Solutions India Private Limited | 335 Udyog Vihar Phase IV Gurgaon, Gurgaon, | 100% | India |
| (indirectly owned) | Haryana 122015 |  |  |
| Zotefoams Denmark ApS (indirectly owned) | Niels Bohrs Vej 36, 8660 Skanderborg | 100% | Denmark |

The principal activities of the subsidiary undertakings are as follows:

Zotefoams International Limited is a holding company. Zotefoams Pension Trustees Limited and Zotefoams Technology Limited are currently inactive.

Zotefoams Inc is a wholly owned subsidiary of Zotefoams International Limited and purchases, manufactures and distributes cross-linked block foams.

Zotefoams Midwest LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Zotefoams Inc, is a trading company with operations in Oklahoma, USA, and supplies specialist

materials, based on AZOTE

®

foams, for the construction industry. MuCell Extrusion LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Zotefoams Inc, holds and develops

microcellular foam technology, which it licenses to customers, and is also developing a mono-material barrier packaging solution branded ReZorce

®

.

Zotefoams Operations Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Zotefoams International Limited, is a trading company and distributes T-FIT

®

technical

insulation products. KZ Trading and Investment Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Zotefoams International Limited, is a holding and trading company

for Zotefoams T-FIT Material Technology (Kunshan) Limited (previously known as Kunshan Zotek King Lai Limited), which is a trading company based

in Kunshan, China, processing Zotefoams foams into T-FIT technical insulation products and distributing them. Zotefoams France SAS, a wholly owned

subsidiary of Zotefoams International Limited, did not engage in any trading activities in 2023. Zotefoams Poland Sp. z.o.o. is a wholly owned subsidiary of

Zotefoams International Limited, which purchases, manufactures and distributes cross-linked block foams. T-FIT Insulation Solutions India Private Limited,

majority owned by Zotefoams International Limited with a one percent shareholding held by Zotefoams Operations Limited in line with local legislation,

distributes T-FIT technical insulation products. Zotefoams Denmark ApS Limited is a wholly owned subsidiary of Zotefoams International and engaged in

no trading activities during 2023. In the opinion of the Directors, the investments in the Company’s subsidiary undertakings are worth at least the amount

at which they are stated in the statement of ﬁnancial position.

Zotefoams plc Employee Beneﬁt Trust (EBT) is a wholly owned entity with its registered ofﬁce JTC House, 28 Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey, Channel

Islands, JE2 3QA. The EBT releases shares in the Company when share awards vest or are exercised.

Zotefoams International Limited, Zotefoams Technology Limited and Zotefoams Operations Limited are relying upon the exemption from audit of individual

ﬁnancial statements as permitted by section 479A of the Companies Act 2006. All outstanding liabilities as at 31 December 2023 of these companies

have been guaranteed by the Company and no liability is expected to arise under this guarantee.

14. Inventories

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Group | | Company | |
|  | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Raw materials and consumables | 13,948 | 12,895 | 10,342 | 9,803 |
| Work in progress | 10,632 | 7,645 | 8,558 | 6,573 |
| Finished goods | 7,324 | 5,599 | 3,716 | 2,356 |
|  | 31,904 | 26,139 | 22,616 | 18,732 |
| Inventories are shown net of: |  |  |  |  |
| Provision for impairment losses | (2,476) | (2,261) | (788) | (1,042) |

In 2023, the value of inventory recognised by the Group as an expense in cost of goods sold was £52,282k (2022: £57,336k).

Notes

Continued

![]()

Zotefoams plc

141

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Annual Report 2023

14. Inventories (continued)

Movement in provision

Movements in the inventory provision during the ﬁnancial year are set out below:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Group | | Company | |
|  | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Provision for impairment losses as at 1 January | 2,261 | 1,772 | 1,042 | 1,051 |
| Inventories written off against provision | (440) | (173) | (357) | (144) |
| Additional provisions recognised | 655 | 662 | 103 | 135 |
| Provision for impairment losses as at 31 December | 2,476 | 2,261 | 788 | 1,042 |

15. Trade and other receivables

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Group | | Company | |
|  | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Amounts falling due over one year: |  |  |  |  |
| Prepayments and accrued income | 70 | 122 | 70 | 122 |
| Amounts falling due within one year: |  |  |  |  |
| Trade receivables | 28,850 | 25,803 | 19,421 | 16,040 |
| Amounts owed by Group undertakings | – | – | 39,190 | 39,787 |
| Other receivables | 2,515 | 1,867 | 1,958 | 1,294 |
| Prepayments and accrued income | 1,637 | 1,777 | 483 | 405 |
|  | 33,072 | 29,569 | 61,122 | 57,648 |

Trade receivables are generally on terms of 30 to 90 days.

Amounts owed by Group undertakings are payable on demand. The trading portion does not attract any interest. Unsecured loans provided to Group

undertakings totalling £23,371k (2022: £24,840k) attract an interest charge of 6.64% for loans linked to US dollar, 5.2% for euro, 7.16% for sterling and

6.75% for Danish krone (2022: 6.10% for loans linked to US dollar, 4.00% for euro and 4.45% for sterling). Bank borrowings are secured on the trade

receivables of the Group. Refer to note 18 for details.

16. Cash and cash equivalents

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Group | | Company | |
|  | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Cash at bank and in hand | 6,294 | 10,594 | 2,875 | 7,288 |

Cash at bank earns interest at ﬂoating rates based on daily bank deposit rates.

17. Trade and other payables

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Group | | Company | |
|  | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Trade payables | 5,246 | 5,706 | 4,337 | 4,672 |
| Amounts owed to Group undertakings | – | – | 30 | 30 |
| Other taxation and social security | 619 | 560 | 515 | 454 |
| Other payables | 3,515 | 3,276 | 2,291 | 2,119 |
| Accruals and deferred income | 3,573 | 3,958 | 1,826 | 2,764 |
|  | 12,953 | 13,500 | 8,999 | 10,039 |

Amounts owed to Group undertakings are unsecured, repayable on demand and attract no interest.

![]()

142

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

18. Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Group | | Company | |
|  |  | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | Note | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Current bank borrowings | 21 | 36,527 | 37,446 | 36,527 | 37,446 |

In March 2022, the Group completed a debt reﬁnancing and selected Handelsbanken and NatWest, the incumbents, to continue as its lenders. Under the

terms of the new facility, secured against the property, plant and equipment and trade receivables, the Group’s gross ﬁnance facility consists of a £50m

multi-currency revolving credit facility with a £25m accordion. With a 4+1 tenor, the extending year option was taken up in January 2023.

At the end of the ﬁnancial year, the Group has utilised £36.5m (31 December 2022: £37.4m) of its multi-currency revolving credit facility of £50m. The total

amount of £36.5m, repayable on the last day of each loan interest period, which is of either a three- or six-month duration, is net of £0.4m origination fees

paid up front and being amortised over four years. The Group has headroom of £19.4m, being £6.3m cash and cash equivalents, as per note 16, and the

undrawn facility of £13.1m, being the facility of £50m less the drawn-down balance of £36.5m, less the £0.4m origination fees.

The interest rates on the debt facility ranged between 3.70% and 6.60% in 2023 (2022: between 1.60% and 6.00%).

The Group and the Company have the following undrawn borrowing facilities as per the bank at the end of the ﬁnancial year:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 |
| Floating rate: |  |  |
| Expiring beyond one year | 13,074 | 12,295 |
| Total | 13,074 | 12,295 |

Reconciliation of liabilities arising from ﬁnancing activities:

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Non-cash changes | | | | | | |
|  |  |  |  |  | Recognition | Foreign |  |
|  |  | Net cash | Loan | Loan | of lease | exchange |  |
|  | 2022 | inﬂows | origination fee | restructure | liabilities | movement | 2023 |
| Group | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Long-term borrowings | – | – | – | – | – | – | – |
| Short-term borrowings | 37,446 | 378 | 180 | – | – | (1,477) | 36,527 |
| Total liabilities | 37,446 | 378 | 180 | – | – | (1,477) | 36,527 |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Non-cash changes | | | | | | |
|  |  | Net cash |  |  | Recognition | Foreign |  |
|  |  | (outﬂows)/ | Loan | Loan | of lease | exchange |  |
|  | 2021 | inﬂows | origination fee | restructure | liabilities | movement | 2022 |
| Group | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Long-term borrowings | 14,710 | – | 73 | (14,749) | – | (34) | – |
| Short-term borrowings | 26,564 | 7,826 | (373) | – | – | 3,429 | 37,446 |
| Total liabilities | 41,274 | 7,826 | (300) | (14,749) | – | 3,395 | 37,446 |

Notes

Continued

![]()

Zotefoams plc

143

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Annual Report 2023

18. Interest-bearing loans and borrowings (continued)

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Non-cash changes | | | | | | |
|  |  |  |  |  | Recognition | Foreign |  |
|  |  | Net cash | Loan | Loan | of lease | exchange |  |
|  | 2022 | inﬂows | origination fee | restructure | liabilities | movement | 2023 |
| Company | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Long-term borrowings | – | – | – | – | – | – | – |
| Short-term borrowings | 37,446 | 378 | 180 | – | – | (1,477) | 36,527 |
| Total liabilities | 37,446 | 378 | 180 | – | – | (1,477) | 36,527 |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Non-cash changes | | | | | | |
|  |  | Net cash |  |  | Recognition | Foreign |  |
|  |  | (outﬂows)/ | Loan | Loan | of lease | exchange |  |
|  | 2021 | inﬂows | origination fee | restructure | liabilities | movement | 2022 |
| Company | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Long-term borrowings | 14,710 | – | 73 | (14,749) | – | (34) | – |
| Short-term borrowings | 26,564 | 7,826 | (373) | – | – | 3,429 | 37,446 |
| Total liabilities | 41,274 | 7,826 | (300) | (14,749) | – | 3,395 | 37,446 |

19. Deferred tax assets and liabilities

Recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities – Group

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Assets | | Liabilities | | Net | |
|  | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Property, plant and equipment | – | – | 5,384 | 4,450 | 5,384 | 4,450 |
| Rolled-over gain | – | – | 806 | 806 | 806 | 806 |
| Inventories | (296) | (255) | – | – | (296) | (255) |
| Derivatives ﬁnancial instruments | – | (266) | 309 | – | 309 | (266) |
| Deﬁned beneﬁt pension scheme | (664) | (822) | – | – | (664) | (822) |
| Share option charges | (565) | (322) | – | – | (565) | (322) |
| Tax value of recognised losses carried forward | (139) | (155) | – | – | (139) | (155) |
|  | (1,664) | (1,820) | 6,499 | 5,256 | 4,835 | 3,436 |
| Set off | 1,229 | 1,410 | (1,229) | (1,410) | – | – |
| Deferred tax (assets)/liabilities | (435) | (410) | 5,270 | 3,846 | 4,835 | 3,436 |

Unrecognised deferred tax assets

The Group has tax losses carried forward in the USA of $1,100k (2022: $2,885k), which expire between 2023 and 2037 under prevailing tax legislation.

In addition to this, the Group has further tax losses in the USA of $29,000k (2022: $27,256k), which are carried forward indeﬁnitely. At year-end exchange

rates, these tax losses translate to £22,814k (2022: £25,043k). Applying the enacted US corporation tax rate of 21% (2022: 21%), the Group has taken a

prudent approach and recognised a deferred tax asset of £138k (2022: £138k) on such tax losses expected to be utilised in future periods.

The Group can potentially recover £296k (2022: £521k) of the deferred tax asset within twelve months of the reporting period. The remainder of the

deferred tax asset will potentially be recovered more than twelve months after the reporting period.

The Group can potentially settle £309k (2022: none) of the deferred tax liability within twelve months of the reporting period. The remainder of the deferred

tax liability will potentially be settled more than twelve months after the reporting period.

![]()

144

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

19. Deferred tax assets and liabilities (continued)

Movement in deferred tax

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  |  | Deﬁned |  | Tax value of |  |
|  | Property, |  |  | Derivative | beneﬁt | Share | recognised |  |
|  | plant and | Rolled-over |  | ﬁnancial | pension | option | losses carried |  |
|  | equipment | gain | Inventories | instruments | scheme | charges | forward | Total |
|  | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Balance at 1 January 2022 | 3,810 | 806 | (321) | (81) | (1,164) | (216) | (171) | 2,663 |
| Charged/(credited) to the income |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| statement | 640 | – | 66 | – | 196 | (114) | 16 | 804 |
| Recognised in other |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| comprehensive income and |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| equity | – | – | – | (185) | 146 | 8 | – | (31) |
| Balance at 31 December 2022 | 4,450 | 806 | (255) | (266) | (822) | (322) | (155) | 3,436 |
| Balance at 1 January 2023 | 4,450 | 806 | (255) | (266) | (822) | (322) | (155) | 3,436 |
| Charged/(credited) to the income |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| statement | 934 | – | (41) | – | 137 | (238) | 16 | 808 |
| Recognised in other |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| comprehensive income and |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| equity | – | – | – | 575 | 21 | (5) | – | 591 |
| Balance at 31 December 2023 | 5,384 | 806 | (296) | 309 | (664) | (565) | (139) | 4,835 |

Deferred tax assets and liabilities – Company

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Assets | | Liabilities | | Net | |
|  | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Property, plant and equipment | – | – | 5,384 | 4,450 | 5,384 | 4,450 |
| Rolled-over gain | – | – | 806 | 806 | 806 | 806 |
| Derivative ﬁnancial instruments | – | (266) | 309 | – | 309 | (266) |
| Deﬁned beneﬁt pension scheme | (664) | (822) | – | – | (664) | (822) |
| Share option charges | (565) | (322) | – | – | (565) | (322) |
|  | (1,229) | (1,410) | 6,499 | 5,256 | 5,270 | 3,846 |
| Set off | 1,229 | 1,410 | (1,229) | (1,410) | – | – |
| Deferred tax (assets)/liabilities | – | – | 5,270 | 3,846 | 5,270 | 3,846 |

Movement in deferred tax

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | Deﬁned |  |  |
|  | Property, |  | Derivative | beneﬁt | Share |  |
|  | plant and | Rolled-over | ﬁnancial | pension | option |  |
|  | equipment | gain | instruments | scheme | charges | Total |
|  | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Balance at 1 January 2022 | 3,810 | 806 | (81) | (1,164) | (216) | 3,155 |
| Charged/(credited) to the income statement | 640 | – | – | 196 | (114) | 722 |
| Recognised in other comprehensive income and equity | – | – | (185) | 146 | 8 | (31) |
| Balance at 31 December 2022 | 4,450 | 806 | (266) | (822) | (322) | 3,846 |
| Balance at 1 January 2023 | 4,450 | 806 | (266) | (822) | (322) | 3,846 |
| Charged to the income statement | 934 | – | – | 137 | (238) | 833 |
| Recognised in other comprehensive income and equity | – | – | 575 | 21 | (5) | 591 |
| Balance at 31 December 2023 | 5,384 | 806 | 309 | (664) | (565) | 5,270 |

#### NotesContinued

![]()

Zotefoams plc

145

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Annual Report 2023

20. Issued share capital

Issued, allotted and fully paid ordinary shares of 5p each:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  | Share |  |
|  | Number of | Par value | premium | Total |
|  | shares | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| At 1 January 2022 and 31 December 2022 | 48,621,234 | 2,431 | 44,178 | 46,609 |
| Share issue to Employee Beneﬁt Trust | 225,000 | 11 | – | 11 |
| At 31 December 2023 | 48,846,234 | 2,442 | 44,178 | 46,620 |

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled, on a poll, to one vote per share at meetings

of the Company.

Nature and purpose of other reserves

Capital redemption reserve

On the buy-back and cancellation of preference shares, an amount equal to the par value was transferred from retained earnings to the capital redemption

reserve for capital maintenance purposes.

Translation reserve

Exchange differences arising on translation of the foreign controlled entities are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in a

separate reserve within equity. The cumulative amount is reclassiﬁed to the income statement when the net investment is disposed of.

Hedging reserve

The hedging reserve includes the cash ﬂow hedge reserve and the costs of the hedging reserve (see note 21 for details). The cash ﬂow hedge reserve is

used to recognise the effective portion of gains or losses on derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash ﬂow hedges. Amounts are subsequently

reclassiﬁed to the income statement as appropriate.

21. Financial instruments and ﬁnancial risk management

The Group’s and Company’s principal ﬁnancial instruments include cash in hand and at bank and interest-bearing loans and borrowings, the main

purpose of which is to provide ﬁnance for the Group’s and Company’s operations. Foreign exchange derivatives are used to help manage the Group’s and

Company’s currency exposure. Per the Group’s and Company’s policy, no trading in ﬁnancial instruments is undertaken.

The main risks arising from the Group’s and Company’s ﬁnancial instruments are credit risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk and foreign currency risk.

The Board reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks and they are summarised below. These policies have remained consistent

throughout the year.

Credit risk

Credit risk is managed on a Group basis, except for credit risk relating to accounts receivable balances. Each local entity is responsible for managing

and analysing the credit risk for each of their new customers before standard payment and delivery terms and conditions are offered. Credit risk arises

from cash and cash equivalents and derivative ﬁnancial instruments with banks and ﬁnancial institutions, as well as credit exposures to customers,

including outstanding receivables and committed transactions. A ﬁnancial asset is considered in default when the counterparty fails to pay its contractual

obligations. Financial assets are written off when there is no expectation of recovery.

Management has a credit policy in place and the exposure to credit risk is monitored on an ongoing basis. Credit evaluations are performed for customers

offered credit over a certain amount. The Group and Company do not require collateral in respect of ﬁnancial assets.

At the statement of ﬁnancial position date there were no signiﬁcant concentrations of credit risk. The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by

the carrying amount of each ﬁnancial asset, including derivative ﬁnancial instruments, in the statement of ﬁnancial position.

![]()

146

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

21. Financial instruments and ﬁnancial risk management (continued)

Credit quality of ﬁnancial assets

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Group | | Company | |
|  | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 |
| Counterparties without external credit rating: | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Existing customers with no defaults in the past | 28,545 | 25,198 | 19,374 | 15,715 |
| Existing customers with some defaults in the past, net of impairment allowance | 305 | 605 | 47 | 325 |
|  | 28,850 | 25,803 | 19,421 | 16,040 |

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Group | | Company | |
|  | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 |
| Cash at bank | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Moody’s P-1 | 5,928 | 10,195 | 2,875 | 7,288 |
| Moody’s P-3 | 366 | 399 | – | – |
|  | 6,294 | 10,594 | 2,875 | 7,288 |

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Group | | Company | |
|  | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 |
| Derivative ﬁnancial assets | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Moody’s P-1 | 691 | 486 | 691 | 486 |
| Moody’s P-2 | 573 | – | 573 | – |
|  | 1,264 | 486 | 1,264 | 486 |

While cash and cash equivalents are subject to impairment review under IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments”, the identiﬁed impairment loss was immaterial

(2022: immaterial).

Trade receivables are analysed as follows:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Group | | Company | |
|  | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Gross carrying amount | 29,097 | 26,017 | 19,432 | 16,051 |
| – due for less than 60 days | 27,539 | 25,296 | 18,155 | 16,051 |
| – due for more than 60 days | 1,558 | 721 | 1,277 | – |
| Expected loss rate |  |  |  |  |
| – due for less than 60 days | 0.04% | 0.36% | 0.06% | 0.00% |
| – due for more than 60 days | 15.12% | 23.22% | 0.00% | 0.00% |
| Loss allowance | 247 | 214 | 11 | 11 |
| Trade receivables net of allowances | 28,850 | 25,803 | 19,421 | 16,040 |

Notes

Continued

![]()

Zotefoams plc

147

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Annual Report 2023

21. Financial instruments and ﬁnancial risk management (continued)

Loss allowances analysed as follows:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | Group | Company |
|  | £’000 | £’000 |
| At 1 January 2022 | 95 | 11 |
| Increase in loss allowance recognised in proﬁt or loss during the year | 144 | 11 |
| Reversal of loss allowance on collection of dues | (25) | (11) |
| At 31 December 2022 | 214 | 11 |
| At 1 January 2023 | 214 | 11 |
| Increase in loss allowance recognised in proﬁt or loss during the year | 128 | 11 |
| Reversal of loss allowance on collection of dues | (95) | (11) |
| At 31 December 2023 | 247 | 11 |

The normal terms of trade are between 30 and 90 days from the end of the month of invoice.

The credit quality of trade receivables that are neither past due nor impaired is assessed individually based on credit history and experience. In 2023

and 2022, the Group and Company insured a material portion of its trade receivable balances to mitigate credit risk. The uninsured exposure as at

31 December 2023 for the Group was £23,259k (2022: £17,572k) and for the Company was £13,829k (2022: £9,104k). The Group and the Company

make provisions against trade receivables, such provisions being based on the debtor’s prior credit history and knowledge of any adverse conditions

affecting the debtor (e.g. receivership or liquidation). The Directors believe an adequate provision has been made for trade receivables at the year end.

None of the amounts owed by Group undertakings are impaired.

Interest rate risk

The Group’s and Company’s interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings and short-term borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose

the Group and Company to cash ﬂow interest rate risk. Borrowings issued at ﬁxed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk.

The Group and Company have strong cash generation from their operations and closely monitor borrowing levels to manage the interest rate risk.

The interest rate proﬁle of the Group’s and Company’s borrowings at 31 December is shown below:

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | | | 2022 | | |
|  | Effective | Fixed | Variable | Effective | Fixed | Variable |
|  | interest rate | rates | rates | interest rate | rates | rates |
| Group | % | £’000 | £’000 | % | £’000 | £’000 |
| Dollar short-term borrowings | 5.04% | – | 21,241 | 3.73% | – | 21,603 |
| Sterling short-term borrowings | – | – | – | – | – | – |
| Euro short-term borrowings | 4.63% | – | 15,652 | 2.21% | – | 16,391 |
| Dollar long-term borrowings | – | – | – | – | – | – |
| Total\* |  | – | 36,893 |  | – | 37,994 |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | | | 2022 | | |
|  | Effective | Fixed | Variable | Effective | Fixed | Variable |
|  | interest rate | rates | rates | interest rate | rates | rates |
| Company | % | £’000 | £’000 | % | £’000 | £’000 |
| Dollar short-term borrowings | 5.04% | – | 21,241 | 3.73% | – | 21,603 |
| Sterling short-term borrowings | – | – | – | – | – | – |
| Euro short-term borrowings | 4.63% | – | 15,652 | 2.21% | – | 16,391 |
| Dollar long-term borrowings | – | – | – | – | – | – |
| Total\* |  | – | 36,893 |  | – | 37,994 |

\*

The total amount of £36,893k is gross of an outstanding amount of £366k of loan origination fees paid upfront and being amortised over the period of the loan (2022: £37,994k is gross of £548k of

loan origination fees).

The impact on post-tax proﬁt of a 1% shift in the variable rate borrowings would be £299k (2022: £308k).

![]()

148

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

21. Financial instruments and ﬁnancial risk management (continued)

Liquidity risk

Group Finance performs cash ﬂow forecasting in the operating entities of the Group, which is then aggregated. Group Finance monitors rolling forecasts

of the Group’s liquidity requirements to ensure that it has sufﬁcient cash to meet operational needs, while maintaining sufﬁcient headroom on its undrawn

committed borrowing facilities (note 18) at all times, so that the Group does not breach borrowing limits or covenants (where applicable) on any of its

borrowing facilities. Such forecasting takes into consideration the Group’s debt ﬁnancing plans, covenant compliance, compliance with internal balance

sheet ratio targets and any applicable external regulatory or legal requirements.

The following are the contractual maturities of ﬁnancial liabilities, including estimated payments and excluding the effect of netting agreements:

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | | | | | 2022 | | | | |
|  |  |  |  |  | More |  |  |  |  | More |
|  | Carrying | Contractual | 1 year | 1 to 2 | than | Carrying | Contractual | 1 year | 1 to 2 | than |
|  | amount | cash ﬂows | or less | years | 2 years | amount | cash ﬂows | or less | years | 2 years |
| Group | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Non-derivative |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| ﬁnancial liabilities |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Interest-bearing loans |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| and borrowings | (36,527) | (36,893) | (36,893) | – | – | (37,446) | (37,994) | (37,994) | – | – |
| Trade and other payables | (8,761) | (8,761) | (8,761) | – | – | (8,982) | (8,982) | (8,982) | – | – |
| Lease liabilities | (1,334) | (1,832) | (770) | (1,032) | (30) | (963) | (983) | (513) | (470) | – |
| Total non-derivative |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| ﬁnancial liabilities | (46,622) | (47,486) | (46,424) | (1,032) | (30) | (47,391) | (47,959) | (47,489) | (470) | – |
| Derivative ﬁnancial liabilities | (28) | (28) | (28) | – | – | (1,550) | (1,550) | (1,550) | – | – |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | | | | | 2022 | | | | |
|  |  |  |  |  | More |  |  |  |  | More |
|  | Carrying | Contractual | 1 year | 1 to 2 | than | Carrying | Contractual | 1 year | 1 to 2 | than |
|  | amount | cash ﬂows | or less | years | 2 years | amount | cash ﬂows | or less | years | 2 years |
| Company | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Non-derivative |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| ﬁnancial liabilities |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Interest-bearing loans |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| and borrowings | (36,527) | (36,893) | (36,893) | – | – | (37,446) | (37,994) | (37,994) | – | – |
| Trade and other payables | (6,658) | (6,658) | (6,658) | – | – | (6,821) | (6,821) | (6,821) | – | – |
| Lease liabilities | (146) | (528) | (263) | (235) | (30) | (346) | (299) | (228) | (71) | – |
| Total non-derivative |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| ﬁnancial liabilities | (43,331) | (44,079) | (43,814) | (235) | (30) | (44,613) | (45,114) | (45,043) | (71) | – |
| Derivative ﬁnancial liabilities | (28) | (28) | (28) | – | – | (1,550) | (1,550) | (1,550) | – | – |

Foreign currency risk

The Group and Company operate internationally and are exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect

to the euro and US dollar. Foreign exchange risk arises from recognised assets and liabilities and future commercial transactions.

Foreign exchange risk is managed centrally by Group Finance and arises when future commercial transactions or recognised assets or liabilities are

denominated in a currency that is not the Company’s functional currency.

The Group’s policy is to use forward currency contracts to cover approximately two-thirds of the estimated net cash foreign exchange trading exposure

for the euro and US dollar for the next twelve months, as well as approximately 25% of the estimated net cash foreign exchange trading exposure

for the following six months. The Group also hedges its exposure to foreign currency denominated assets, where possible, by offsetting them with

same-currency liabilities, primarily through borrowing in the relevant currency. These foreign currency denominated assets, which are translated on a

mark to market basis every month and with the resulting movement being taken to the income statement, include loans made by the Company to, and

intercompany trading balances with, its overseas subsidiaries, the effect of which is cash neutral. They also include non-sterling accounts receivable, held

on the Company’s statement of ﬁnancial position, which are impacted by foreign exchange movements between revenue recognition and cash receipt,

the impact of which is mitigated through further hedging activities but remains exposed to the exact timing of cash receipts.

Notes

Continued

![]()

Zotefoams plc

149

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Annual Report 2023

21. Financial instruments and ﬁnancial risk management (continued)

The euro and US dollar rates used in preparing the ﬁnancial statements are as follows:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | | 2022 | |
|  | Average | Closing | Average | Closing |
| Euro/sterling | 1.150 | 1.150 | 1.173 | 1.129 |
| US dollar/sterling | 1.243 | 1.271 | 1.238 | 1.204 |

In respect of other monetary assets and liabilities held in currencies other than the euro and the US dollar, the Group and the Company ensure that the net

exposure is kept to a manageable level by buying or selling foreign currencies at spot rates, where necessary, to address short-term imbalances.

Where possible, the Group tries to hold the majority of its cash and cash equivalent balances in the local currency of the respective entity or, for

borrowings, in a currency which provides an offset, albeit often partial, against monetary working capital net assets in that currency.

Recognised assets and liabilities

The table below shows non-derivative ﬁnancial instruments of the Group and Company in currencies other than sterling:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Euro | US dollar | Other | Total |
| Group – 2023 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 1,551 | 1,999 | 926 | 4,476 |
| Trade receivables | 4,875 | 18,213 | 2,843 | 25,931 |
| Trade payables | (2,271) | (1,294) | (314) | (3,879) |

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Euro | US dollar | Other | Total |
| Group – 2022 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 2,256 | 1,871 | 1,234 | 5,361 |
| Trade receivables | 4,598 | 12,777 | 1,289 | 18,664 |
| Trade payables | (4,082) | (941) | (233) | (5,256) |

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Euro | US dollar | Other | Total |
| Company – 2023 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 432 | 761 | 45 | 1,238 |
| Trade receivables | 2,974 | 12,541 | 987 | 16,502 |
| Trade payables | (2,224) | (808) | – | (3,032) |

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Euro | US dollar | Other | Total |
| Company – 2022 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 1,340 | 780 | 80 | 2,200 |
| Trade receivables | 3,293 | 7,202 | 145 | 10,640 |
| Trade payables | (3,945) | (262) | (16) | (4,223) |

![]()

150

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

21. Financial instruments and ﬁnancial risk management (continued)

Forecast transactions

The Group and the Company classify their forward exchange contracts used to hedge forecast transactions as cash ﬂow hedges. The fair value of such

forward exchange contracts is shown in the table below:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total |
| 31 December 2023 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Assets |  |  |  |  |
| Forward exchange contracts | – | 1,264 | – | 1,264 |
| Total assets | – | 1,264 | – | 1,264 |
| Liabilities |  |  |  |  |
| Forward exchange contracts | – | (28) | – | (28) |
| Total liabilities | – | (28) | – | (28) |
|  | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total |
| 31 December 2022 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Assets |  |  |  |  |
| Forward exchange contracts | – | 486 | – | 486 |
| Total assets | – | 486 | – | 486 |
| Liabilities |  |  |  |  |
| Forward exchange contracts | – | (1,550) | – | (1,550) |
| Total liabilities | – | (1,550) | – | (1,550) |

The hedged highly probable forecast transactions denominated in foreign currency are expected to occur at various dates during the next twelve months.

Gains and losses recognised in the hedging reserve in equity on forward foreign exchange contracts as of 31 December 2023 are recognised in the

income statement in the period or periods during which the hedged forecast transaction affects the income statement. This is generally within twelve

months of the end of the reporting period.

Hedge ineffectiveness

Hedge effectiveness is determined at the inception of the hedge relationship and through periodic prospective effectiveness assessments to ensure that

an economic relationship exists between the hedged item and hedging instrument. In hedges of forward exchange contracts, ineffectiveness mainly

arises if the timing of the forecast transaction changes from what was originally estimated. There was no ineffectiveness during 2023 or 2022 in relation to

the forward exchange contracts.

Estimation of fair values

The following summarises the major methods and assumptions used in estimating fair values of ﬁnancial instruments reﬂected in the table above.

They are classiﬁed according to the following fair value hierarchy:

X

Level 1: quoted process (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

X

Level 2: inputs other than quoted process included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly

(derived from prices)

X

Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

Derivative ﬁnancial instruments are valued using Handelsbanken and NatWest mid-market rates (2022: Handelsbanken and NatWest mid-market rates) at

the statement of ﬁnancial position date.

The maturity proﬁle of the forward contracts as at 31 December is as follows:

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | | | | 2022 | | | |
|  | Foreign | Contract | Transaction | Contract | Foreign | Contract | Transaction | Contract |
|  | currency | value | fair value | fair value | currency | value | fair value | fair value |
| Group and Company: | $’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | $’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Sell USD | $67,700 | 54,366 | 53,129 | 1,236 | $47,900 | 38,563 | 39,628 | (1,065) |

Notes

Continued

![]()

Zotefoams plc

151

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Annual Report 2023

21. Financial instruments and ﬁnancial risk management (continued)

Sensitivity analysis

In managing currency risks, the Group and Company aim to reduce the impact of short-term ﬂuctuations on their earnings. Over the longer term,

however, changes in foreign exchange would have an impact on earnings.

In respect of retranslation of monetary items, at 31 December 2023, it is estimated that an increase of one percentage point in the value of sterling against

the US dollar would decrease the Group’s proﬁt before tax by approximately £613k (2022: £418k) before forward exchange contracts and £151k (2022:

£144k) after forward exchange contracts are included. The effect of an increase of one percentage point against the euro is considered marginal.

Financial instruments by category

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | | | 2022 | | |
|  | Financial |  | Financial | Financial |  | Financial |
|  | assets at | Derivatives | liabilities at | assets at | Derivatives | liabilities at |
|  | amortised | used for | amortised | amortised | used for | amortised |
|  | cost | hedging | cost | cost | hedging | cost |
| Group | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Trade and other receivables | 31,365 | – | – | 27,670 | – | – |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 6,294 | – | – | 10,594 | – | – |
| Derivative ﬁnancial instruments  – assets | – | 1,264 | – | – | 486 | – |
| – liabilities | – | (28) | – | – | (1,550) | – |
| Interest-bearing loans and borrowings | – | – | (36,527) | – | – | (37,446) |
| Trade and other payables | – | – | (8,761) | – | – | (8,982) |
| Lease liability | – | – | (1,334) | – | – | (963) |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | | | 2022 | | |
|  | Financial |  | Financial | Financial |  | Financial |
|  | assets at | Derivatives | liabilities at | assets at | Derivatives | liabilities at |
|  | amortised | used for | amortised | amortised | used for | amortised |
|  | cost | hedging | cost | cost | hedging | cost |
| Company | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Trade and other receivables | 60,569 | – | – | 57,121 | – | – |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 2,875 | – | – | 7,288 | – | – |
| Derivative ﬁnancial instruments  – assets | – | 1,264 | – | – | 486 | – |
| – liabilities | – | (28) | – | – | (1,550) | – |
| Interest-bearing loans and borrowings | – | – | (36,527) | – | – | (37,446) |
| Trade and other payables | – | – | (6,658) | – | – | (6,821) |
| Lease liability | – | – | (147) | – | – | (346) |

Capital management

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern, in order to provide returns for shareholders

and beneﬁts for other stakeholders, and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital. In order to maintain or adjust the capital

structure, the Group can adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, issue new shares or redeem existing ones or borrow funds from ﬁnancial

institutions.

The Group monitors capital on the basis of the following leverage ratio: net borrowings divided by EBITDA (as per bank facility agreement).

Loan covenants

Under the terms of its borrowing facilities, the Group is required to comply with the following ﬁnancial covenants:

X

the ratio of net borrowings on the last day of the relevant period to earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, share of proﬁt/(loss) from

joint venture, equity-settled share-based payments and exceptional items (EBITDA) shall not exceed 3.50:1.00 (until 9 March 2022, 3.00:1.00, under the

terms of the previous debt facility)

X

the ratio of EBITDA to net ﬁnance charges in respect of the relevant period shall not be less than 4.00:1.00.

The Group has complied with its covenants throughout the ﬁnancial year.

Net borrowings comprise current and non-current interest-bearing loans and borrowings of £36,527k (2022: £37,446k), as per note 18, and cash and

cash equivalents of £6,294k (2022: £10,594k) as per note 16.

![]()

152

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

21. Financial instruments and ﬁnancial risk management (continued)

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | As at | As at |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 |
| Net borrowings | 30,233 | 26,852 |
| EBITDA | 24,687 | 22,985 |
| Net borrowings/EBITDA | 1.22 | 1.17 |
| Net ﬁnance charges | 2,212 | 1,682 |
| EBITDA/Net ﬁnance charges | 11.16 | 13.67 |

EBITDA comprises:

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | Note | £’000 | £’000 |
| Proﬁt for the year |  | 9,242 | 10,006 |
| Depreciation and amortisation | 10,11,12 | 8,217 | 8,245 |
| Finance costs | 6 | 2,349 | 1,758 |
| Share of proﬁt from joint venture | 9 | (54) | (50) |
| Equity-settled share-based payments | 24 | 1,335 | 809 |
| Taxation | 7 | 3,598 | 2,217 |
|  |  | 24,687 | 22,985 |

Net ﬁnance charges comprise interest income of £191k and ﬁnance costs expensed of £2,403k as per note 6.

The Group’s objective is to maintain leverage below the Board’s appetite of 2.0. However, it is prepared to accept increases in this ratio at times of

sizeable, capacity-related capital expenditure to support continued growth. Subject to short-term macroeconomic and geopolitical volatility, this is always

expected to reduce quickly back below the Board’s appetite, and to signiﬁcantly lower levels, as capacity utilisation improves.

The bank covenant deﬁnition does not include the impact of IFRS 16 “Leases”, which would have moved the ratio from 1.22 to 1.28.

The Group deﬁnes its return on capital as operating proﬁt before exceptional items divided by the average sum of its equity, net debt and other non-

current liabilities. This measure excludes acquired intangible assets and their amortisation costs. The Group also excludes signiﬁcant capacity investments

under construction until they enter production. In 2023, the return on capital was 10.3% (2022: 10.1%), mostly reﬂecting improved proﬁtability in the year.

22. Commitments – Group

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Group | | Company | |
|  | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Capital expenditure contracted for at the end of the reporting period but not yet incurred |  |  |  |  |
| is as follows: |  |  |  |  |
| Property, plant and equipment | 2,309 | 1,470 | 938 | 1,214 |

#### NotesContinued

![]()

Zotefoams plc

153

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Annual Report 2023

23. Post-employment beneﬁts

Deﬁned beneﬁt pension plans

The Company operates a UK registered trust-based pension scheme that provides deﬁned beneﬁts. In 2001, the Company closed the Deﬁned Beneﬁt

Pension Scheme (“DB Scheme”) to new members, while in 2005 the DB Scheme was closed to the future accrual of beneﬁts, and all active members at

that time transferred to a deﬁned contribution scheme, substantially de-risking the Company’s ﬁnancial and accounting exposure to the DB Scheme’s

obligations. Following legal advice in 2017 that the closure had not been complete with respect to the breaking of linkage with future increases in salary,

amendments were made in 2018 and the linkage duly broken.

Pension beneﬁts are linked to the members’ ﬁnal pensionable salaries and service at their retirement (or date of leaving if earlier). The Trustees are

responsible for running the DB Scheme in accordance with the DB Scheme’s Trust Deed and Rules, which set out their powers. The Trustees of the DB

Scheme are required to act in the best interests of the beneﬁciaries of the DB Scheme. There is a requirement that one-third of the Trustees are nominated

by the members of the DB Scheme.

There are three categories of pension scheme members:

X

deferred members with salary linkage: current employees of the Company who have not consented to the break in their salary link

X

deferred members: former and current employees of the Company not yet in receipt of pension

X

pensioner members: in receipt of pension.

The deﬁned beneﬁt obligation is valued by projecting the best estimate of future beneﬁt outgoings (allowing for future salary increases for deferred

members with salary linkage, revaluation to retirement for deferred members and annual pension increases for all members) and then discounting to the

statement of ﬁnancial position date. The majority of beneﬁts receive increases in line with inﬂation (subject to a cap of no more than 5% p.a.). The valuation

method is known as the Projected Unit Method. The approximate overall duration of the DB Scheme’s deﬁned beneﬁt obligation as at 31 December 2023

was 13 years (2022: 14 years).

Future funding obligation

The Trustees are required to carry out an actuarial valuation every three years.

The last actuarial valuation of the DB Scheme was performed by the DB Scheme Actuary for the Trustees as at 5 April 2020. This valuation revealed

a funding shortfall of £7.7 million.

In respect of the deﬁcit in the DB Scheme as at 5 April 2020, the Company has agreed to pay £643,200 p.a. from 1 July 2021 for 5 years and 4 months.

In addition, the Company will pay £216,000 p.a. to cover administration expenses, Payment Protection Fund levies and premiums for death in service

lump sums associated with the Scheme. The Company therefore currently expects to pay £859,200 to the Scheme during the calendar year beginning

1 January 2024.

In line with the requirement to have a triennial valuation, a formal actuarial valuation is being carried out for the Trustees as at 5 April 2023 and, once

ﬁnalised, the contributions may change.

Method and assumptions

The initial results of the valuation as at 5 April 2020 have been updated to 31 December 2023 by a qualiﬁed independent actuary.

The assumptions used were as follows:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | As at | As at |
|  | 31 December 2023 | 31 December 2022 |
| Discount rate | 4.60% | 4.80% |
| RPI inﬂation | 3.00% | 3.10% |
| CPI inﬂation | 2.70% | 2.70% |
| Salary increases | 2.70% | 2.70% |
| Pension increases |  |  |
| – Post 88 guaranteed minimum pension | 2.30% | 2.30% |
| – Non guaranteed minimum pension | 3.00% | 3.10% |
| Revaluation of deferred pensions in excess of guaranteed minimum pension | 2.70% | 2.70% |
|  | 100% S3PMA\_M/ | 100% S3PMA\_M/ |
|  | 100% S3PFA\_M | 100% S3PFA\_M |
|  | CMI\_2022\_M/F | CMI\_2021\_M/F |
| Mortality (pre- and post-retirement) | 1.25% (yob) | 1.25% (yob) |

Life expectancies (in years):

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Year ended 31 December 2023 | | Year ended 31 December 2022 | |
|  | Males | Females | Males | Females |
| For an individual aged 65 in 2023 | 20.8 | 23.3 | 21.3 | 23.8 |
| At age 65 for an individual aged 45 in 2023 | 22.1 | 24.8 | 22.7 | 25.2 |

![]()

154

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

23. Post-employment beneﬁts (continued)

Risks

Through the Scheme, the Company is exposed to a number of risks:

X

Asset volatility: The Scheme’s deﬁned beneﬁt obligation is calculated using a discount rate set with reference to corporate bond yields; however, the

Scheme invests signiﬁcantly in equities and other growth assets. These assets are expected to outperform corporate bonds in the long term, but are

subject to increased volatility and risk in the short term.

X

Changes in bond yields: A decrease in corporate bond yields would increase the Scheme’s deﬁned beneﬁt obligation; however, this would be partially

offset by an increase in the value of the Scheme’s bond holdings.

X

Inﬂation risk: A signiﬁcant proportion of the Scheme’s deﬁned beneﬁt obligation is linked to inﬂation, therefore higher inﬂation will result in a higher

deﬁned beneﬁt obligation (subject to the appropriate caps in place). The majority of the Scheme’s assets are either unaffected by inﬂation, or are only

loosely correlated with inﬂation, therefore an increase in inﬂation would also increase the deﬁcit.

X

Life expectancy: If Scheme members live longer than expected, the Scheme’s beneﬁts will need to be paid for longer, increasing the Scheme’s deﬁned

beneﬁt obligation.

A High Court legal ruling in June 2023 (Virgin Media Limited v NTL Pension Trustees II Limited) decided that certain rule amendments were invalid if they

were not accompanied by the correct actuarial conﬁrmation. While the ruling only applied to the speciﬁc pension scheme in question, as for guaranteed

minimum pension equalisation, if the ruling stands it will form part of case law and can therefore be expected to apply across other pension schemes.

However, the ruling is subject to appeal in June, although it may take longer for the outcome of the appeal to be known and therefore any implications,

as relevant, will be assessed in future.

The Trustees and Company manage risks in the Scheme through the following strategies:

X

Diversiﬁcation: Investments are well diversiﬁed, such that the failure of any single investment would not have a material impact on the overall level

of assets.

X

Investment strategy: The Trustees are required to review their investment strategy on a regular basis.

X

Asset-liability matching (ALM): The Scheme invests in an ALM framework that aims to achieve long-term investment returns in line with the obligations

under the Scheme. This is achieved through around 25% of assets being invested in Liability Driven Investment funds.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Change in deﬁned |
|  | Change in assumption | beneﬁt obligation |
| Discount rate | +0.5%/–0.5% p.a. | –6%/+6% |
| RPI inﬂation | +0.5%/–0.5% p.a. | +5%/–5% |
| Assumed life expectancy | +1 year | +3% |

These calculations provide an approximate guide to the sensitivity of results and may not be as accurate as a full valuation carried out on these

assumptions. Each assumption change is considered in isolation, which in practice is unlikely to occur, as changes in some of the assumptions are

correlated.

The assets of the Scheme are invested as follows:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Year ended 31 December 2023 | | Year ended 31 December 2022 | |
|  | Market | % of total | Market | % of total |
|  | value | Scheme | value | Scheme |
| Asset class | £’000 | assets | £’000 | assets |
| Equities and other growth assets | 6,812 | 29% | 7,985 | 35% |
| Diversiﬁed Credit Funds | 9,352 | 39% | 5,745 | 25% |
| Liability Driven Investments | 6,798 | 28% | 8,156 | 36% |
| Cash | 185 | 1% | 226 | 1% |
| Other | 661 | 3% | 660 | 3% |
| Total | 23,808 | 100% | 22,772 | 100% |
| Actual return on assets over the year | 1,516 |  | (10,910) |  |

Note: All assets listed above have a quoted market price in an active market (except for the reserve for insured pensioners).

The amounts recognised in the statement of ﬁnancial position are determined as follows:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 |
| Market value of plan assets | 23,808 | 22,772 |
| Present value of deﬁned beneﬁt pension scheme obligation | (26,464) | (26,062) |
| Deﬁcit – recognised as a liability in the statement of ﬁnancial position | (2,656) | (3,290) |

Notes

Continued

![]()

Zotefoams plc

155

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Annual Report 2023

23. Post-employment beneﬁts (continued)

The movement in the deﬁned beneﬁt obligation over the year is as follows:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 |
| Value of deﬁned beneﬁt obligation at the start of the year | 26,062 | 38,814 |
| Interest cost | 1,219 | 687 |
| Beneﬁts paid | (1,339) | (1,334) |
| Actuarial losses: experience differing from that assumed | 596 | 1,360 |
| Actuarial gains: changes in demographic assumptions | (491) | (25) |
| Actuarial losses/(gains): changes in ﬁnancial assumptions | 417 | (13,440) |
| Value of deﬁned beneﬁt obligation at the end of the year | 26,464 | 26,062 |

The movement in the value of the plan assets over the year is as follows:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 |
| Market value of plan assets at the start of the year | 22,772 | 34,157 |
| Interest income | 1,082 | 611 |
| Actual return on plan assets | 434 | (11,521) |
| Employer contributions | 859 | 859 |
| Beneﬁts paid | (1,339) | (1,334) |
| Market value of assets at the end of the year | 23,808 | 22,772 |

The table below outlines where the Company’s post-employment amounts and activity are included in the ﬁnancial statements.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 |
| Statement of ﬁnancial position for: |  |  |
| – Deﬁned beneﬁt pension scheme obligations | (2,656) | (3,290) |
| Income statement charge for: |  |  |
| – Deﬁned beneﬁt pension interest cost | (137) | (76) |
| Actuarial (losses)/gains recognised in other comprehensive income for: |  |  |
| – Deﬁned beneﬁt pension scheme | (88) | 584 |

Other pension schemes

On 1 January 2006, a separate stakeholder scheme was set up for those employees who were originally in the closed Deﬁned Beneﬁt Pension Scheme.

In addition to the above, the Company created two further stakeholder schemes for future joiners. The contributions paid by the Company in 2023 were

£1,025k (2022: £954k).

For certain non-UK based employees of the Company, the Company makes contributions into individual schemes. The contributions paid by the

Company in 2023 were £5k (2022: £5k).

For USA-based employees, Zotefoams Inc operates a 401(k) plan. The contributions paid by Zotefoams Inc in 2023 were £447k (2022: £333k).

![]()

156

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

24. Share-based payments

The Company has a share option scheme that entitles senior management personnel to purchase shares in the Company. Options are exercisable at

a price equal to the lower of the mid-market price of the Company’s shares the day before the option is granted or the average mid-market price for the

three dealing days before the option is granted. The vesting period is three years. If the options remain unexercised after a period of ten years from the

date of grant, the options will expire. Depending on the circumstances, options are normally forfeited if the employee leaves the Company before the

options vest.

In 2007, the Company introduced a Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) scheme for senior management personnel. Shares are awarded in the Company and

vest after three years to the extent that performance conditions are met. Dependent on the circumstances, awards are normally forfeited if the employee

leaves the Company before the award vests. A new LTIP scheme was introduced in 2017, which operates in a similar way to the LTIP scheme introduced

in 2007. No new awards are made under the 2007 scheme. Depending on the circumstances, options are normally forfeited if the employee leaves the

Company before the options vest.

In 2007, the Company introduced a Deferred Bonus Share Plan. Under the terms of this plan, executive bonuses with a value equivalent to over 40%

of eligible salary were held as deferred shares for three years. In 2014, the Remuneration Committee amended the Deferred Bonus Share Plan for

bonuses awarded since 2014, such that 25% of executive bonuses are held as deferred shares for three years with no minimum value. Depending on the

circumstances, awards are normally forfeited if the employee leaves the Company before the award vests. A new Deferred Bonus Share Plan scheme

was introduced in 2017, which operates in a similar way to the old Plan introduced in 2007, as amended in 2014. No new awards are made under the 2007

Plan. Depending on the circumstances, awards are normally forfeited if the employee leaves the Company before the award vests.

Details of the vesting conditions for the share, share option and LTIP awards are given in the Directors’ Remuneration report on pages 90 to 103.

Movements in share options during the year are as follows:

The options outstanding at 31 December 2023 have an exercise price between 245.7p and 432.5p and a weighted contractual life of six years (2022:

seven years).

There were no cancellations or modiﬁcations to the awards in 2023 or 2022.

The fair value received in return for share options granted is measured by reference to the fair value of share options granted using a Black-Scholes model.

The contractual life of the option (ten years) is used as an input into this model. No allowance is made for early leavers.

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | | 2022 | |
|  |  | Weighted |  | Weighted |
|  | Number | average | Number | average |
|  | of share | exercise | of share | exercise |
|  | options | price (p) | options | price (p) |
| Outstanding at beginning of the year | 119,294 | 342 | 101,926 | 364 |
| Exercised during the year | – | – | – | – |
| Granted during the year | 8,121 | 394 | 31,489 | 325 |
| Forfeited during the year | – | – | (14,121) | 464 |
| Outstanding at the end of the year | 127,415 | 345 | 119,294 | 342 |
| Exercisable at the end of the year | 54,546 | 293 | 54,546 | 293 |

Movements in LTIP awards during the year are as follows:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | | 2022 | |
|  |  | Weighted |  | Weighted |
|  | Number | average | Number | average |
|  | of share | exercise | of share | exercise |
|  | options | price (p) | options | price (p) |
| Outstanding at beginning of the year | 1,007,958 | – | 653,656 | – |
| Exercised during the year | (45,438) | – | (38,819) | – |
| Granted during the year | 382,464 | – | 484,520 | – |
| Forfeited during the year | (163,972) | – | (91,399) | – |
| Outstanding at the end of the year | 1,181,012 | – | 1,007,958 | – |
| Exercisable at the end of the year | – | – | – | – |

Notes

Continued

![]()

Zotefoams plc

157

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Annual Report 2023

24. Share-based payments (continued)

Movement in Deferred Bonus Share Plan awards during the year are as follows:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | | 2022 | |
|  |  | Weighted |  | Weighted |
|  | Number | average | Number | average |
|  | of share | exercise | of share | exercise |
|  | options | price (p) | options | price (p) |
| Outstanding at beginning of the year | 63,702 | – | 91,079 | – |
| Exercised during the year | (38,639) | – | (39,570) | – |
| Granted during the year | 52,447 | – | 12,193 | – |
| Forfeited during the year | – | – | – | – |
| Outstanding at the end of the year | 77,510 | – | 63,702 | – |
| Exercisable at the end of the year | – | – | – | – |

Fair value of share options and assumptions

The expected volatility is based on historic volatility for a three-year period prior to the award.

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | 08-Apr-21 | 19-Apr-22 | 18-Apr-23 |
| Share price (p) | 415.0 | 325.0 | 394.0 |
| Exercise price (p) | 433.0 | 325.0 | 394.0 |
| Expected volatility | 40% | 48% | 39% |
| Option life | Three years | Three years | Three years |
| Expected dividends (p) (assumed to be increasing at 2.5% p.a.) | 6.3 | 6.5 | 7.1 |
| Risk-free interest rate (based on national government bonds) | 2.00% | 2.00% | 3.75% |
| Fair value at grant date (p) | 99.0 | 98.0 | 106.0 |

The Company’s employee share option awards are granted under a service condition and a performance condition. There are no market conditions

associated with the share options. The LTIP awards are granted under a service condition and a performance condition, part of which is a market

condition. The Deferred Bonus Plan awards are granted under a service condition.

The amounts recognised in the income statement for equity-settled share-based payments are as follows:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 |
| Within administrative expenses – share-based payment charge | 1,335 | 809 |
| – related National Insurance | 161 | 140 |

Of the above, amounts relating to Directors of Zotefoams plc aggregate to £867k (2022: £532k).

![]()

158

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

25. Related parties

Directors

The Directors of the Company as at 31 December 2023 and their immediate relatives control approximately 1.27% (2022: 1.28%) of the voting shares of

the Company. Details of Directors’ pay and remuneration are given in the Directors’ Remuneration report on pages 90 to 103. Executive Directors are

considered to be the only key management personnel. Details of compensation paid to key management personnel are included in note 5.

Subsidiaries and joint venture

Details of the joint venture and subsidiaries of the Company are set out in notes 9 and 13. These companies are considered to be related parties.

The following material transactions were carried out with related parties:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 |
| Sale of goods: subsidiaries of the Company | 4,434 | 3,875 |
| Sale of services: subsidiaries of the Company | 2,598 | 2,537 |
| Loans given (net of repayments): subsidiaries of the Company | (708) | (2,419) |
| Interest income: subsidiaries of the Company | 1,302 | 657 |
| Sale of goods: joint venture of the Company | 2,944 | 3,444 |
| Sale of service: joint venture of the Company | 368 | 232 |
| Total | 10,938 | 8,326 |

Balances between the Company and its active subsidiaries and joint venture are as follows:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Receivable from/(payable to) | | Investment in | |
|  | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 | £’000 |
| Zotefoams Inc | 12,669 | 13,163 | – | – |
| Azote Asia Limited | 1,000 | 1,304 | – | – |
| MuCell Extrusion LLC | 7,904 | 6,511 | – | – |
| Zotefoams International Limited | 15,487 | 16,370 | 30,822 | 30,822 |
| Zotefoams T-Fit Material Technology (Kunshan) Limited | 2,014 | 3,438 | – | – |
| Zotefoams Poland Sp. z o.o. | 1,190 | 291 | – | – |
| Zotefoams France SAS | (73) | (59) | – | – |
| T-Fit Insulation solutions India Private Limited | – | 75 | – | – |

#### NotesContinued

![]()

Zotefoams plc

159

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Annual Report 2023

26. Accounting estimates and judgements for the Group and Company

In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, which are described in note 2, the Directors are required to make judgements, estimates and

assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities which are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated

assumptions are based on historical experience and other facts that are considered relevant. Actual amounts may differ from these estimates.

Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that

are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the statement of ﬁnancial position date that have a

signiﬁcant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next ﬁnancial year are disclosed below.

i) Estimated impairment of goodwill and intangibles

The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy stated in note 2.11.

The determination of impairment in the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets requires judgements to be made by Directors. These assets are

assessed on an ongoing basis to determine whether circumstances exist that could lead to the conclusion that the carrying value of such assets is not

supportable. In relation to the operational MuCell business that licenses technology and sells related technology, the Directors use a model that includes

the use of this technology within ReZorce

®

mono-material barrier packaging. In relation to the ReZorce solution and given the stage of its development,

the Directors consider different factors, such as the potential market size, the ability to penetrate this market, potential customer interest, development

partnerships with potential customers and future delivery partners, current technological development status, Group funding availability and the Board’s

commitment to the project.

Based on the judgements and estimates above, the Directors have concluded that the opportunity and strategy supports the carrying value of the

underlying intangible assets.

ii) Pension assumptions

The present value of the deﬁned beneﬁt pension obligations depends on a number of factors that are determined on an actuarial basis using a number of

assumptions. Any changes in these assumptions will impact the carrying amount of pension obligations. The Company engages an independent actuary

to perform the valuation and assist in determining appropriate assumptions at the end of each year. The valuation is prepared by an independent qualiﬁed

actuary, but signiﬁcant judgements are required in relation to the assumptions for pension increases, inﬂation, the discount rate applied, investment returns

and member longevity, all of which underpin the valuations. Note 23 contains information about the assumptions relating to retirement beneﬁt obligations.

iii) General provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outﬂow of

resources embodying economic beneﬁts will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

When the Group expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed – for example, under an insurance contract – the reimbursement is recognised as a

separate asset, but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. The expense relating to a provision is presented in the statement of proﬁt or loss net

of any reimbursement.

If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that reﬂects, when appropriate, the risks speciﬁc

to the liability. When discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as a ﬁnance cost.

iv) Leases estimating the incremental borrowing rate

The Group cannot readily determine the interest rate implicit in the lease, therefore it uses its incremental borrowing rate (IBR) to measure lease liabilities.

The IBR is the rate of interest that the Group would have to pay to borrow over a similar term, and with a similar security, the funds necessary to obtain an

asset of a similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment. The IBR therefore reﬂects what the Group “would have to pay”, which

requires estimation when no observable rates are available (such as for subsidiaries that do not enter into ﬁnancing transactions) or when they need to be

adjusted to reﬂect the terms and conditions of the lease (for example, when leases are not in the subsidiary’s functional currency). The Group estimates

the IBR using observable inputs (such as market interest rates) when available and is required to make certain entity-speciﬁc estimates (such as the

subsidiary’s stand-alone credit rating).

v) Share-based payments

Estimating fair value for share-based payment transactions requires determination of the most appropriate valuation model, which depends on the terms

and conditions of the grant. This estimate also requires determination of the most appropriate inputs to the valuation model, including the expected life

of the share option or appreciation right, volatility and dividend yield, and making assumptions about them. The Group uses the Black-Scholes model to

estimate the fair value of instruments. The Black-Scholes formula has been adjusted to take account of certain characteristics of share options, such as

the probability of vesting and meeting the performance conditions of LTIPs. The assumptions and models used for estimating fair value for share-based

payment transactions are disclosed in note 24.

Key judgements

i) Unrecognised deferred tax assets

At year-end exchange rates, the Group has tax losses carried forward of £24,095k in the USA, while tax losses of £657k have been recognised on

the statement of ﬁnancial position. Based on projections, the Group expects to use all these carried forward tax losses; however, management has

taken a prudent approach based on historical performance by the entities in this tax jurisdiction and recognised a lower ﬁgure. If the Group makes two

consecutive years of proﬁt in the USA, further consideration will be given to recognising a deferred tax asset.

27. Events after the reporting period

There are no events after the reporting period affecting these ﬁnancial statements.

![]()

#### Five-year trading summary

2023

£m

2022

£m

2021

£m

2020

£m

2019

£m

Group revenue

127.0

127.4

100.8

82.7

80.9

Operating proﬁt (excluding exceptional item)

15.1

13.9

8.1

9.1

9.1

Proﬁt before tax (excluding exceptional item)

12.8

12.2

7.0

8.3

8.8

Proﬁt before tax

12.8

12.2

7.0

8.3

9.8

Proﬁt after tax

9.2

10.0

4.4

7.2

8.2

Capital expenditure (including intangibles)

8.5

7.0

7.0

12.7

24.4

Cash generated from operations

12.1

23.0

12.2

13.0

11.8

Basic earnings per share excluding exceptional item (p)

19.00

20.61

9.01

14.87

14.91

Basic earnings per share (p)

19.00

20.61

9.01

14.87

17.10

Dividends per ordinary share (p)

7.18

6.80

6.50

6.30

2.03

160

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

![]()

#### Notice of the 2024

#### Annual General Meeting

THIS DOCUMENT IS IMPORTANT AND REQUIRES

YOUR IMMEDIATE ATTENTION

If you are in any doubt as to the action you should take, it is recommended

to seek your own ﬁnancial advice from your stockbroker, bank manager,

solicitor, accountant or other independent adviser authorised under the

Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 if you are resident in the UK or,

if you reside elsewhere, another appropriately authorised ﬁnancial adviser.

If you have sold or otherwise transferred your shares in Zotefoams plc, you

should forward this document and other documents enclosed as soon

as possible either to the purchaser or transferee or to the person who

arranged the sale or transfer so they can pass these documents to the

person who now holds the shares.

#### ZOTEFOAMS PLC

Notice of Annual General Meeting

Zotefoams plc considers it vital to engage with investors and other

stakeholders through the most appropriate channels. Shareholders’

views are important and we want to ensure that they are given

as much information as possible in good time to enable them to

participate in the decision-making process.

Zotefoams intends to hold its AGM in person. Any changes to the

AGM arrangements will be published on our website www.zotefoams.

com/investors/ and announced through the London Stock Exchange.

Please monitor the website for any announcements and updates.

A presentation open to all existing and potential shareholders will be

given after the AGM on 22 May 2024 at 11.30am on the Investor Meet

Company platform: www.investormeetcompany.com/register-investor.

Investors who already follow Zotefoams plc on the Investor Meet

Company platform will be invited automatically.

Notice is hereby given that the Annual General Meeting (AGM) of

Zotefoams plc (the “Company”) will be held at the registered ofﬁce of the

Company,

675 Mitcham Road, Croydon, CR9 3AL, on 22 May 2024

at 10.00 am

for the following purposes.

#### Ordinary business

1.

To receive the Annual Report of the Company for the year ended

31 December 2023.

2.

To approve the Annual Statement by the Chair of the Remuneration

Committee and the Annual Report on Remuneration for the year ended

31 December 2023 set out on pages 90 to 103 of the Annual Report.

3.

To declare a ﬁnal dividend for the year ended 31 December 2023 of 4.90

pence per ordinary share, such dividend to be payable on 3 June 2024 to

shareholders on the register of members of the Company at the close of

business on 3 May 2024.

4.

To re-elect L Drummond as a Director.

5.

To elect R M Cox as a Director.

6.

To re-elect G C McGrath as a Director.

7.

To re-elect J D Carling as a Director.

8.

To re-elect D G Robertson as a Director.

9.

To elect M S Swift as a Director.

10. To re-elect C A Wall as a Director.

11.

That PKF Littlejohn LLP be and is hereby re-appointed as Auditor of

the Company to hold ofﬁce from the conclusion of the AGM until the

conclusion of the next general meeting at which accounts are laid before

the Company.

12. To authorise the Audit Committee to determine the Auditor’s remuneration.

#### Special business

To consider and, if thought ﬁt, to pass the following resolutions, of which

resolution 13 will be proposed as an ordinary resolution and resolutions 14,

15, 16 and 17 will be proposed as special resolutions.

13. That, in substitution for any equivalent authorities and powers granted

to the Directors prior to the passing of this resolution, the Directors be,

and are generally and unconditionally, authorised pursuant to Section

551 of the Companies Act 2006 (the “Act”):

(a)

to exercise all powers of the Company to allot shares in the

Company and grant rights to subscribe for or to convert any

security into shares of the Company (such shares, and rights

to subscribe for or to convert any security into shares of the

Company, being “relevant securities”) up to an aggregate nominal

amount of £814,103 (such amount to be reduced by the nominal

amount of any allotments or grants made under paragraph (b)

below in excess of £814,103); and further

(b)

to allot equity securities (as deﬁned in Section 560 of the Act) up to

an aggregate nominal amount of £1,628,207 (such amount to be

reduced by the nominal amount of any allotments or grants made

under paragraph (a) above) in connection with an offer by way of

rights issue:

(i)

in favour of holders of ordinary shares in the capital of the

Company, where the equity securities respectively attributable

to the interests of all such holders are proportionate (as nearly

as practicable) to the respective number of ordinary shares in

the capital of the Company held by them; and

(ii)

to holders of any other equity securities as required by

the rights of those securities or as the Directors otherwise

consider necessary;

but subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the

Directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal with

treasury shares, fractional entitlements or legal, regulatory or

practical problems arising under the laws or requirements of

any overseas territory or by virtue of shares being represented

by depository receipts or the requirements of any regulatory

body or stock exchange or any other matter whatsoever;

(c) provided that, unless previously revoked, varied or extended,

this authority shall expire on the earlier of 30 June 2025 and the

conclusion of the next AGM of the Company, except that the

Company may at any time before such expiry make an offer or

agreement which would or might require relevant securities to

be allotted after such expiry and the Directors may allot relevant

securities in pursuance of such an offer or agreement as if this

authority had not expired.

14. That, if resolution 13 is passed, the Directors be authorised to allot

equity securities (as deﬁned in Section 560 of the Act) for cash under

the authority given by that resolution and/or to sell ordinary shares held

by the Company as treasury shares for cash as if Section 561 of the

Act did not apply to any such allotment or sale, such authority to be

limited:

(a)

in favour of holders of ordinary shares in the capital of the

Company, where the equity securities respectively attributable

to the interests of all such holders are proportionate (as nearly as

practicable) to the respective number of ordinary shares in the

capital of the Company held by them; and

(b)

to the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury shares

(otherwise than under paragraph (a) above) up to a nominal

amount of £122,115;

such authority to expire at the conclusion of the next AGM of the

Company (or, if earlier, on 30 June 2025) but, in each case, prior to

its expiry the Company may make offers, and enter into agreements,

which would, or might, require equity securities to be allotted (and

treasury shares to be sold) after the authority expires and the Directors

may allot equity securities (and sell treasury shares) under any such

offer or agreement as if the authority had not expired.

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

161

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

![]()

15. That, if resolution 13 is passed, the Directors be authorised in addition

to any authority granted under resolution 14 to allot equity securities (as

deﬁned in Section 560 of the Act) for cash under the authority given by

that resolution and/or to sell ordinary shares held by the Company as

treasury shares for cash as if Section 561 of the Act did not apply to

any such allotment or sale, such authority to be:

(a)

limited to the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury

shares up to a nominal amount of £122,115; and

(b)

used only for the purposes of ﬁnancing (or reﬁnancing, if the

authority is to be used within six months after the original

transaction) a transaction which the Directors determine to be an

acquisition or other capital investment of a kind contemplated by

the Statement of Principles on Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights

most recently published by the Pre-Emption Group prior to the

date of this notice;

such authority to expire at the conclusion of the next AGM of the

Company (or, if earlier, on 30 June 2025) but, in each case, prior to

its expiry the Company may make offers, and enter into agreements,

which would, or might, require equity securities to be allotted (and

treasury shares to be sold) after the authority expires and the Directors

may allot equity securities (and sell treasury shares) under any such

offer or agreement as if the authority had not expired.

16. That the Company be and is hereby unconditionally and generally

authorised for the purposes of Section 701 of the Act to make market

purchases (within the meaning of Section 693(4) of the Act) of its

ordinary shares of 5 pence each (“ordinary shares”) provided that:

(a)

the maximum number of ordinary shares authorised to be

purchased is 4,884,623, representing approximately 10% of the

issued ordinary share capital as at 4 April 2024;

(b)

the minimum price which may be paid for any such ordinary share

is 5 pence;

(c)

the maximum price which may be paid for an ordinary share

shall be an amount equal to 105% of the average middle market

quotations for an ordinary share as derived from the London Stock

Exchange Daily Ofﬁcial List for the ﬁve business days immediately

preceding the day on which the ordinary share is contracted to be

purchased; and

(d)

this authority shall, unless previously renewed, revoked or varied,

expire on the earlier of 30 June 2025 and the conclusion of the

next AGM, but the Company may enter into a contract for the

purchase of ordinary shares before the expiry of this authority

which would or might be completed (wholly or partly) after its

expiry.

17.

That a general meeting other than an Annual General Meeting may be

called on not less than 14 clear days’ notice.

Dated: 5 April 2024

By order of the Board

Registered Ofﬁce:

675 Mitcham Road

Croydon

CR9 3AL

L Harratt

Company Secretary

The following notes are subject to any applicable social distancing

measures prohibiting physical attendance of the AGM by a Member

or Proxy.

(i)

Pursuant to Part 13 of the Companies Act 2006 and to Regulation

41 of the Uncertiﬁcated Securities Regulations 2001 (as amended),

only those members registered in the register of members of the

Company at the close of business on 20 May 2024 (or if the AGM is

adjourned, 48 hours before the time ﬁxed for the adjourned AGM) shall

be entitled to attend and vote at the AGM in respect of the number of

shares registered in their name at that time. In each case, changes

to the register of members after such time shall be disregarded in

determining the rights of any person to attend or vote at the AGM.

(ii)

If you wish to attend the AGM in person, please bring some form of

identiﬁcation (such as driver’s licence or bankcard) and present this to

the Company’s reception desk on arrival.

(iii)

A member who is entitled to attend, speak and vote at the AGM may

appoint a proxy to attend, speak and vote instead of him or her. A

member may appoint more than one proxy, provided each proxy

is appointed to exercise rights attached to different shares (so a

member must have more than one share to be able to appoint more

than one proxy). A proxy need not be a member of the Company but

must attend the AGM in order to represent you. A proxy must vote in

accordance with any instructions given by the member by whom the

proxy is appointed. Appointing a proxy will not prevent a member from

attending in person and voting at the AGM (although voting in person

at the AGM will terminate the proxy appointment). A proxy form is

enclosed or has been sent to you separately. The notes to the proxy

form include instructions on how to appoint the Chair of the AGM or

another person as a proxy. You can only appoint a proxy using the

procedures set out in these notes and in the notes to the proxy form.

(iv)

To be valid, a proxy form, and the original or duly certiﬁed copy of the

power of attorney or other authority (if any) under which it is signed or

authenticated, should reach the Company’s registrars, Computershare

Investor Services plc, The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, Bristol BS99

6ZY, by no later than 10.00 am on 20 May 2024.

(v)

CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through

the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so for the

meeting and any adjournment(s) thereof by using the procedures

described in the CREST Manual. CREST personal members or other

CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members who have

appointed a voting service provider(s), should refer to their CREST

sponsor or voting service provider(s), who will be able to take the

appropriate action on their behalf.

In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made using the CREST

service to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a CREST Proxy

Instruction) must be properly authenticated in accordance with

Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited’s speciﬁcations and must contain the

information required for such instruction, as described in the CREST

Manual (available via www.euroclear.com/CREST). The message,

regardless of whether it constitutes the appointment of a proxy or

is an amendment to the instruction given to a previously appointed

proxy must, in order to be valid, be transmitted so as to be received

by the issuer’s agent (ID 3RA50) by the latest time(s) for receipt of

proxy appointments speciﬁed in Note 3 above. For this purpose, the

time of receipt will be taken to be the time (as determined by the time

stamp applied to the message by the CREST Application Host) from

which the issuer’s agent is able to retrieve the message by enquiry

to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. After this time, any

change of instructions to proxies appointed through CREST should be

communicated to the appointee through other means.

CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors

or voting service providers should note that Euroclear UK & Ireland

Limited does not make available special procedures in CREST for

any particular messages. Normal system timings and limitations will

therefore apply in relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It

is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the

CREST member is a CREST personal member or sponsored member

or has appointed a voting service provider(s), to procure his or her

CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s) take) such action as shall

be necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by means of

#### Notice of the 2024 Annual General Meeting

#### Continued

162

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

![]()

the CREST system by any particular time. In this connection, CREST

members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting

service providers are referred, in particular, to those sections of the

CREST Manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST system

and timings (www.euroclear.com/CREST).

The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the

circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertiﬁcated

Securities Regulations 2001 (as amended).

(vi)

In the case of joint holders of shares, the vote of the ﬁrst named in

the register of members who tenders a vote, whether in person or by

proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of other joint

holders.

(vii) The following information is available at www.zotefoams.com: (1) the

matters set out in this notice of AGM; (2) the total numbers of shares in

the Company, and shares in each class, in respect of which members

are entitled to exercise voting rights at the AGM; (3) the totals of the

voting rights that members are entitled to exercise at the AGM, in

respect of the shares of each class; and (4) members’ statements,

members’ resolutions and members’ matters of business received

by the Company after the ﬁrst date on which notice of the AGM was

given.

(viii) If you are a person who has been nominated by a member to enjoy

information rights in accordance with Section 146 of the Companies

Act 2006, notes (iii) to (v) above do not apply to you (as the rights

described in these notes can only be exercised by members of the

Company) but you may have a right under an agreement between

you and the member by whom you were nominated to be appointed

or to have someone else appointed, as a proxy for the meeting. If you

have no such right or do not wish to exercise it, you may have a right

under such an agreement to give instructions to the member as to the

exercise of voting rights.

(ix)

A member that is a company, or other organisation not having a

physical presence, cannot attend in person but can appoint someone

to represent it. This can be done in one of two ways: either by the

appointment of a proxy (described in notes (iii) to (v) above) or of a

corporate representative. Members considering the appointment of

a corporate representative should check their own legal position, the

Company’s Articles of Association and the relevant provision of the

Companies Act 2006.

(x)

Members attending the AGM have the right to ask, and, subject to the

provisions of the Companies Act 2006, the Company must cause to

be answered, any questions relating to the business being dealt with at

the AGM.

(xi)

As at the close of business on 4 April 2024 (being the latest practicable

date before publication of this notice), the Company’s issued share

capital comprised 48,846,234 ordinary shares of 5 pence each. Each

ordinary share carries the right to one vote at a general meeting of the

Company. No ordinary shares were held in treasury and accordingly

the total number of voting rights in the Company as at the close of

business on 4 April 2024 is 48,846,234.

(xii) Shareholders should note that it is possible that, pursuant to requests

made by shareholders of the Company under Section 527 of the

Companies Act 2006, the Company may be required to publish on

a website a statement setting out any matter relating to: (1) the audit

of the Company’s accounts (including the auditor’s report and the

conduct of the audit) that are to be laid before the AGM; or (2) any

circumstance connected with the Auditor of the Company ceasing to

hold ofﬁce since the previous meeting at which annual accounts and

reports were laid in accordance with Section 437 of the Companies

Act 2006. The Company may not require the shareholders requesting

any such website publication to pay its expenses in complying with

Section 527 or 528 of the Companies Act 2006. Where the Company

is required to place a statement on a website under Section 527 of the

Companies Act 2006, it must forward the statement to the Company’s

Auditor not later than the time when it makes the statement available

on the website. The business which may be dealt with at the AGM

includes any statement that the Company has been required, under

Section 527 of the Companies Act 2006, to publish on a website.

(xiii) Copies of the Executive Directors’ service contracts with the Company

and any of its subsidiary undertakings, deeds of indemnity in favour of

the Directors and letters of appointment of the Non-Executive Directors

are available for inspection at the registered ofﬁce of the Company

during the usual business hours on any weekday (Saturday, Sunday

or public holidays excluded) from the date of this notice until the

conclusion of the AGM.

#### Explanatory notes to the resolutions

Ordinary business

Resolution 1 – Receiving the Annual Report

Shareholders will be asked to receive the Company’s Annual Report for the

ﬁnancial year ended 31 December 2023, as required by law.

Resolution 2 – Directors’ Remuneration report

Resolution 2 seeks shareholder approval of the Directors’ Remuneration

report for the year ended 31 December 2023 which can be found on

pages 90 to 103 of the Annual Report. The Company’s External Auditor,

PKF Littlejohn LLP, has audited those parts of the Directors’ Remuneration

report that are required to be audited and its report may be found on

pages 108 to 112 of the Annual Report.

The shareholders approved the current Directors’ Remuneration Policy at

the AGM held on 24 May 2023 and it became effective immediately. As

there have been no changes to the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, there

is no need to seek further approval of it at this year’s AGM. The current

intention is to submit the Directors’ Remuneration Policy for shareholder

approval at the AGM scheduled for 2026, unless, in the interim, there

are speciﬁc changes that require shareholder approval. The Directors’

Remuneration Policy may be found in the 2022 Annual Report on pages

91 to 99.

Resolution 3 – Declaration of dividend

This resolution concerns the Company’s ﬁnal dividend payment. The

Directors are recommending a ﬁnal dividend of 4.90 pence per ordinary

share in respect of the year ended 31 December 2023 which, if approved,

will be payable on 3 June 2024 to the shareholders on the register of

members on 3 May 2024.

Resolutions 4 to 10 – Re-election of Director

The Company’s Articles of Association require each Director of the

Company to retire from ofﬁce at each Annual General Meeting of the

Company and, if they are willing, to offer themselves for re-appointment by

the shareholders. Biographies for the Directors are set out on pages 78 to

79 of the Annual Report for the year ended 31 December 2023. With the

Chair having undertaken performance reviews of the Directors, and the

Non-Executive Directors having undertaken a performance review of the

Chair, the Board is satisﬁed that each Director continues to be effective and

demonstrates commitment to the role and recommends that each Director

should be elected or re-elected.

Resolutions 11 and 12 – Re-appointment of Auditor and its remuneration

Resolution 11 concerns the re-appointment of PKF Littlejohn LLP as the

Company’s Auditor, to hold ofﬁce until the conclusion of the Company’s

next general meeting where accounts are laid. Resolution 12 authorises the

Audit Committee to determine the Auditor’s remuneration.

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

163

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

![]()

Special business

Resolution 13 – Power to allot shares

This resolution grants the Directors authority to allot shares in the capital

of the Company and other relevant securities up to an aggregate nominal

value of £814,103, representing approximately one-third of the nominal

value of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at 4 April

2024, being the latest practicable date before publication of this notice. In

addition, in accordance with the latest institutional guidelines issued by the

Investment Association, paragraph (b) of resolution 13 grants the Directors

authority to allot further equity securities up to an aggregate nominal value

of £1,628,207 representing approximately two-thirds of the nominal value of

the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at 4 April 2024, being

the latest practicable date before publication of this notice. This additional

authority may only be applied to fully pre-emptive rights issues.

The intention of the authority granted pursuant to paragraph (b) of

resolution 13 is to preserve maximum ﬂexibility and if the Directors do

exercise this authority, they intend to follow best practice as regards its use.

The Company does not currently hold any shares as treasury shares

within the meaning of Section 724 of the Companies Act 2006 (“Treasury

Shares”).

The Directors consider it desirable that the speciﬁed amount of authorised

but unissued share capital is available for issue so that they can more

readily take advantage of possible opportunities, which may include the

allotment of shares to the Employee Beneﬁt Trust for the purpose of fulﬁlling

future potential awards.

Unless revoked, varied or extended, this authority will expire at the

conclusion of the next AGM of the Company or 30 June 2025, whichever

is the earlier.

Resolutions 14 and 15 – Authority to allot shares disregarding

pre-emption rights

These resolutions authorise the Directors in certain circumstances to

allot equity securities for cash other than in accordance with the statutory

pre-emption rights (which require a company to offer all allotments for cash

ﬁrst to existing shareholders in proportion to their holdings). Resolution

14 authorises the Directors to issue shares either where the allotment

takes place in connection with a rights issue or the allotment is limited to

a maximum nominal amount of £122,115, representing approximately 5%

of the nominal value of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company

as at 4 April 2024, being the latest practicable date before publication of

this notice. Resolution 15 authorises the Directors to issue a further 5%

of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company, but only to be used

to raise ﬁnance for an acquisition or a speciﬁed capital investment (within

the meaning given in the Pre-Emption Group’s Statement of Principles)

which is announced contemporaneously with the allotment, or which

has taken place in the preceding six-month period and is disclosed in the

announcement of the allotment.

Unless revoked, varied or extended, these authorities will expire at the

conclusion of the next AGM of the Company or 30 June 2025, whichever

is the earlier.

The Directors consider that the powers proposed to be granted by these

resolutions are necessary to retain ﬂexibility, although they do not have any

intention at the present time of exercising them. In accordance with the

Pre-Emption Group’s Statement of Principles, the Directors conﬁrm that

they do not intend to issue more than 7.5% of the issued ordinary share

capital of the Company on a non-pre-emptive basis in any rolling three-year

period without prior consultation with shareholders.

Resolution 16 – Authority to purchase shares (market purchases)

This resolution authorises the Board to make market purchases of up

to 4,884,623 ordinary shares (representing approximately 10% of the

Company’s issued ordinary shares as at 4 April 2024, being the latest

practicable date before publication of this notice). Shares so purchased

may be cancelled or held as treasury shares. The authority will expire at the

end of the next AGM of the Company or 30 June 2025, whichever is the

earlier. The Directors intend to seek renewal of this authority at subsequent

AGMs.

The minimum price that can be paid for an ordinary share is 5 pence, being

the nominal value of an ordinary share. The maximum price that can be

paid is 5% over the average of the middle market prices for an ordinary

share, derived from the Daily Ofﬁcial List of the London Stock Exchange,

for the ﬁve business days immediately before the day on which the share is

contracted to be purchased.

The Directors intend to exercise this right only when, in light of the market

conditions prevailing at the time and taking into account all relevant factors

(for example, the effect on earnings per share), they believe that such

purchases are in the best interests of the Company and shareholders in

general and will result in an increase in earnings per ordinary share. The

overall position of the Company will be taken into account before deciding

upon this course of action. The decision as to whether any such shares

bought back will be cancelled or held in treasury will be made by the

Directors on the same basis at the time of the purchase.

As at 4 April 2024, being the latest practicable date before publication of

this notice, there were outstanding awards under the Company’s long-

term incentive schemes (excluding the Share Incentive Plan) in respect of

1,232,974 ordinary shares in the capital of the Company representing 2.5%

of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital. If the authority to purchase

the Company’s ordinary shares were exercised in full, such awards would

represent 2.8% of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital.

Resolution 17 – Notice period for general meetings

Under the Companies Act 2006, a listed company must give at least

21 days’ notice of its general meetings. However, the Act enables general

meetings (other than AGMs) to be held on shorter notice of not less

than 14 days, provided the shareholders have given their consent at the

previous AGM or a general meeting held since the last AGM. Resolution

17 seeks such approval similar to the resolution that was passed last

year. The approval will be effective until the Company’s next AGM, when

it is intended that a similar resolution will be proposed. The Directors will

always endeavour to give as much notice as possible of general meetings,

but would like to have the ﬂexibility to call a general meeting on the shorter

permitted notice period for time-sensitive matters that are clearly in the

shareholders’ interests and otherwise for non-routine business, where

merited, in the interests of shareholders as a whole. If the authority is used,

the Company will offer the ability, as required by the Companies Act 2006,

to vote electronically.

Recommendation

The Directors consider that the proposals being put to the shareholders at

the AGM are in the best interests of the Company and of the shareholders

as a whole. Accordingly, the Directors recommend that you vote in favour

of the resolutions set out in the Notice of the AGM, as they intend to do in

respect of their own beneﬁcial holdings of ordinary shares.

#### Notice of the 2024 Annual General Meeting

#### Continued

164

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

![]()

#### Company information

Registered ofﬁce

675 Mitcham Road

Croydon CR9 3AL

cosec@zotefoams.com

Registered number

2714645

Joint brokers

Peel Hunt LLP

7th Floor, 100 Liverpool Street

London EC2M 2AT

Singer Capital Markets

Advisory LLP

One Bartholomew Lane

London EC2N 2AX

Financial public relations

IFC Advisory Limited

Birchin Court, 20 Birchin Lane

London EC3V 9DU

Auditor

PKF Littlejohn LLP

15 Westferry Circus

Canary Wharf

London E14 4HD

Bankers

Handelsbanken plc

3 Thomas More Square

London E1W 1WY

National Westminster Bank plc

Turnpike House, 123 High Street

Crawley RH10 1DD

Solicitors

Osborne Clarke LLP

One London Wall

London EC2Y 5EB

Collyer Bristow LLP

140 Brompton Road

London SW3 1HY

Registrars

Computershare Investor

Services plc

The Pavilions

Bridgwater Road

Bristol BS13 8AE

www.computershare.com

#### Financial calendar

AGM

22 May 2024

Payment of ﬁnal dividend

3 June 2024 to shareholders

on the register at the close of

business on 3 May 2024

Payment of interim dividend

October 2024

Announcement of 2024 results

March 2025

Website

The Company has a website (www.zotefoams.com) which provides

information on the business and products.

Zotefoams

®

, AZOTE

®

, ZOTEK

®

, T-FIT

®

, Plastazote

®

, Evazote

®

,

Supazote

®

, ReZorce

®

and Ecozote

®

are registered trademarks

of Zotefoams plc.

MuCell

®

is a registered trademark of Trexel Inc.

Registrars

Enquiries concerning the holding of ordinary shares in the Company

should be addressed to the registrars who should also be notiﬁed of any

changes in a holder’s address.

The registrars are: Computershare Investor Services plc, The Pavilions,

Bridgwater Road, Bristol BS13 8AE.

Telephone: 0370 707 1424

www.investorcentre.co.uk/contactus

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

165

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

![]()

#### Notes

166

Zotefoams plc

Annual Report 2023

![]()

Print:

Impress Print Services Ltd

www.impressprint.co.uk

![]()

#### Zotefoams plc

#### 675 Mitcham Road

#### Croydon

CR9 3AL

#### United Kingdom

T +44 (0)20 8664 1600

#### F +44 (0)20 8664 1616 investorinfo@zotefoams.com www.zotefoams.com